Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Integration Joint Board - 20/08/2026

North Ayrshire Council · 20 August 2026
Back to Integration Joint Board — 20 August 2026 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Integration Joint Board 
Meeting 
Thursday, 20 August 2026 at 10:00 
Council Chambers, Cunninghame House, Irvine /
Hybrid via Microsoft Teams 
Meeting Arrangements - Hybrid Meetings
This meeting will be held on a predominantly physical basis but with provision,
by prior notification, for remote attendance by Elected Members in accordance
with the provisions of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 2003.   Where
possible, the meeting will be live-streamed and available to view
at  https://north-ayrshire.public-i.tv/core/portal/home.   
1 Apologies 
2 Declarations of Interest
Members are requested to give notice of any declarations of interest in respect
of items of business on the Agenda. 
3 Minutes
The accuracy of the Minutes of the meeting held on 18 June 2026 will be
confirmed and the Minutes signed in accordance with Paragraph 7 (1) of
Schedule 7 of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973 (copy enclosed).   
4 Director’s Report
Submit report by Caroline Cameron, Director (NAHSCP), on developments
within the North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership (copy enclosed).   
5 2026-27 – Month 3 Financial Performance
Submit report by Eleanor Currie, Chief Finance Officer, providing an overview
of the Integration Joint Board’s financial performance as at month 3 (June)
(copy enclosed).   
6 Ayrshire Transformation Board – Right Care, Right Place Transfer of Care
Programme Update
1

Page 2

Submit report by Caroline Cameron, Director (NAHSCP) on the Ayrshire
Transformation Board (ATB), specifically in relation to the Right Care, Right
Place programme of work (copy enclosed).   
7 Distress Brief Intervention Service Funding
Submit report by Caroline Cameron, Director (NAHSCP), seeking approval of
options presented in relation to the funding arrangements for the above service
(copy enclosed).   
8 IJB Standing Orders Review
Submit report by Aileen Craig, IJB Monitoring Officer, seeking the IJB's
approval of revised Standing Orders relative to Board meetings and associated
governance.   
9 Recruitment of Stakeholder Representatives to the Integration Joint
Board
Submit report by Caroline Cameron, Director (NAHSCP) on the progress in
recruiting stakeholder voting members and seeking relevant delegated
authority for next steps (copy enclosed).   
10  North Ayrshire HSCP Clinical and Care Governance Report 2025-26
Submit report by Julie Barrett, Lead Nurse/Associate Director (NAHSCP),
providing an update and overview of governance activity for the period August
2025 – July 2026 for consideration by the Integration Joint Board (copy
enclosed).   
11  Strategic Risk Register
Submit report by Eleanor Currie, Chief Finance Officer, presenting the updated
IJB Strategic Risk Register for consideration and approval (copy enclosed).   
12  Annual Performance Report 2025-26
Submit report by Caroline Cameron, Director (NAHSCP), on the Annual
Performance 2025-26 (copy enclosed).   
13  Whistleblowing Quarter 4 Report: January – March 2026
Submit report for information in relation to whistleblowing concerns raised in
Quarter 4 (January – March 2026) (copy enclosed).   
14  Urgent Items
Any other items which the Chair considers to be urgent.
2

Page 3

Webcasting  
Please note: this meeting may be filmed/recorded/live-streamed to the Council's
internet site and available to view at  https://north-ayrshire.public-
i.tv/core/portal/home,where it will be capable of repeated viewing.  At the start of
the meeting, the Provost/Chair will confirm if all or part of the meeting is being
filmed/recorded/live-streamed.    
You should be aware that the Council is a Data Controller under the Data
Protection Act 2018.  Data collected during the webcast will be retained in
accordance with the Council’s published policy, including, but not limited to, for
the purpose of keeping historical records and making those records available via
the Council’s internet site.    
Generally, the press and public will not be filmed. However, by entering the
Council Chambers and using the press or public seating area, you acknowledge
that you may be filmed and that any information pertaining to you contained in
the video and oral recording of the meeting will be used for webcasting or training
purposes and for the purpose of keeping historical records and making those
records available to the public. In making this use of your information the Council
is processing data which is necessary for the performance of a task carried out
in the public interest.    
If you have any queries regarding this and, in particular, if you believe that use
and/or storage of any particular information would cause, or be likely to cause,
substantial damage or distress to any individual, please
contact  dataprotectionofficer@north-ayrshire.gov.uk 
3

Page 4

IJB Sederunt
Voting Members 
Joyce White (Chair) NHS Ayrshire & Arran
Cllr Margaret Johnson (Vice-
Chair)
North Ayrshire Council  
Cllr Tom Marshall North Ayrshire Council
Cllr Anthea Dickson North Ayrshire Council
Cllr Nairn Angus-McDonald North Ayrshire Council
Linda Semple NHS Ayrshire & Arran
Tom Hopkins NHS Ayrshire & Arran
Marc Mazzucco NHS Ayrshire & Arran  
Professional Advisors
Caroline Cameron Director
Eleanor Currie Interim Chief Finance Officer
Aileen Craig IJB Monitoring Officer
Iain Jamieson Clinical Director
Scott Hunter Chief Social Work Officer – North Ayrshire
Thelma Bowers Mental Health Adviser
Julie Barrett Associate Nurse Director
Vacancy Acute Services Representative
Dr Louise Wilson GP Representative
Sharon Hackney Lead Allied Health Professional
Lisa Davidson Public Health Representative
Wendy Van Riet Director of Psychological Services  
Stakeholder Representatives
Lorna Sim Staff Rep - NHS Ayrshire and Arran
Lynda MacFarlane Staff Rep
Vacancy Carers Representative
Vacancy Service User Representative
Vacancy Independent Sector Representative
Vicki Auld Third Sector Representative 
4

Page 5

North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership
Minute of Integration Joint Board meeting held on 
Thursday 18 June 2026 at 2.00 p.m. 
involving participation by remote electronic means and physical attendance
within the Council Chambers, Irvine. 
Present (Physical Participation)  
Voting Members
Joyce White, NHS Ayrshire and Arran (Chair)
Councillor Margaret Johnson, North Ayrshire Council (Substitute) (Agenda Item 1 - 5)
Councillor Anthea Dickson, North Ayrshire Council (Agenda Item 6 – 14) 
Professional Advisers
Caroline Cameron, Director of Health and Social Care Partnership
Thelma Bowers, Head of Service (Mental Health) (NAHSCP)
Eleanor Currie, Chief Finance and Section 95 Officer
Scott Hunter, Chief Social Work Officer 
Sharon Hackney, Lead Allied Health Professional
Julie Barrett, Associate Nurse Director/ Lead Nurse 
Stakeholder Representative
Lynda McFarlane, Staff Representative 
Present (Remote Participation) 
Voting Members
Councillor Tom Marshall, North Ayrshire Council
Tom Hopkins, NHS Ayrshire and Arran 
Professional Advisers
Iain Jamieson, Clinical Director 
Stakeholder Representative
Vicki Auld, Third Sector Representative
Lorna Sim, Staff Representative NHS Ayrshire and Arran 
In Attendance (Physical Participation) 
Elizabeth Stewart, Head of Service (Children, Families & Criminal Justice)
Kerry Logan, Head of Service (Health and Community Care)
Michelle Sutherland, Partnership Facilitator (Health and Community Care)
Karen Andrews, Team Manager (Governance)
Stuart MacMillan, Principal Manager (Planning, Performance and Transformation)
Lauren McMath, Planning Manager
Jan Thomson, Senior Manager Learning Disability
Kimberley Mroz, Team Manager SDS 
Agenda Item 3
5

Page 6

Ruth Wilson, Team Leader (Litigation)
Sally Amor, Public Health Consultant (NHS Ayrshire and Arran)
Adele Davidson, Digital, Media & Marketing Analyst (Communications) 
Hayley Young, Senior Committee Services Officer 
Apologies 
Councillor Nairn Angus-McDonald, North Ayrshire Council
Councillor Chloe Robertson, North Ayrshire Council (Vice-Chair)
Marc Mazzucco, NHS Ayrshire & Arran
Linda Semple, NHS Ayrshire and Arran
Lisa Davidson, Public Health Representative
Wendy Van Riet, Director of Psychological Services
Aileen Craig, IJB Monitoring Officer 
1. Apologies for Absence 
Apologies for Absence were noted. 
2. Declarations of Interest 
There were no declarations of interest in terms of Standing Order 7.2 and Section 5.14
of the Code of Conduct for Members of Devolved Public Bodies. 
3. Minutes 
The accuracy of the Minutes of the meeting held on 13 March 2026 were confirmed
and the Minutes signed in accordance with Paragraph 7(10 of Schedule 7 of the Local
Government (Scotland) Act 1973. 
4. Director’s Report 
Submitted report by Caroline Cameron, Director (NAHSCP) on the developments
within the North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership. 
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. 
Noted. 
5. Director of Public Health Annual Report 
Submitted a report and received presentation by Sally Amor, Public Health Consultant
(NHS Ayrshire and Arran) on the Director of Public Health Annual Report. 
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. 
Noted. 
6. Children’s Service Plan Performance Report 
Submitted report by Lauren McMath, Policy Officer (Children’s Services) on the
Children’s Service Plan Performance Report, set out at Appendix 1 to the report.
6

Page 7

Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. 
The Board agreed to (a) note the key achievements contained in the North Ayrshire
Children’s Services Plan Performance Report 2025/26; and (b) agree that the report
will be submitted to the Scottish Government. 
7. 2025-26 – Year End Financial Performance 
Submitted report by Eleanor Currie, Chief Finance Officer and Section 95 Officer
(HSCP) on the IJB’s financial performance for the year ended 2025-26 and the
implications for the IJB’s overall financial position Risk Appetite Statement, set out at
Appendix 1 to the report. Appendix A to the report provided the financial overview of
the partnership position, Appendix B provided an overview of those service changes
that have financial savings attached to them and the BRAG status around the
deliverability of each saving, Appendix C highlighted the movement in the budget
position following the initial approved budget, Appendix D provided further details on
the reserves, Appendix E provided further details on the Bank and Agency costs and
Appendix F detailed the new Lead Partnership reporting template. 
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. 
The Board agreed to (a) note the overall integrated financial performance for the
financial year 2025-26 and the overall year-end underspend of £2.235m pre-
earmarking, adjusted to £0.696m underspent after earmarking of £1.805m; (b) note
the progress with delivery of agreed savings; (c) approve the budget reductions
detailed at paragraph 2.10; (d) approve the proposed earmarking as detailed in the
report, leaving a balance of £2.126m in earmarked funds and £0.696m in
unearmarked funds. 
8. Eligibility Criteria Implementation 
Submitted report by Scott Hunter, Chief Social Work Officer on HSCP’s
implementation of the changes to the Eligibility Criteria to critical only.  The policy
change was agreed as part of the response to the significant and ongoing financial
pressures facing the IJB, with the aim of aligning demand for funded adult social care
with the resources available while continuing to meet statutory duties in relation to
assessment, safeguarding, human rights, unpaid carers and Self-Directed Support. 
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. 
Noted. 
9. Self-Directed Support (SDS) Policy 
Submitted report by Scott Hunter, Chief Social Work Officer on the Self-Directed
Support Policy set out at Appendix 1 to the report. 
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. 
The Board agreed to (a) approve the SDS Policy; (b) support the implementation
approach; and (c) note the impact of the policy in strengthening consistency,
transparency and sustainability in SDS practice. 
10. Ayrshire Transformation Board – Right Care, Right Place
7

Page 8

Submitted report by Caroline Cameron, Director (NAHSCP) on the Ayrshire
Transformation Board (ATB), specifically in relation to the Right Care, Right
Place programme of work. 
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. 
The Board agreed to (a) note the update on progressing plans under the Right Care,
Right Place workstream including developing plans to shift the balance of care and
resource, focussed on improving outcomes and utilising resources more effectively;
(b) approve delegated authority to the Chief Officer to progress operational plans,
subject to the conditions detailed in the report being met as set out in section 2.12;
and (c) note that a full update on the plan will be presented to the IJB
after the summer recess. 
11. Trindlemoss Court 
Submitted report by Thelma Bowers, Head of Service (Mental Health) on the
proposal for the future delivery of care provision in Trindlemoss Court Supported
Accommodation in Irvine.  The proposed timetable was set out at Appendix 1 and the
Equality & Children’s Rights Impact Assessment set out at Appendix 2 to the report. 
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. 
The Board agreed to (a) approve the proposal to develop a single care provider
model within Trindlemoss Court; (b) approve the commencement of procurement
processes associated with the change in delivery model; and (c) note the potential
impact on NAC, external care provider and Personal Assistant staff groups. 
12. Ward 7A Option Appraisal 
Submitted report by Thelma Bowers, Head of Service (Mental Health) on the
Option Appraisal process and the commencement of next steps towards Delivery.  A
variety of review and information gathering was undertaken to inform consideration of
future provision and a summary of the work was included in the Background Document
prepared for the Option Appraisal set out at Appendix 1 to the report. 
Officers responded to members’ questions on various aspects of the report. 
The Board agreed to approve the outcome of the Option Appraisal process and the
commencement of next steps towards delivery. 
Councillor Marshall and Tom Hopkins left the meeting at this point. 
13. Whistleblowing Quarter 3 Report: October – December 2025 
Submitted report for information in relation to whistleblowing concerns raised in
Quarter 3 (October – December 2025). 
Noted. 
14. Strategic Planning Group Meeting Minutes
8

Page 9

Submitted for information the minutes of the Strategic Planning Group Meeting on
26 November 2025 and 25 February 2026. 
Noted. 
The meeting ended at 4.35 p.m. 
The full meeting proceedings can be viewed at 
https://north-ayrshire.public-i.tv/core/portal/home 
9

Page 10

10

Page 11

Integration Joint Board
20th August 2026
Subject : Director’s Report 
Purpose : This report is for awareness to advise members of North
Ayrshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) of developments within
North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership (NAHSCP) 
Recommendation : IJB members are asked to note progress made to date. 
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both 
Direction to :- 
1. No Direction Required X
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms 
NHS AA NHS Ayrshire and Arran
IJB Integration Joint Board
HSCP Health and Social Care Partnership   
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 This report informs members of the Integration Joint Board (IJB) of the work
undertaken within North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership (NAHSCP),
nationally, locally and Ayrshire wide. 
2. BACKGROUND 
2.1 This report provides IJB with up to date information on recent activity across the HSCP
since the last IJB.     
Agenda Item 4
11

Page 12

3. CURRENT POSITION 
National Developments 
3.1 Care Leaver Payment 
The Scottish Government has recently introduced a Care Leaver Payment of £2,000
for young people as they move from care into adulthood and more independent living.
The payment will be made to those who are legally defined as looked after on or after
their 16th birthday and leave care after 1st April 2026 (i.e. those who do not remain in
continuing care) or those who leave continuing care after 1st April 2026. 
The Scottish Government is providing full funding to all local authorities to deliver the
Care Leaver Payment on its behalf. This payment will sit alongside the broader
package of support that is already in place for care leavers, which includes - but is not
limited to - setting up home payments, Continuing Care and Aftercare Support, the
Care Experience Bursary, and Council Tax Exemption for care leavers. 
3.2 Consultation on proposed changes to SSSC registration requirements 
The Scottish Government is seeking views on proposed changes to Scottish Social
Services Council (SSSC) registration requirements, including three new groups of
workers to be considered for registration – workers in adult day care services, workers
in offender accommodation services, and social work assistants. This follows
extensive engagement and consultation run directly by the SSSC to shape these
proposals in 2025. 
The social services workforce is one of Scotland's largest sectors, providing vital
support to some of the country's most vulnerable people every day. It is therefore
essential that those working in the sector have the support, skills, and values needed
to deliver high quality care and positive outcomes for those they are working with. 
The consultation is open until Thursday 24 September, and all individuals and
organisations with an interest in these proposals are encouraged to share their views. 
3.3 UK COVID -19 Inquiry – Module 5 Report (Procurement) 
The UK Covid-19 Inquiry's Module 5 Report (Procurement), was published on 14 July
2026, examining how healthcare related equipment and supplies (PPE, ventilators,
oxygen equipment, and testing supplies) were procured and distributed across the UK
during the pandemic.  The Inquiry found that many procurement and PPE problems
experienced during Covid-19 stemmed from inadequate preparedness before the
pandemic rather than the emergency response alone. 
12

Page 13

The key findings from the report were :- 
• The UK was inadequately prepared before the pandemic. National PPE stockpiles
contained shortages, expired items, and unsuitable equipment. There were no
effective plans for emergency procurement or distribution.
• Frontline health and social care workers were left without adequate protection,
particularly during the early stages of Covid-19. PPE shortages created significant
risks for staff and patients.
• Procurement processes were rushed and inconsistent. Governments and public
bodies had to compete globally for scarce supplies, resulting in inefficiencies and
significant waste.
• Distribution systems were weak. Even where equipment had been obtained,
getting it to hospitals, care homes, GPs and other frontline settings was often
problematic.
• Billions of pounds were wasted due to procurement failures, poor planning,
unusable equipment and stock management weaknesses. 
The report makes 11 recommendations aimed at improving preparedness for future
health emergencies, including: 
• Better management and maintenance of national stockpiles.
• Pre-planned procurement frameworks for emergencies.
• Stronger UK-wide coordination.
• Improved distribution arrangements.
• Ensuring PPE is suitable for a diverse workforce.
• Regular testing and review of preparedness plans. 
3.4 Envision – Blueprint for a Smart Home of the Future 
Envision The Digital Blueprint for a Smart Home of the Future is a flagship project
within DHI’s Rural Centre of Excellence in Moray. 
The Digital Blueprint for a Smart Home of the Future sets out a practical, evidence-
led framework for delivering homes that support health, wellbeing, independence and
sustainability. Developed through DHI's Rural Centre of Excellence for Digital Health
& Care Innovation, the report explores how digital health, low-carbon construction and
adaptive design can be integrated to create future-ready homes that are affordable to
run, aligned with net zero ambitions and designed around the needs of their residents.   
Colleagues in Housing and the HSCP plan to take forward together learning points
from the framework. 
13

Page 14

3.5 Proposed Extension of FOISA in the Care Sector 
The Scottish Government have now published an analysis of the responses from the
consultation to explore whether providers of care homes and care at home services
could be considered to provide functions of a public nature.   The findings would then
inform whether to extend the Freedom of Information (Scotland) Act 2022 (FOISA) to
those services.   
The consultation ran from 5th January to 30th March 2026, comprising of 14 questions
seeking views on various aspects of how such a FOISA extension would work in
practice, if implemented.    A total of 136 consultations responses were received from
67 individuals and 69 organisations.    The report and analysis of those responses can
be found here : https://www.gov.scot/publications/extension-freedom-information-
scotland-act-2002-foisa-private-third-sector-providers-care-home-care-home-
services-consultation-analysis-responses/pages/1/ 
Ayrshire Wide Developments 
3.6 MenB Vaccination Programme for Young People 
From Monday 6 July, eligible young people in Ayrshire are able to book an
appointment to receive their meningococcal B disease (MenB) vaccination ahead of
the 2026-27 academic year. 
Meningococcal disease is a serious illness that can cause meningitis (infection around
the brain) or blood poisoning. It can be life-threatening and may lead to long-term
problems like loss of limbs, hearing loss, or brain damage. 
Starting university or college, especially when living in shared accommodation, is a
higher-risk time because close contact with lots of new people makes it easier for the
disease to spread. 
More information, including who is eligible and how to book an appointment, is
available on the NHS Ayrshire & Arran website. 
North Ayrshire Developments 
3.7 New facility will offer a stepping stone towards independent living for young people 
A new facility to help care experienced young people make the transition to
independent living is opening this month.   
Boyle Street in Irvine will provide a safe, homely and supportive environment for young
people aged 16 to 21 who no longer require full time care, but who would benefit from
some additional support in learning the life skills and gaining the confidence required
for fully independent living.
14

Page 15

The service, which will be operated and staffed by our commissioned provider Blue
Triangle, will provide comfortable individual bedrooms with ensuite or private
bathroom, shared living spaces, and 24/7 dedicated staff support on site. Young
people will receive practical help around developing skills such as budgeting, cooking,
and tenancy management, with further support available from a range of services and
agencies - including housing, employability and Money Smart. 
3.8 Carers Community Fund 
The Carers Community Fund is designed to support projects and activities that make
a meaningful, positive difference to carers and their wellbeing. 
Applicants can apply for up to £2,000 towards the cost of their project, helping to bring
ideas to life and create real impact within their communities. 
Applications closed on Friday 14 August, with funding for successful applicants
released by Friday 25 September. All funding awarded must be fully spent by March
2027. 
The fund is administered by the North Ayrshire Carers Champions Board – a group of
carers and service providers working together to shape services and supports. 
Funding can be used for projects and ideas that can:
• Promote wellbeing and reduce isolation
• Create opportunities for connection and peer support
• Encourage rest, recovery and positive experiences
• Help carers access new services, skills or environments 
Champions Board meetings have been paused over summer to allow members to
focus on Carers Community Fund applications, with the next meeting being held on
Tuesday 1 September from 10am to 12.30pm at the Carers Gateway Office in Irvine. 
3.9 Beam Notes Roll Out 
Beam Notes (previously known as Magic Notes) is now being rolled out across
NAHSCP social work services. Training sessions are under way, with the first use with
further service users from Monday 20 July. 
This AI-supported tool helps staff create draft records and documentation more
efficiently, reducing time spent on administration and allowing practitioners to focus
more on conversations with the people they support. 
In order to update members of the public, a news article has been created on the
NAHSCP website to provide more information about the use of Beam Notes, service
users’ rights, and links to our privacy policy. The article also includes a link to an easy
read version. 
15

Page 16

3.10 Positive Inspection Report for Trindlemoss House 
Trindlemoss House in Irvine has received an extremely positive report from the Care
Inspectorate after an unannounced inspection in March. The service provides care for
up to six adults with learning disabilities in self-contained accommodation, where
residents have 24 hour access to care staff, as well as support to access their
community. 
Of the six areas evaluated, five were graded as ‘Very Good’, including how well we
support residents’ wellbeing, our leadership and staff team, and how well care and
support is planned. 
The inspection report highlights “consistent, high-quality support from a skilled and
motivated team who promoted independence, maintained health needs, and ensured
meaningful, person-centred care”, as well as effective leadership. 
The full report is available on the Care Inspectorate website. 
3.11 North Ayrshire ADP Newsletter 
North Ayrshire Alcohol and Drug Partnership has published its latest newsletter, full
of information on recent activities in the community and available supports, as well as
news on this year’s Overdose Awareness Day event. 
3.12 Milestone Award reached by Telecare team 
We have been working on a project to
switch our telecare equipment from
analogue to digital ahead of next year’s
UK-wide switch-off of analogue
telephone lines. 
We are delighted to confirm
that NAHSCP has now been awarded
the Gold Level Two Digital Telecare
Implementation Award from Digital
Telecare for Scottish Local Government
in recognition of the progress we have
made to date. 
To receive this award, telecare service providers must have successfully rolled out a
live digital telecare service to 50 per cent of service users and operated successfully
without serious issues or call failures for at least six weeks. 
Achieving this Award is a significant milestone and robustly demonstrates the overall
functionality and effectiveness of our digital telecare solution.  The team will now work
towards achieving the Platinum award. A huge well done to all involved.
16

Page 17

3.13 Health Visitor shortlisted for Sands Bereavement Care Award 
Marie Purdie, one of our Health Visitors based in Largs, has been
shortlisted for the Sands Elaine Thorp Award for Bereavement
Care. 
The award recognises the vital work done by midwives, nurses, and
other health professionals to care for parents affected by pregnancy
loss or the death of their baby. 
The awards ceremony will take place in the Houses of Parliament
on Tuesday 8 September. 
3.14 Scottish Learning Disabilities Nurses Network Awards 
The Community Nurses from our North Community
Learning Disabilities Team, recently won the Team
Award at the Scottish Learning Disabilities Nurses
Network Awards. 
Staff members were recognised for their work in
reducing health inequalities amongst people with
learning disabilities in North Ayrshire, and their hard
work, dedication and innovative practice is
deserving of this national recognition by their peers. 
The award was collected by Laura Stevenson on
behalf of the team, and was presented by Kerry
Anderson, Co-chair of the Lead Nurse Group.   
Well done to all involved in this fantastic
achievement. 
4. IMPLICATIONS 
4.1 Financial
None
4.2 Human Resources
None
4.3 Legal
None
4.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
None 
4.5 Risk
None  
17

Page 18

4.6 Community Wealth Building
None
4.7 Key Priorities
None
5. CONSULTATION 
No specific consultation was required for this report. User and public involvement is
key for the partnership and all significant proposals will be subject to an appropriate
level of Consultation.   
Caroline Cameron, Director
[Carolinecameron@north-ayrshire.gov.uk/01294 317723] 
Appendices
Nil
18

Page 19

Integration Joint Board
20th August 2026
Subject: 2026-27 – Month 3 Financial Performance 
Purpose: To provide an overview of the IJB’s financial performance as at
Month 3 (June). 
Recommendation: It is recommended that the IJB: 
(a) notes the overall integrated financial performance report for
the financial year 2026-27 and the current overall projected year-
end overspend of £5.146m;
(b) notes the progress with delivery of agreed savings; 
(c) approves the budget reductions in para 2.10; and 
(d) notes the remaining financial risks for 2026-27. 
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both 
Direction to: - 
1. No Direction Required X
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms 
NHS AA NHS Ayrshire and Arran
HSCP Health and Social Care Partnership
MH Mental Health
MDT Child & Adolescent Mental Health Services
BRAG Blue, Red, Amber, Green
UNPACS UNPACS, (UNPlanned Activities) – Extra Contractual Referrals
NRAC NHS Resource Allocation Committee
PAC Performance and Audit Committee
MHOF Mental Health Outcome Framework
MDT Multi-Disciplinary Team
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 The report provides an overview of the financial position for the Partnership and
outlines the projected year-end outturn position informed by the projected
expenditure and income commitments; these have been prepared in conjunction with
relevant budget holders and services.   It should be noted that, although this report
refers to the position at the end of June further work is undertaken following the
month end to finalise projections, therefore the projected outturn position is as current
and up to date as can practicably be reported.
Agenda Item 5
19

Page 20

1.2  The projected outturn is a year-end overspend of £5.146m (1.4%). 
1.3  From the core projections, overall, the main areas of pressure are: residential
placements for children and supplementary staff in wards including within the lead
partnership for mental health.  There remains a significant risk of delivering the
financial savings required from the change to social care eligibility criteria and this
remains the substantive plan for further financial recovery. 
1.4 The projected IJB outturn position has been adjusted to reflect the impact of Lead
Partnership services. The overspend in relation to North Lead Partnership services
for Mental Health is not fully attributed to the North HSCP as a share has been
allocated to East and South HSCPs, similarly the impact of the outturn on East and
South led services has been shared with North, both on an NRAC basis in line with
the agreed risk sharing mechanism.  There is a requirement for the 3 IJBs to be
aware of the position for Lead Partnership services and plans to deliver services from
within allocated budget. 
2. CURRENT POSITION 
2.1 The report includes an overview of the financial position including commitments
against the available resource, explanations for the main budget variances and an
update on progress in terms of savings delivery. 
2.2 FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE – AT MONTH 3 
At month 3 against the full-year budget of £360.587m there is a projected year-end
overspend of £5.146m (1.4%).  The Integration Scheme outlines that there is an
expectation that the IJB takes account of the totality of resources available to balance
the budget in year. Following this approach, an integrated view of the financial
position should be taken, however it is useful to note that this overall position consists
of a projected overspend of £5.042m in social care services and a projected
overspend of £0.104m in health services.   
Appendix A provides the financial overview of the Partnership position. The sections
that follow outline the significant variances in service expenditure compared to the
approved budgets. 
Appendix E provides information on the costs of bank and agency staff. 
2.3 Health and Community Care Services 
Against the full-year budget of £111.624m there is a projected underspend of
£0.121m (0.1%) and the main variances are: 
Care home placements – net projected underspend of £0.459m. This includes an
underspend on placements of £0.330m and an income recovery from charging
20

Page 21

orders and gross funded placements which is projected to be £0.130m over
recovered. This income is challenging to predict as it depends on the length of
the legal process and time taken to sell the property that the charging order is
registered to and access to the funds or estate of service users. 
The budgeted number of permanent placements was 765 and at month 3 there
were 760.  The underspend is due to lower placement numbers and less gross
funded cases than in previous years. A further 25 Placements have been funded
via Whole Systems Funding monies which will be cost neutral and reflected in the
month 4 projection where the funded placements will increase to 790. 
b) Care at home is projected to be £1.221m underspent. The underspend reflects
the full year impact of the action taken to reduce the overall level of provision to
reduce the 2025/26 overspend. The level of vacancies in the service has
increased and whilst favourable it is coupled with continued levels of unmet need.   
c) Physical Disability Services – projected overspend of £0.285m split as follows:
£0.818m over in residential placements, £0.215m under in direct payments due
to increased clawbacks and £0.318m under in community care packages.   
d) Integrated Island Services is projected to overspend by £0.079m across various
service areas. 
e) Specialist Rehab wards – projected overspend of £0.361m (Redburn ward
£0.097m overspend and Douglas Grant £0.264m overspend).  The overspend is
due to cover costs for vacancies as well as supplementary staffing for patients
who require one to one support. 
f) Wards 1 and 2 – Projected overspend of £0.680m. The overspend is due to
increased use of supplementary staffing. All rehabilitation wards are operating at
100% occupancy supporting a high level of patient needs/complexity, which
places pressure on staffing levels and the use of bank and agency staff to support
additional patient observations.  The number of patients is being managed in the
wards in line with ward formal admission criteria to maximise opportunities to
reduce the overspend in-year. 
2.4 Mental Health Services 
Against the full-year budget of £126.517m there is a projected overspend of £0.402m
(0.3%) prior to the re-allocation of the Lead Partnership variance to East and South
HSCP.   
The main variances are:
• Learning Disabilities are projected to overspend by £0.362m.  This covers
Children and Adults - residential placements, community packages, direct
payments, property costs and an under recovery of charging income. 
21

Page 22

• Community Mental Health services are projected to underspend by £0.004m.
The main reason for underspend in community packages is the availability
and capacity of adult community providers to deliver new packages of care.
• There is a projected underspend of £0.353m in relation to the unused funds
arising from the Hospital Based Complex Continuing Care (HBCCC) service,
this reflects the impact of change in provision for these services.   
• The Lead Partnership for Mental Health is projected to be £0.393m
overspent and the main variances are as follows: 
• Adult Inpatients – projected overspend by £1.454m due to very high
levels of occupancy, patient mix and complexity and levels of
continuous intervention which require additional supplementary staff
and enhanced observations (1:1, 2:1 and 3:1) and use of bank staff.
Absence levels are also impacting this area. 
• The UNPACS (Unplanned Activities) budget – projected overspend of
£0.375m) based on current placements. UnPACS placements are for
individuals with very specific needs that require a higher level of
security and/or care from a staff group with a particular skill
set/competence.  There are no local NHS secure facilities for women,
people with a learning disability or people with neurodevelopmental
disorder. This can necessitate an UNPACs placement with a specialist
provider which can be out-of-area.  The nature of mental health
UNPACs spend is that it is almost exclusively on medium- or long-term
complex secure residential placements which are very expensive so a
small change in placements can have a high budgetary impact. Due to
the complexity and risk involved, transitions between units or levels of
security can take many months. Applications to approve a placement
are made to the Associate Medical Director for Mental Health who
needs to be satisfied that the placement is appropriate and unavoidable
prior to this being agreed.   
• Learning Disability Services – projected to underspend by £0.161m. 
The underspend relates to saving made until the new service to replace
Ward 7A commences offset by legacy costs of the Ward 7A staff who
have still to be redeployed. 
• Elderly Inpatients – projected overspend of £0.332m due to the use of
supplementary staffing.  The elderly mental health wards continue to
operate at full occupancy with waiting lists, with several patients who
are on enhanced observations and bank costs remain high. 
• Eating Disorders – projected to be £0.100m overspent.  This service is
currently being reviewed and options considered. 
22

Page 23

• Enhanced Mental Health Outcome Framework (EMHOF within
CAMHS) – projected underspend of £0.253m.  This is the balance of
the remaining funding from the 25/26 review.
• Psychiatry – is projected to overspend by £0.318m across all
specialities including some agency locum costs. A wholescale
workforce review has been commissioned to determine longer term
solutions for sustainability. 
• MH Pharmacy/Substitute Prescribing – is projected to underspend by
£0.368m. This is partly due to a rebate and expected drug price
increases are not evident at month 3. 
• The turnover target for vacancy savings for the Lead Partnership is held
within the Lead Partnership as this is a Pan-Ayrshire target.  There is a
projected over recovery of the vacancy savings target of £0.452m in
2026-27.  Further information is included in the table below: 
Vacancy Savings Target (£1.250m)
Projected to March 2027 £1.802m
Over/(Under) Achievement £0.452m
2.5 Children and Justice Services 
Against the full-year budget of £46.913m there is a projected overspend of £2.893m
(6.2%) and the main variances are: 
a) Care Experienced Children and Young People is projected to overspend by
£2.891m.  Some of these costs are offset by the contribution from the Home Office
for Unaccompanied Asylum-Seeking Children which is detailed below. 
The main areas within this are noted below: 
• The children’s residential placements are projected to overspend by £2.794m
based 37 placements in month 3. There are several factors leading to this
challenging position:
o We have 32 places available in our internal children’s houses, due to
demand these have been operating at 100% occupancy or over for some
time, leading to increased use of external placements where residential
care is required.
o There remains an acute shortage of foster carers leading to residential
care being necessary in emergency placement situations. 
o The requirement to support Unaccompanied Asylum-Seeking Children
(UASC) under the National Transfer Scheme and to support trafficked
young people who have been identified in North Ayrshire.
23

Page 24

o A number of young people in residential care have requested Continuing
Care, whereby a young person can remain in their placement until age
21.
o Where appropriate young people are placed to meet their educational
needs, the cost of Residential School Placements in the most cases is
shared 50/50 with Education services. 
o Contractual inflation has still to be agreed for 1 provider. If this is higher
than the assumed contractual inflation and it is likely that this will increase
the projected costs of residential places which is outwith the control of the
service.
o Delays with the opening of Boyle Street supported accommodation
development which has in turn delayed planned moves from placements
for young people. 
A full report on the ‘Brighter Pathways’ Programme will be presented to the October
2026 IJB, this will include more detailed information on the operational and financial
impact and progress with plans. 
Note that the costs associated with mobilising Boyle Street are being finalised and
will be funded by the Service Redesign Funds in the earmarked reserves. 
• Looked After and Accommodated Children (fostering, adoption, kinship etc)
is projected to be £0.238m underspent. 
• Employee costs – are projected to overspend by £0.267m largely due to
staffing levels in the children’s houses. 
• Care Leavers – projected underspend of £0.022m in rent costs. 
• Section 29 Payments (all Teams) are projected to overspend by £0.075m. 
b) Head of Service – is projected to overspend by £0.006m. This consists of a
projected overspend of £0.144m in relation to the previous staff reconfiguration
saving in the children’s houses which was not achieved and this is offset by the
grant funding in relation to Unaccompanied Asylum-Seeking Children (UASC),
which is projected to amount to £0.143m and which contributes to costs incurred
across a number of C&F service areas.   
c) C&F Health Team – is projected to underspend by £0.057m mainly due a
seconded post that has not yet been backfilled.   
d) Lead Partnership – Children’s Services – projected overspend of £0.017m within
the immunisation budget. 
2.6 ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONALS (AHP) 
24

Page 25

The non-employee costs element of the AHP services are projected to be on-line. 
All underspends in employee costs have contributed to payroll turnover. 
2.7 CHIEF SOCIAL WORK OFFICER 
This is projected to underspend by £0.018m.
2.8 MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT 
Management and Support Services are projected to overspend by £2.172m and the 
main areas of variance are: 
• There is projected slippage on the LD and MH transition funding of £0.315m
due to delays in children transitioning into adult services and updated costing
of care packages. This involves complex planning by services with service
users and families and can change over time based on assessed need when
moving into adult services.
• There is also a balance of overachieved savings of £0.052m. 
• The 2026/27 budget included additional approved savings to contribute
towards the 2025/26 overspends that would continue into 2026/27.  These
savings were £1.4m for social care and £0.245m for non-lead health services.
This shows as a total underspend of £1.645m.
• As outlined in para 2.9 there remains £4.628m of social care eligibility criteria
savings to be achieved and these are reported as a projected overspend
under management and support.   This figure will be updated and reduced
each month to reflect the outcome of re-assessments.
• An over-recovery of payroll turnover of £0.165m for social care services and
an over-recovery of £0.207m for health services as outlined in the table below.   
The turnover targets and achievement for the financial year for Health and Social
Care services outwith the Lead Partnership is noted below: 
Social Care Health
Vacancy Savings Target (£3.507m) (£1.628m)
Projected to be achieved by March
2027
£3.672m £1.835m
Over/(Under) Achievement £0.165m £0.207m 
The areas contributing to the health and social care vacancy savings are spread
across a wide range of services with vacancy savings being achieved in most areas.  
As part of the recovery plan, the vacancy scrutiny group has been enhanced with the
Heads of Service and professional leads attending.  Each post is scrutinised and
filled only where deemed necessary with a recruitment freeze now implemented for
all non-essential posts. 
The turnover target for the North Lead Partnership for Mental Health services is
detailed separately within the Lead Partnership information at section 2.4.
25

Page 26

2.9 Savings Progress 
The 2026-27 savings are detailed within Appendix C.   The savings are RAG rated
informed by an overall assessment of the ease of delivery and the impact on services,
indicating an overall risk of deliverability. 
The savings are split into:
• Previously agreed savings 
• Adjustments (payroll turnover and recharges)
• Operational savings
• Policy – Models of care or efficiency
• Policy – Service reduction or cessation 
The approved 2026-27 budget included £2.816m of savings that were not related to
the eligibility criteria saving. 
BRAG Status Position at
Budget Approval
£m
Position at
Month 3
£m
Red - 0.043
Amber 0.141 0.564
Green 2.675 0.640
Blue - 1.569
TOTAL 2.816 2.816   
Any shortfall in relation to the red and amber rated savings are already reflected in
the projected outturn. 
In relation to the Eligibility Criteria Review savings the progress achieved at month 3
is: 
Full Year
£m
Part Year
£m
Target (5.828) (5.828)
Achieved at month 3 1.481 1.200
Still to be Delivered (4.347) (4.628) 
The part year saving to be achieved of £4.628m is reflected as an overspend in the
month 3 projections. 
There remains a significant risk of delivering the financial savings required from the
change to social care eligibility criteria and this remains the substantive plan for
further financial recovery. Progress is being monitored through the programme
board, with a more detailed progress update planned for the IJB in October 2026. 
2.10 Budget Changes 
26

Page 27

The Integration Scheme states that “either party may increase its in-year payment to
the Integration Joint Board.  Neither party may reduce the payment in-year to the
Integration Joint Board nor Services managed on a Lead Partnership basis….
without the express consent of the Integration Joint Board.” Appendix C highlights
the movement in the budget position following the initial approved budget. 
Reductions Requiring Approval: 
Ref Description  Amount 
(£’m)
1 Primary Care prescribing CRES 1.464
2 Primary Care 26/27 Savings 0.507
3 Training Grade adjustment 0.008
4 Reduced Working Week – transfer to pan Ayrshire posts 0.018
5 Transfer to East and South re pan Ayrshire pressures 0.028 
2.11  Pan Ayrshire Lead Partnership services and Large Hospital Set Aside 
Lead Partnerships: - There is a requirement for the 3 IJBs to be aware of the
position for Lead Partnership services and plans to deliver services from within
allocated budget. 
Full detail on the Lead Partnerships is given in the report in appendix F. 
Set Aside: - Work has been undertaken with partnerships to progress and develop
set aside arrangements to fully implement the legislative requirement.  This includes
arrangements in relation to the use of Directions, Joint Commissioning Plans and
overall progression towards fair share allocations of resources.       
Further work has been undertaken through the Ayrshire Finance Leads group to
establish baseline resources for each partnership and how these compare to the
NRAC “fair share” of resources. Ayrshire Finance Leads have now agreed a
baseline methodology for set aside budgets which involves using the four full years
prior to the pandemic, 2016/17 – 2019/20 inclusive.  
The HSCPs require to agree their final share of the baseline with each other,
however the aggregate will remain unchanged. The table below shows the cost of
the historic baseline at 2024/25 prices. The 2025/26 actual usage information is not
known until later in the year.   
IJB 2024-25 Activity at 2025-26 prices
inflated by 2% for 2026-27
East 34,003
North 42,670
South 34,844
27

Page 28

Total 111,517
The annual budget for Acute Services is £520.5m.  The directorate is overspent by
£3.3m after 3 months. 
There is a material underlying deficit caused by:
• Length of Stay (LoS) and emergency admission rates in NHS Ayrshire and Arran acute
hospitals are above the Scottish average.
• High expenditure on medical and nursing agency staff, high rates of absence and vacancies
causing service pressure.
• Delayed transfers of care and high acuity of patients.
The IJBs and the Health Board work closely in partnership to maintain service and
improve performance.
2.12 FINANCIAL RISKS 
There are a number of ongoing financial risk areas that may impact on the 2026-27
budget during the year, these include: 
• Growing demand for services.
• Staff recruitment and retention challenges across a number of service areas.
• The expectation that performance will continue to be maintained or improved
despite the significant resource challenges.
• Ongoing delivery costs of Scottish Government policy directives, particularly
where these are not fully funded or inflation proofed.
• Unearmarked reserves are minimal, there is limited scope to absorb in-year
variances, with any overspends requiring additional funding from partners.
• The ongoing review of the Integration Schemes, where there is a focus on
financial arrangements and risk share. 
• The wider system financial challenges and impact across the whole system,
for example the financial position of NHS AA and the decisions taken to reduce
the Board’s deficit may have impacts on other parts of the health and care
system. 
• The overall sustainability of commissioned care providers 
• The recurring underlying levels of overspend which may impact on the
Partnership’s ability to continue to sustain service levels in the future.
• The use of supplementary staffing for enhanced observations across a
number of service areas and the use of high-cost agency staff to support
frontline service delivery in areas where there are recruitment challenges.
• Agenda for Change Pay Reform programme – including Nursing Band 5-6 re-
grade, protected learning time and reduction to the working week. 
• Risk related to NHS Reform investment being allocated by Scottish
Government on a payment by results basis and in arrears.
28

Page 29

• A risk of delivering an online position at the year-end set against continued
increased demand for services, inflationary impacts on the cost of care and
the more difficult decisions which are required to reduce spend.
• Scarcity of residential placements for children which is being raised on a
national level. 
These risks will continue to be monitored. 
2.13 RESERVES 
The IJB opening reserves position are summarised in the table below. 
General Fund
Reserve   Earmarked Reserves
Total  
Unearmarked   External
Funding   HSCP 
£m   £m £m £m
Balance – 1 April 2025 0   2.381 0.780 3.161
Drawdowns 0   (2.381) (0.459) (2.840)
Transfer in – underspend 0.696   0 0 0.696
New earmarking 0   1.805 0 1.805
Balance – 31 March 2026 0.696   1.805 0.321 2.822 
If the IJB ends the financial year with an overspend the Unearmarked Reserves will
be drawn down first to offset any overspend position. 
2.14 Financial Recovery Plan 
The Integration Scheme describes the required approach where there is a projected
overspend on the IJB integrated budget, which includes the requirement to agree a
recovery plan to balance the overspending budget.  Only if the recovery plan is
unsuccessful will the Health Board and Council consider making available interim
funds.   
Despite being in a projected overspend position additional financial recovery action
is not recommended at this stage as the focus remains on achieving the remaining
savings relating to the eligibility criteria, if this is successfully delivered year-end
financial balance would be delivered, as illustrated below: 
TOTAL Health/  
NHS AA
Social
Care/NAC
Projected Overspend @ mth 3 5.146 0.104 5.042
Assumed eligibility savings still to be
achieved (4.628) 0 (4.628)
Residual Projected Overspend 0.518 0.104 0.414
29

Page 30

Unearmarked GF Reserves (0.696)  
Net Projected Overspend (0.178)   
It is anticipated that the management and recovery actions developed in previous
years will continue into 2026-27.  This includes: 
• Review of temporary posts and robust vacancy management/approval.  The
vacancy scrutiny group now has representation from all of the Heads of
Service, and a recruitment freeze will be implemented for all but essential
frontline posts.
• Restrictions on all but essential overtime working.
• Ongoing review of future year savings or transformation programmes to
identify scope for acceleration.
• Continued focus through the ‘Finance Working Group’, chaired by the IJB
Chair or Vice Chair. The Director and Heads of Service are members of the
group. It meets monthly to facilitate increased oversight and scrutiny of the
financial position and transformation programme as well as detailed budget
planning for future financial years. 
• Recruitment delay – there will be a recruitment drag with vacancy scrutiny
approved vacancies being held for four weeks before they are advertised to
create more payroll turnover.  This will be for all vacancies except clinical or
registered services vacancies or those which will incur cover costs.
• High-cost care package group – the remit of this group expanded to include
care packages for children with a disability and all UNPACs placement
requests.
• Oversight group for looked after and accommodated children in residential
care – this group meets fortnightly to actively review all placements.
• All care packages (outwith in house care at home and older people
placements agreed via CARG) will be considered for approval by the high-
cost care package group. 
3. PROPOSALS 
3.1 Anticipated Outcomes 
Continuing to closely monitor the financial position will allow the IJB to take corrective
action where required to deliver services in 2026-27 from within the available
resource, thereby limiting the financial risk to the funding partners. 
The transformational change programme, along with the revised eligibility criteria,
will have the greatest impact on the financial sustainability of the partnership, the IJB
require to have a clear understanding of progress with the delivery of the
transformation plan. 
3.3 Measuring Impact 
The final outturn will be reported to the IJB. 
30

Page 31

4. IMPLICATIONS 
4.1 Financial
There is a projected overspend of £5.146m (1.4%). The report outlines the main
variances for individual services.   
4.2 Human Resources
The report highlights vacancy or turnover savings achieved during the year. Services
will review any staffing establishment plans and recruitment in line with normal
practice when implementing service change and reviews as per agreement with the
IJB.  Tight vacancy scrutiny management arrangements are in place for the HSCP. 
4.3 Legal
None. 
4.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
None. 
4.5 Risk
Para 2.12 highlights the financial risks.
The report falls in line with the agreed risk appetite statement which is a low-risk
appetite in respect to adherence to standing financial instructions, financial controls
and financial statutory duties and a high-risk appetite in relation to finance and value
for money.
The ‘financial viability of the HSCP’ risk is on our strategic risk register. 
4.6 Community Wealth Building
None. 
4.7 Key Priorities
The ability to deliver on our strategic priorities may be compromised due to the
greater financial risk faced in 2026-27 and the increased focus required on financial
rather than service improvement. This will be kept under close scrutiny throughout
2026-27. If we are unable to successfully develop a financial recovery plan to achieve
financial balance, consideration may be given to revising the strategic commissioning
plan. 
5. CONSULTATION
5.1 This report has been produced in consultation with relevant budget holders and the
Partnership Senior Management Team. 
31

Page 32

5.2 The IJB financial monitoring report is shared with the NHS Ayrshire and Arran
Director of Finance and North Ayrshire Council’s Head of Finance after the report
has been finalised for the IJB. 
Caroline Cameron, Director
Author – Eleanor Currie, Chief Finance Officer [eleanorcurrie@north-ayrshire.gov.uk] 
32

Page 33

2026-27 Budget Monitoring Report–Objective Summary as at 30th June 2026                                                            Appendix A
Budget Outturn  
Over/
(Under)
Spend
Variance
Budget Outturn
Over/
(Under)
Spend
Variance
Budget Outturn 
Over/
(Under)
Spend
Variance
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000
COMMUNITY CARE AND HEALTH 89,140 87,997 (1,143) 22,484 23,506 1,022 111,624 111,503 (121)
: Locality Services 34,685 34,469 (216) 6,191 6,190 (1) 40,876 40,659 (217)
: Community Care Service Delivery 48,761 47,656 (1,105) 0 0 0 48,761 47,656 (1,105)
: Rehabilitation and Reablement 2,316 2,365 49 0 0 0 2,316 2,365 49
: Long Term Conditions 978 1,037 59 11,458 12,499 1,041 12,436 13,536 1,100
: Community Link Workers 426 417 (9) 0 0 0 426 417 (9)
: Integrated Island Services 1,974 2,053 79 4,835 4,817 (18) 6,809 6,870 61
MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES 44,760 45,122 362 81,757 81,797 40 126,517 126,919 402
: Learning Disabilities 34,760 35,122 362 864 864 0 35,624 35,986 362
: Community Mental Health 7,469 7,465 (4) 1,912 1,912 0 9,381 9,377 (4)
: Addictions 2,531 2,535 4 2,138 2,138 0 4,669 4,673 4
: HBCCC 0 0 0 353 0 (353) 353 0 (353)
: Lead Partnership Mental Health NHS Area Wide 0 0 0 76,490 76,883 393 76,490 76,883 393
CHILDREN & JUSTICE SERVICES 40,331 43,265 2,934 6,582 6,541 (41) 46,913 49,806 2,893
: Irvine, Kilwinning and Three Towns 3,690 3,706 16 0 0 0 3,690 3,706 16
: Garnock Valley, North Coast and Arran 3,833 3,852 19 0 0 0 3,833 3,852 19
:Intervention Services 2,186 2,188 2 0 0 0 2,186 2,188 2
: Care Experienced Children & Young people 25,178 28,069 2,891 0 0 0 25,178 28,069 2,891
: Head of Service - Children & Families 1,510 1,516 6 0 0 0 1,510 1,516 6
: Justice Services 3,493 3,492 (1) 0 0 0 3,493 3,492 (1)
: C&F Health Team 441 442 1 5,700 5,642 (58) 6,141 6,084 (57)
: Lead Partnership NHS Children's Services 0 0 0 882 899 17 882 899 17
CHIEF SOCIAL WORK OFFICER 2,140 2,122 (18) 0 0 0 2,140 2,122 (18)
PRIMARY CARE 0 0 0 53,830 53,819 (11) 53,830 53,819 (11)
ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONALS 0 12,379 12,379 0 12,379 12,379 0
MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT COSTS 2,410 5,317 2,907 4,774 4,039 (735) 7,184 9,356 2,172
OUTTURN ON A MANAGED BASIS 178,781 183,823 5,042 181,806 182,081 275 360,587 365,904 5,317
TOTAL
Partnership Budget - Objective Summary
Council Health
2026/27 Budget
33

Page 34

Budget Outturn  
Over/
(Under)
Spend
Variance
Budget Outturn
Over/
(Under)
Spend
Variance
Budget Outturn 
Over/
(Under)
Spend
Variance
£'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000 £'000
Return Hosted Over/Underspends to East 0 0 0 0 (132) (132) 0 (132) (132)
Return Hosted Over/Underspends to South 0 0 0 0 (122) (122) 0 (122) (122)
Receive Hosted Over/Underspends South 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Receive Hosted Over/Underspends East 0 0 0 0 83 83 0 83 83
OUTTURN ON AN IJB BASIS 178,781 183,823 5,042 181,806 181,910 104 360,587 365,733 5,146
Partnership Budget - Objective Summary
2026/27 Budget
Council Health TOTAL
34

Page 35

2026-27 Savings Tracker         Appendix B 
Council 
NHS 
(non
lead) 
NHS
(lead) TOTAL
BRAG
Deliverability
Status 
BRAG
Deliverability
Month 3  Description
Adjustments and
Previously Agreed Savings:
Inflate Payroll Turnover 107,348    60,150   90,225   257,723    Green Green Increased target to reflect the pay award
Recharge to East for Ward 2
beds -           25,000   -        25,000     
Green Blue
Increased charge to reflect the pay award
Financial Inclusion Review 32,500      -        -        32,500      Green Blue Full year impact of the 2024/25 saving
Social Care Model at
Trindlemoss House -           175,000 -        175,000   
Green Green Moving from a nursing led model to a social care
led model
139,848    260,150 90,225   490,223   
Operational
Council 
NHS 
(non
lead) 
NHS
(lead) TOTAL
BRAG
Deliverability
Status 
BRAG
Deliverability
Month 3  Description
Social Care Fees and
Charges 5% increase 100%
included 120,000    -        -        120,000   
Green Green
Increased income to reflect the 2026/27 charges
LES Payment - Buckreddan
Care Home 43,000      -        -        43,000     
Green Red Service will be ither cease or be funded by the
care home
LES Payment - Toddhill 22,000      -        -        22,000      Green Blue Service will cease
Third Sector Capacity
Building 34,000      -        -        34,000     
Green Blue
Reduction of a post
Business Admin - Phase 1 -
Quick wins 251,979    -        -        251,979   
Green Blue
Reduction in 6.8 WTE posts
Moving and Handling post 55,000      -        -        55,000      Green Blue Reduction of a post
Business Admin Team -
senior structure -           40,000   -        40,000     
Green Blue Saving following a retiral and resultant revised
structure
Carers UK Annual
Subscription 3,500       -        -        3,500      
Green Blue
Cease the subscription
NADARS NHS non staffing
budget -           26,771   -        26,771     
Green Blue
Saving in non staffing costs
Pan Ayrshire Alcohol & Drug
Services Management Team -           16,478   16,478   32,956     
Green Blue
Saving in staffing costs
Removal of SW Trainee Post 54,000      -        -        54,000      Green Blue Removal of a SW trainee post
Child Health Assessment - 
Charge for Out of Authority
cases -           6,000     -        6,000      
Green Amber
New charge for Out of Authority health
assessments
Children and Families
Throughcare Review 87,000      -        -        87,000     
Green Green
Reduction in staffing
Support Services outwith
business support 100,000    -        -        100,000   
Amber Amber
Reduction in staffing (WTE TBC as it is a target)
770,479    89,249   16,478   876,206   
35

Page 36

Policy - Model of Care or
Efficiency Council 
NHS 
(non
lead) 
NHS
(lead) TOTAL
BRAG
Deliverability
Status 
BRAG
Deliverability
Month 3  Description
Roslin House - shared
respite/residential model
300,000    -        -        300,000    Green Amber Moved to respite and residential model. 
Assumes 4 external placements will move to
Roslin House
Trindlemoss - review of care
delivery model
116,989    -        -        116,989    Green Amber Review of care delivery model.
Budget reduction regarding
the Pan Ayrshire Prevention
& Service Support Team
-           -        40,817   40,817      Green Blue Saving in non staffing costs
Phase 1 - Children and
Families -quick wins re:
retirements, WLB and vacant
posts
250,000    -        -        250,000    Green Blue Reduction in staffing (7 WTE)
Phase 1 - Psychology -           -        231,138 231,138    Green Blue Reduction in staffing (2.5 WTE and a reduction in
grade for 1 post)
666,989    271,955 938,944   
Policy - Service
Reduction/Cessation            
(all agreed with East and
South HSCP) Council 
NHS 
(non
lead) 
NHS
(lead) TOTAL
BRAG
Deliverability
Status 
BRAG
Deliverability
Month 3  Description
DBI - Distress Brief
Intervention service -           -        157,500 157,500   
Green Blue Cessation of the Distress Brief Intervention
service (7mths assumed)
MH Innovation Fund
(reduction of posts)
-           -        41,331   41,331     
Amber Amber Reduction of Innovation Funded posts.  3mths of
savings assumed as the posts will be redeployed.
(2.7 WTE)
RISE Team - Resilience in
Stressful Events -           -        192,131 192,131   
Green Blue
Reduction in the RISE service
Mental Health Practitioners
(MHPs) in GP practices -           -        120,000 120,000   
Green Blue
Reduction in the MHPs ( est 3 WTE posts)
-           -        510,962 510,962   
TOTAL SAVINGS 1,577,316 349,399 889,620 2,816,335
36

Page 37

2026-27 Budget Reconciliation               Appendix C
COUNCIL  Period  £'m
Initial Approved Budget   151.506
Adjustments to baseline   (0.012)
Revised Budget   151.494
Resource Transfer 25/26 1-3 25.949
Change Fund - Bank Project 3 0.007
Section 27 Justice Service Grant 3 1.331
Social Care Budget Reported at Month 3 178.781
HEALTH Period  £'m
Initial recurring base budget exc set aside   149.214
Month 10-12 Adjustments and adjusting for the full year
impact of part years amounts and temporary funding.   51.766
Revised Budget   200.980
Resource Transfer 25/26   (25.949)
2% pass through 2026/27   2.891
Pay Awards 2026/27 top up   1.682
Reduced Working Week (1 hour) 2026/27   2.362
PC Prescribing uplift (£1,466,000)   0.537
PC Prescribing cres (£4,000,000)   (1.464)
PC Prescribing Tariff Adjustment North   0.549
Veterans First Point   0.105
Training Grade Adjustment (Dean Funding)    (0.008)
Junior Doctors Pay Award - additional 1.75%   0.019
Transfer MAT Standards Psychiatrist 0.2 WTE from South   0.029
ADP Pay Uplifts from South   0.014
School Nursing 6.12 WTE from South   0.377
North Budget Paper - Office 365 to East   (0.009)
North Budget Paper - Palliative Care to East   (0.018)
BBV Transfer Band 8B Pharmacist to Addictions (from PH)   0.013
Early Years funding 0.45 WTE Band 4 - MIN Allocation (from PH)   0.019
North Budget Paper - Office 365 to East Adjustment   (0.001)
RWW Action 15 backfill cover arrangements allocated to South
HSCP   (0.006)
RWW Action 15 backfill cover arrangements allocated to East
HSCP   (0.012)
Training Grade Adjustment (Dean Funding) - Vacancy   0.032
GP Prescribing 2026/27 savings   (0.507)
Anticipated budgets   0.171
Health Budget Reported at Month 3 181.806
TOTAL COMBINED BUDGET    360.587
37

Page 38

26-27 IJB Reserves Position       Appendix D 
Area of Reserves Balance at
31 March
2026
Earmarked Funds 
Alcohol and Drug Partnership 147
Primary Care Improvement Fund 183
Service Redesign / Challenge Fund 321
Family Wellbeing Fund 906
Telecare / community alarms 180
Magic Notes  88
Adult Social Work Restructure resource 38
LD – Coming Home 212
Early Intervention in Psychosis 51
Total Earmarked 2,126
Unallocated General Fund  696
General Fund 2,822 
38

Page 39

Bank and Agency Costs to Month 3      Appendix E 
2) SOCIAL CARE 
Month 3
Spend
Montrose House Brodick 35,257
Mental Health  58,229 
98,486 
1) NHS
4863
(Registered)
4864
(Unregistered)
4865 (Agency
Locum
Consultant) TOTAL
WARD 1 WOODLANDS VIEW 13,222           81,309                94,531          
WARD 2 WOODLANDS VIEW 15,515           78,431                93,945          
ACH REDBURN REHAB WARD NRS 3,013             45,010                48,024          
ACH DOUGLAS GRANT REHAB WD NRS 7,378             19,375                26,754          
WARD 3 WOODLANDS VIEW NURSING 13,783           135,870              149,653        
WARD 4 WOODLANDS VIEW NURSING 37,211                37,211          
NEW CLONBEITH NURSING(JURA) 15,866           96,880                112,746        
WVIEW THE GLEN ECT 2,423             9,210                  11,633          
WVIEW WARD 10 ACUTE MH NRS 1,041         91,689                92,730          
WVIEW WARD 8 ACUTE MH NRS 15,403           295,229              310,633        
WARD 5 WOODLANDS VIEW 5,779             18,476                24,255          
WVIEW WARD 7B REHAB MH NRS 2,122             2,122            
NEW DUNURE NURSING(CLONBEITH) 24,899           95,354                120,253        
MH BED MANAGEMENT 2,358             2,358            
TRINDLEMOSS 2,291             78,491            80,782          
ARRAN HOSPITAL NURSING 17,323           20,292                37,616          
CAMHS UNSCHEDULED CARE 1,377             1,377            
EARLY YRS-C/F TEAM 3 1,595             1,595            
IMMUNISATION NURSING BANK 525               129                    654               
PACKAGE OF CARE (P) - AMG 30,284                30,284          
PACKAGE OF CARE (P) - LMO 325                    325               
NC POC TEAM 2 692                    692               
ARRAN DN 1,525             1,525            
THREE TOWNS DN 269               269               
IRVINE DN 278               278               
NORTH WEST COAST DN 661               661               
GARNOCK VALLEY DN 467               467               
LADY MARGARET NURSING 4,687             1,915                  6,603            
NORTH CLDT 263               263               
LDS MANAGEMENT 2,122             2,122            
MHS ASSOC NURSE DIRECTOR 644               644               
MHANPS MH UNSCHEDULED CARE 6,235             6,235            
MHS INPATIENT MGT 7,045             7,045            
CMHT NURSING-NORTH AYRSHIRE 207                    207               
WVIEW WARD 7C FORENSIC REHAB N 6,523             62,919                69,442          
INTENSIVE COMMUNITY NURSING TEAM 9,974             3,695                  13,669          
ADULT MENTAL HEALTH LIASION TEAM 4,190             4,190            
PCMHT NORTH 3,053             3,053            
WVIEW WARD 6 LOW SECURE NRS 27,940           39,677                67,617          
WARRIX AVE 26,402           19,148                45,549          
FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY 583-               583-               
ICFN - COMMUNITY PHLEBOTOMY 2,616                  2,616            
OLD AGE 69,442             69,442          
WVIEW WARD 9 ACUTE MH NRS 5,251             117,530              122,781        
WVIEW WARD 11 ACUTE MH NRS 12,342           152,460              164,802        
265,202         1,534,425           69,442             1,869,068     
Bank Agency
39

Page 40

Appendix F 
Lead Partnership Report 
Background:  The Integration Scheme creates various Lead Partnership roles across
the three Ayrshire Integration Joint Boards. Each IJB, acting as lead
partner, commissions services on behalf of the three Ayrshire IJBs and
reclaims the costs involved. This arrangement is treated as an agency
arrangement. 
The projected outturn position for each IJB is adjusted to reflect the
impact of Lead Partnership services. The over or underspend in relation
to each Lead Partnership services is not fully attributed to that
partnership, and a share will be allocated to the other Ayrshire IJBs on
an NRAC* basis in line with the agreed risk sharing mechanism. 
Within the Integration Scheme, as with all delegated budgets, the
intention is that services managed under Lead Partnership
arrangements should be delivered within budget. Should that not be
possible, a financial recovery plan requires to be developed and
approved by all three Integration Joint Boards. Should financial recovery
plans for Lead Partnership services fail, then all IJBs are required to
address any shortfalls which are not related to base line budget issues. 
There is a requirement for the 3 IJBs to be aware of the position for Lead
Partnership services and plans to deliver services from within allocated
budget. 
*NRAC and the percentage information is explained later in the report 
40

Page 41

1. SUMMARY 
1.1
The summary of the financial position month 3 is given in the table below: 
Further detail by IJB is given below. 
Allocation of Variance
IJB
Area of
Service
Period
Covered
Budget
£’000’s
Outturn
£’000’s
Variance
£’000’s 
North
£’000’s
South
£’000’s 
East
£’000’s
North Mental Health  
Month 3 76,490 76,883 (393)  (149) (117) (127)
North Children Lead
Partnership  Month 3 882 899 (17)  (6) (5) (6)
South Community
Store  Month 3 1,599 1,457 142  53 43 46
South Family Nurse
Partnership  Month 3 2,125 2,125 0  0 0 0
South Continence
Team  Month 3 580 722 (142)  (53) (43) (46)
East Standby
Services  Month 3 414 414 0  0 0 0
East Primary Care
(including
Dental) 
Month 3 141,702 142,393 (691)  (256) (215) (220)
East Prison and
Police
Healthcare 
Month 3 4,301 4,186 115  43 36 37
East Allied Health
Professionals
(Lead) 
Month 3 5,717 5,385 332  123 103 106
East Other Lead
Services  Month 3 2,463 2,444 19  7 6 6
2. North Ayrshire:  Month 3 
2.1 Services managed under Lead Partnership arrangements by North Ayrshire Integration
Joint Board are projected to overspend by £0.410m in total. 
2.2 
Allocation of Variance
IJB Area of Service
Budget
£000’s
Outturn
£000’s 
Variance
£000’s 
North
£000’s 
South
£000’s 
East
£000’s
North Mental Health Lead
Partnership 76,490 76,883 (393)  (149) (117) (127)
North Children Lead
Partnership 882 899 (17)  (6) (5) (6)
North  TOTAL  77,372 77,782 (410)   (156) (122) (132)
2.3 The Lead Partnership for Mental Health is projected to be £0.393m overspent and the
main variances are as follows: 
• Adult Inpatients – projected overspend by £1.454m due to very high levels of
occupancy, patient mix and complexity and levels of continuous intervention which
require additional supplementary staff and enhanced observations (1:1 and 2:1) and
use of bank staff.
41

Page 42

• The UNPACS (Unplanned Activities) budget – projected overspend of £0.375m
based on current placements. UnPACS placements are for individuals with very
specific needs that require a higher level of security and/or care from a staff group
with a particular skill set/competence.  There are no local NHS secure facilities for
women, people with a learning disability or people with neurodevelopmental disorder.
This can necessitate an UNPACs placement with a specialist provider which can be
out-of-area.  The nature of mental health UNPACs spend is that it is almost
exclusively on medium- or long-term complex secure residential placements which
are very expensive so a small change in placements can have a high budgetary
impact. 
• Learning Disability Services – projected to underspend by £0.161m.  The underspend
relates to saving made until the new service to replace Ward 7A commences offset
by legacy costs as the staff are still being redeployed. 
• Elderly Inpatients – projected overspend of £0.332m due to the use of supplementary
staffing.  The elderly mental health wards continue to operate at full occupancy with
waiting lists, with several patients who are on enhanced observations and bank costs
remain high. 
• Eating Disorders – projected to be £0.100m overspent.  This service is currently being
reviewed and options considered. 
• Enhanced Mental Health Outcome Framework (EMHOF within CAMHS) – projected
underspend of £0.253m.  This is the balance of the spare funding from the 25/26
review. 
• Psychiatry – is projected to overspend by £0.318m across all specialities including
some agency locum costs. A wholescale workforce review has been commissioned
to determine longer term solutions for sustainability. 
• MH Pharmacy/Substitute Prescribing – is projected to underspend by £0.368m. The
is partly due a rebate and expected drug price increases are not evident at month 3. 
• The turnover target for vacancy savings for the Lead Partnership is held within the
Lead Partnership as this is a Pan-Ayrshire target.  There is a projected over recovery
of the vacancy savings target of £0.452m in 2026-27.  Further information is included
in the table below: 
Vacancy Savings Target (£1.250m)
Projected to March 2027 £1.802m
Over/(Under) Achievement £0.452m
2.4 Recovery Plan Action 
Despite being in a projected overspend position a formal recovery plan is not being
recommended at this stage.  The projections will continue to be refined and updated to
42

Page 43

reflect additional ward costs in month 4.  A decision on recovery action will be made in
month 4. 
2.5  Performance Information 
To be further developed 
3.  South Ayrshire: Month 3 
3.1 Services managed under Lead Partnership arrangements by South Ayrshire Integration
Joint Board are projected to be in line with budget.   
3.2 
Allocation of Variance
IJB Area of Service
Budget
£000’s
Projected
Outturn
£000’s 
Variance
£000’s 
North
£000’s 
South
£000’s 
East
£000’s
South Community Store 1,599 1,457 142  53 43 46
South Family Nurse
Partnership 2,125 2,125 0  0 0 0
South Continence Team 580 722 (142)  (53) (43) (46)
South  TOTAL  4,304 4,304 (0)  (0) (0) (0) 
The main variances are as follows: 
Community Equipment Store – projected underspend of £0.142m. At period 3 there is
an underspend of £0.112m.  This underspend is to be maintained to offset against
overspend in Continence Team.
Operational Improvement Plan non-recurring funding of £0.500m to be used in 2026-27
to support whole system improvement outcomes, reducing Delayed Transfer of Care and
acute beds. 
Family Nurse Partnership - projected to come in line with budget. Scottish Government
funding allocation of £0.250m has been allocated on a non-recurring basis this financial
year to support delivery of outcomes in the Tackling Child Poverty Delivery plan.
Confirmation of recurring funding is expected later in the year.  
The additional funding will support capacity to deliver on offer FNP services to age 20 to
25 with previous care experience.  An additional 1.8WTE posts were advertised with
0.8WTE recruited due to start in September.  The further post will not be recruited until
March 27, to fit in with scheduled training programme.  Any underspend of the additional
funding will be earmarked for use in 2027-28. 
Continence Team – projected overspend of £0.142m.  Continence Supplies projected
overspend of £0.142m based on prior year outturn and current spend to date.  The
continence team are working with the community nursing teams to reduce spend, and
focussed work will commence on review of care home spend.  Following this work any  
recurring financial pressure will be identified for review in the budget setting process for
2027-28. 
43

Page 44

3.3 Recovery Plan Action 
No recovery action required, financial pressures within the continence team will be
managed through an underspend in the community equipment store budget.  Budget
setting process for 2027-28 will consider the recurring financial pressure within the
continence team for inclusion in the budget. 
3.4  Performance Information 
To be further developed 
4. East Ayrshire: Month 3 
4.1  Services managed under Lead Partnership arrangements by East Ayrshire Integration
Joint Board are projected to overspend by £0.225m in total.  This equates to 0.15% of
delegated Lead Partnership budget.   
4.2
Allocation of Variance
IJB Area of Service
Budget
£000’s
Outturn
£000’s 
Variance
£000’s 
North
£000’s 
South
£000’s 
East
£000’s 
East  Standby Services 414 414 0  0 0 0 
East  Primary Care (including dental)  141,702 142,393 (691)  (256) (215) (220) 
East  Prison and Police Healthcare 4,301 4,186 115  43 36 37 
East  Allied Health Professionals
(Lead) 5,717 5,385 332 
123 103 106
East Other Lead Service (Lead)
2,463 2,444 19  7 6 6 
East
Total
154,597 154,822 (225)  (83) (69) (73) 
The main variances are as follows:
• Allied Health Professions (Lead Partnership) - There is a projected underspend of
£0.332m on AHPs services hosted by East Ayrshire for the current year, which mainly
relates to staffing savings. Wigs is projected to be in line. 
• Primary Care and Out of Hours Services (Lead Partnership) - The Primary Care and
Out of Hours Services £141.702m budget has a projected overspend by £0.691m at
this early stage of the year due to Primary Medical Services projected overspend of
£1.005m, largely due to high spend in General medical services and increased
pension and sickness cover costs. Primary Medical Services payments also show
high spend against premises and additional IT costs. These additional costs were
partially offset by a projected underspend of £0.099m against Ayrshire Urgent Care
Services and projected underspends within Primary Care Contracting and Support
£0.025m. Funding had been allocated to partially offset Urgent Care Pathway costs
£0.800m with projected full spend of allocation. Funding had also been allocated to
Covid-19 Therapeutics of £0.067m, with projected full spend. 
44

Page 45

• The projected underspend of £0.189m in Dental services that reflects that staffing
numbers are running at less than establishment, alongside reduced equipment costs. 
• Prison and Police Healthcare (Lead Partnership) – projected underspend of £0.115m
is due to reduced staffing costs. 
• Other Services (Lead Partnership) - The £0.019m projected underspend is due to
reduced Palliative Care Services costs. 
4.3 Recovery Plan Action  
No additional Financial Recovery Plan proposals for East Ayrshire hosted services are
included within this report. Details and actions to reduce the overspend projections will
be included within the next report. 
4.4  Performance Information 
To be further developed 
5. NRAC 
5.1 NRAC is the NHS Scotland Resource Allocation Committee Formula, a method to
allocate funding to NHS Scotland Health Boards. Its primary objective is to promote
equitable access to healthcare by assessing each board's relative need based on factors
like population size, characteristics influencing healthcare needs, and service delivery
costs. The formula sets "target shares" for funding distribution, although final allocations
may differ to ensure funding stability. 
6.  Reporting Cycle  
North:    Month 3,4,6,7,9,10 and 12
South:   Month 3,6,9,10 and 12
East:     Month 2, 4, 6, 9 and 12   
45

Page 46

46

Page 47

Integration Joint Board
20 August 2026
Subject : Ayrshire Transformation Board – Right Care, Right
Place Transfer of Care Programme Update
Purpose : To update IJB on the Whole System Flow Plan aligned to the
Ayrshire Transformation Board Right Care, Right Place
programme following completion of the Transfer of Care Business
Case and to seek endorsement of North Ayrshire HSCP's
contribution to implementation of the agreed programme.
Recommendation : The Integration Joint Board is asked to
• Note the approval and progression of the Ayrshire-wide
Transfer of Care Business Case. 
• Note confirmation of the conditions to delegate authority to the
Chief Officer to progress with operationally implementing plans
as described in the update to IJB on 18 June 2026.
• Note and endorse the North Ayrshire investment plans
supporting delivery of Home First, Discharge Without Delay
and Transfer of Care objectives, with agree performance
trajectories and planned benefits/improved outcomes 
• Agree ongoing monitoring through the existing IJB performance
and financial reporting frameworks. 
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both
Direction to :- 
1. No Direction Required X
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms
ATB Ayrshire Transformation Board
D2A Discharge to Assess
DWD Discharge Without Delay
HSCP Health and Social Care Partnership
IJB Integration Joint Board
NHS AA NHS Ayrshire and Arran
PGC Performance Governance Committee 
Agenda Item 6
47

Page 48

1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1.1 This report provides the Integration Joint Board with an update on the Whole System
Flow Plan, developed through the Ayrshire Transformation Board and NHS Ayrshire
and Arran Flow Assurance Board. The Ayrshire Transformation Board (ATB)
continues to provide strategic leadership and oversight of whole-system
transformation across Ayrshire and Arran. The Right Care, Right Place Programme
remains a core component of this work and is focused on improving flow through acute
and community services, reducing delays in discharge and shifting the balance of care
towards community-based support.
1.2 NHS Ayrshire and Arran continues to experience significant operational pressures,
including sustained high hospital occupancy, increasing delayed discharges,
Emergency Department congestion and the continued use of non-standard capacity
across acute hospital sites. These pressures impact on patient experience, safety,
quality of care and the ability of the system to meet performance standards.
1.3 To respond to these pressures, NHS Ayrshire and Arran and the three Ayrshire Health
and Social Care Partnerships together with acute services have developed a Transfer
of Care Business Case. The Business Case is aligned to national policy including the
Health and Social Care Service Renewal Framework, the Discharge Without Delay
Programme and national priorities for Unscheduled Care. The Business Case and
associated programme of improvement activity is a short term, more immediate
approach and seeks to implement a Home First approach through the expansion of
community capacity and redesign of discharge pathways.  It is recognised that this will
not fully address systemic issues and a further and final phase of implementation
would be required however is seen as a positive step in shifting the balance of care
and realignment of resources into community services. 
1.4 At its June 2026 meeting, the IJB agreed delegated authority to the Chief Officer to
progress operational plans subject to specific conditions being met. These conditions
included formal pan-Ayrshire and system-wide endorsement, recurring funding
formally underwritten by NHS Ayrshire and Arran or Scottish Government, assurance
that there would be zero financial risk or liability to the IJB, and confirmation that plans
would improve outcomes in priority areas including delayed transfers of care and
unmet need.  This report confirms that these conditions have been fully met and that
operational plans have begun progressing towards implementation.
1.5 Phase 2 of the improvement programme, set out in the Business Case, proposes a
phased approach to reducing hospital occupancy, improving flow and reducing
delayed discharge through investment in community services, intermediate care,
rehabilitation and discharge to assess pathways. This will support more people to
receive care in appropriate community settings while helping to improve performance
and sustainability across the health and social care system.
48

Page 49

1.6 North Ayrshire HSCP has been actively involved in the development of the Business
Case and will contribute through expansion of social care capacity, development of
discharge to assess pathways, provision of step-up and step-down care and
strengthening of community alternatives to hospital admission and prolonged hospital
stays.  
2. BACKGROUND AND CASE FOR CHANGE
2.1 Health and Social Care services across Scotland continue to face real pressures,
including demographics, growing demand, healthcare needs, and increasing financial
pressures. Unscheduled care performance, and in particular delayed discharge
performance, is utilised as one of the key indicators to measure the efficiency and
effectiveness of our health and care system. 
2.2 The Scottish Government confirmed £10.079m funding for NHS Ayrshire & Arran in
June 2025 for the Operational Improvement Plan aligned to Unscheduled Care, with
a programme of initiatives progressed since that time - this is referred to as Phase 1
of the Whole System Implementation Plan.   
£1.081m was ring-fenced at that time for North Ayrshire to enhance hospital-based
MDT capacity (£746k) and Mental Health Officer (MHO) capacity (£335k).  This has
been fully implemented. 
2.3 An Ayrshire Transformation Board has been established in early 2026 by senior
partners across Ayrshire to respond collectively to increasing financial, operational
and performance pressures across health and social care.  
The ATB provides a senior officer forum to oversee whole-system transformation,
support improved flow, reduce variation and duplication, and progress shared
priorities under a “Once-for-Ayrshire” approach. At the core of the initial model are five
major programmes: Shared Services/Lead Agency work, Right Care Right Place,
Adults with Incapacity (AWI), Digital Transformation, and Communications. Together,
these programmes reflect the major areas of system pressure and opportunity
identified across the region. 
2.4 NHS Ayrshire and Arran has also stepped up a Flow Assurance Board, chaired by the
NHS Ayrshire and Arran Chief Executive, to oversee key whole-system improvement
areas including Discharge Without Delay, virtual capacity, Adults with Incapacity,
integrated discharge hub arrangements, performance and digital, SAFER, the general
medicine target model, emergency department operations improvement and mental
health flow.  
49

Page 50

2.5 Following mobilisation of Phase 1 of the Operational Improvement Plan enacted in
2025/26, the Transfer of Care Programme, referred to as Phase 2 of the Whole
System Improvement Plan, has been developed in response to evidence
demonstrating that Ayrshire and Arran continues to experience:
• Higher than average lengths of stay.
• High levels of delayed discharge.
• Increased Emergency Department waiting times.
• Ambulance turnaround delays.
• High occupancy within acute hospitals.
• Increased reliance on escalation and non-standard capacity.
Day of Care analysis undertaken across Ayrshire and Arran identified that a significant
proportion of patients occupying acute hospital beds were clinically ready for
discharge but unable to leave hospital due to system constraints. The findings
demonstrated that many delays are attributable to challenges across community
pathways and social care capacity. 
NHS AA remains in escalation for financial management, the pressures in acute
services, where there are unfunded ward areas and the use of additional patient
spaces is contributing significantly to the Health Board’s deficit position.  The Business
Case sets out a programme of phased investment which will support a programme of
acute bed closures and support the Health Board’s financial recovery. 
2.6 Within North Ayrshire, it is recognised that the principal factors contributing to delayed
discharge and reduced flow include:
• Financial resource constraints.
• Delays associated with complex discharge planning.
• Capacity pressures within Care at Home services.
• Availability and choice of care home placements.
• Discharge to Assess pathway and capacity constraints.
• The impact of meeting the needs of our local population with continued high
demand for services.
• Adults with Incapacity processes and associated legal requirements
2.7 Without significant improvement in patient flow and transfer of care arrangements, the
Ayrshire and Arran acute health care system will continue to experience increasing
pressure on capacity, performance and workforce sustainability. The Transfer of Care
Programme therefore represents a coordinated whole-system approach to addressing
some of these challenges through investment in community capacity and redesign of
pathways at the interface between acute and community services.
50

Page 51

3. TRANSFER OF CARE MODEL
3.1 The Transfer of Care Programme is based upon the principles of Home First and
Discharge Without Delay. The programme seeks to ensure that people are supported
to return home, or to an alternative community-based setting, at the earliest point of
clinical readiness wherever it is safe and appropriate to do so.
3.2 Implementation of the programme will be supported through:
• Expansion of Discharge to Assess pathways.
• Increased community social care capacity.
• Enhanced intermediate care and rehabilitation provision.
• Strengthened discharge coordination arrangements.
• Improved multidisciplinary working across acute and community services.
• Greater utilisation of community alternatives to hospital admission and
prolonged stays.
3.3 The programme will be delivered through a phased approach:
Phase 1 – Stabilisation
• Phase 1 of the improvement plan was enacted in 2025/26 and focused whole
system improvements on reducing delayed discharge, reducing long length of
stays, improving discharge processed and stabilising existing initiatives.  
Phase 2 – Scaling
• Phase 2 of the programme, as described within the business case, enables
stabilisation of Phase 1 activity and mobilisation of short term and immediate
plans to expand community social care capacity, to further develop discharge
pathways and accelerate flow improvements.
Phase 3 – Sustainability
• Phase 3 of the programme represents the delivery of full system sustainability
and the wider transformation that will be required to meet the totality of system
demand.  Mobilisation of Phase 3 is dependent on the successful delivery of
Phase 1 and 2, and will require further development as the next stage of the
programme.
4. NORTH AYRSHIRE IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
4.1 North Ayrshire HSCP's contribution to the programme focuses on expanding
community social care capacity and strengthening discharge to assess arrangements
to support timely discharge and reduce dependence on acute and community hospital
provision.  These plans have been directly developed through analysis of the specific
North Ayrshire challenges and are intended to directly benefit residents of North
Ayrshire.
51

Page 52

4.2 The North Ayrshire workstream(s) are focused on expansion of Care at Home and
reablement capacity, further development of Discharge to Assess pathways,
increased use of intermediate care pathways, development of step-up and step-down
care arrangements, access to additional care home capacity where required to
support flow and improved integration between acute and community services.  This
will be delivered through direct investment in the following areas:
1. Additional Care Home Capacity
• Investment to secure up to 25 additional care home placements.
• This will help reduce delays experienced by people requiring funding for
ongoing 24/7 care and support following discharge. 
2. Increased Care at Home Capacity
• Expansion of Care at Home capacity and Reablement capacity for up to 35
Care at Home packages. 
• This will support more people to return home safely, linking with the MDT
team in the hospital and further promote the Discharge to Assess ethos. 
3. Discharge to Assess Step Down beds
• Use of the Anam Cara facility, stepping up 5 vacant beds as part of North
Ayrshire's integrated discharge pathway.
• These beds will provide additional capacity for people who do not require
an acute hospital bed but would benefit from further assessment,
rehabilitation or recovery support before returning home. 
4.3 The North Ayrshire investment plan is expected to deliver benefits for individuals,
carers, staff and the wider health and social care system, including:
• More people supported to remain at home or return home sooner.
• Reduced deconditioning associated with prolonged hospital stays.
• Increased access to rehabilitation and recovery-focused support.
• Improved patient and carer experience through earlier discharge and
reduced transfers between care settings.
• Greater utilisation of intermediate care pathways as alternatives to acute
admission.
• Improved flow through acute hospitals and community services.
• Reduced dependence on escalation beds and non-standard capacity.
• Better alignment of resources with Home First principles.  
52

Page 53

5. PERFORMANCE TRAJECTORIES AND IMPROVEMENT MEASURES
5.1 The Transfer of Care Programme is underpinned by a set of phased improvement
trajectories which are intended to demonstrate the expected impact of investment in
community capacity, discharge pathways and acute flow. These trajectories provide a
framework for monitoring whether the programme is delivering the required
improvement in delayed discharge, non-delay discharge activity, Emergency
Department performance and ambulance turnaround.
5.2 North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership Trajectories
The North Ayrshire trajectories show the expected sustained reduction in delayed
discharge levels across both acute and community hospital settings during 2026/27.
These trajectories will be used to monitor whether the additional community capacity
is supporting improved discharge flow and reducing the number of people delayed in
hospital or other care settings.
The trajectories have been set by the HSCP based on an assessment of when
additional capacity will become available, including factoring in recruitment
timescales.
North Ayrshire
Trajectory
Jun
26
Jul
26
Aug
26
Sep
26
Oct
26
Nov
26
Dec
26
Jan
27
Feb
27
Mar
27
Acute Delayed
Discharge Trajectory 81 62 67 67 67 58 54 52 50 49
Non-Acute Delayed
Discharge Trajectory 48 44 43 42 42 39 38 37 36 36
TOTAL 129 106 110 109 109 97 92 89 86 85 
For August 2026, delayed discharge performance within the North Partnership is on
target and aligned with the agreed trajectory, with 67 acute delays and 41 non-acute
delays recorded for the reporting period. 
5.3 NHS Ayrshire and Arran Acute Services Trajectories
The acute trajectories provide a broader set of whole-system measures, including
non-delay discharges, Emergency Department performance, Scottish Ambulance
Service turnaround and daily average 8-hour and 12-hour breaches. These measures
are included to ensure performance improvements are assessed across the whole
urgent and unscheduled care pathway, not solely through delayed discharge
performance. 
53

Page 54

Acute
Performance
Measure
Apr-
Jun 26
Jul
26
Aug
26
Sep
26
Oct
26
Nov
26
Dec
26
Jan
27
Feb
27
Mar
27
Non-Delay
Discharges 178 189 178 170 160 150 140 142 131 120
4-Hour Target 66% 66% 67% 68% 70% 72% 75% 75% 76% 78%
SAS Turnaround
Time 54.7% 59% 68% 70% 75% 78% 82% 85% 87% 90%
12-Hour Delays,
Daily Average
Breaches
31 29 25 23 22 18 14 14 12 8
8-Hour Delays,
Daily Average
Breaches
57 42 38 34 30 26 22 22 12 10 
ED performance continued to be challenged throughout July, with overall performance
increasing slightly to 54.7% of all patients being admitted, discharged or transferred
within 4 hours.  This small improvement also resulted in a decrease in 12 hour waits,
however there were still 910 across the month, an average of 29 per day, 11 at UHA
and 18 at UHC.
In the week ending 2nd August, 4 hour performance increased again to 57.8% overall,
however 12 hour waits remain high, with an average of 30 per day, 13.6 per day at
UHA and 16.4 per day at UHC.  
These long waits for admission continue to have a direct impact on the assessment
and treatment of newly arriving patients, particularly those arriving by ambulance.
The most recent SAS operational publication (5th August) shows that Ayrshire and
Arran are still above the Scottish median with a turnaround time of 55 mins, compared
to 49 mins nationally. Whilst this is an improvement from the previous week (1 hr 4
mins) challenges remain at both sites but particularly at UHC with a median of 58
mins, compared to 49 mins at UHA.  
5.4 A reporting and accountability framework will be established to support delivery of the
agreed trajectories, and this will be supported by the development of a local reporting
framework. Reporting will be aligned through the Performance Governance
Committee, Scottish Government Assurance Board, the 3 Integration Joint Boards
and Ayrshire Transformation Board. This framework will require clear ownership,
escalation routes and evidence of progress against trajectories, including 
accountability for the Director of Acute Services and Chief Officers in respect of the
agreed areas of delivery.  
54

Page 55

6. PROPOSALS
6.1 It is proposed that the IJB:
• Note the approval and progression of the Ayrshire-wide Transfer of Care Business
Case. 
• Note confirmation of the conditions to delegate authority to the Chief Officer to
progress with operationally implementing plans as described in the update to IJB
on 18 June 2026.
• Note and endorse the North Ayrshire investment plans supporting delivery of
Home First, Discharge Without Delay and Transfer of Care objectives, with agree
performance trajectories and planned benefits/improved outcomes 
• Agree ongoing monitoring through the existing IJB performance and financial
reporting frameworks. 
6.2 Anticipated Outcomes 
Implementation of the Transfer of Care Programme is expected to deliver
improvements across four key domains – Performance, Quality and Safety,
Population Health and System Sustainability.  
6.3 Measuring Impact
Impact will be monitored against the agreed trajectories and delivery milestones
included in the approved Right Care, Right Place business case as described in
section 5. Regular updates on implementation and performance will be provided and
the North Ayrshire IJB will retain responsibility for evidencing impact through its
statutory and local governance arrangements.
7. IMPLICATIONS
7.1 Financial
The Transfer of Care Programme is supported through a combination of recurring
Scottish Government funding, non-recurring transitional funding and planned savings
associated with reduced acute bed utilisation. The programme is designed to support
a planned transfer of resources from acute services into community-based models of
care, facilitating the closure of unfunded acute hospital beds.  
55

Page 56

The financial planning identifies the following North Ayrshire Phase 2 investment
areas:
North Ayrshire Phase 2
Investment Area
Planned
Capacity 2026/27 Cost Full Year
Cost
Care Home Places 25 placements £600,000 £800,000
Care at Home / In-house
Reablement 35 packages £787,500 £1,050,000
Anam Cara Discharge to
Assess Step Down Model 5 placements £274,500 £366,000
TOTAL  £1,662,000 £2,216,000 
This is in addition to the Phase 1 investment of £1,078k for North Ayrshire which has
now been confirmed as recurring investment as part of the business case.  Bringing
the total additional recurring funding to £3,294k for North Ayrshire.  This funding has
been confirmed as recurring, and whilst we have signed up to shared plans to deliver
on performance improvement which the Partnership are confident to deliver on, the
provision of funding is not contingent on the performance improvements being
delivered in full.    
Written confirmation has been received that NHS Ayrshire and Arran will meet the
agreed recurrent costs of Phase 1 and 2 delivery and that the IJB and Council will not
be liable if the anticipated acute savings, occupancy reductions or efficiency
assumptions are not achieved. 
7.2 Human Resources
Delivery of the programme will require expansion and redesign of community-based
workforce capacity alongside changes within acute hospital services. Workforce
planning will be undertaken on a phased basis to ensure staffing arrangements remain
aligned to service redesign and changing patterns of demand. 
The programme aims to:
• Strengthen community and multidisciplinary services.
• Support recruitment to priority services.
• Improve workforce sustainability.
• Reduce reliance on temporary staffing arrangements.
• Promote integrated working across organisational boundaries. 
All workforce implications will be progressed in partnership with staff representatives
and in accordance with relevant workforce governance and consultation
arrangements. 
56

Page 57

7.3 Legal
The Ayrshire Transformation Board and Flow Assurance Board operate within existing
statutory frameworks. They do not alter the statutory responsibilities of the IJB, NHS
Ayrshire and Arran or North Ayrshire Council. Any decision requiring IJB approval will
continue to be progressed through existing IJB governance routes.
7.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
The programme supports the delivery of care closer to home and seeks to reduce the
adverse impact associated with prolonged hospital stays, particularly for older people,
people with frailty and individuals with complex care needs. 
The Home First approach promotes independence, rehabilitation and recovery within
community settings and aims to improve outcomes and experiences for individuals
and carers. 
Equality and socio-economic impacts will continue to be monitored and assessed as
individual service changes are developed and implemented. 
7.5 Risk
Key risks associated with implementation of the Transfer of Care Programme include:
• Community capacity not increasing at the pace required to support
discharge trajectories.
• Recruitment and workforce challenges impacting service mobilisation.
• Delays in implementation of Discharge to Assess pathways.
• Ongoing Adults with Incapacity and legal process delays.
• Failure to achieve anticipated reductions in delayed discharge and length
of stay.
• Failure to realise planned reductions in acute bed utilisation.
• Financial sustainability risks should recurring funding not be maintained.
• System-wide dependencies requiring coordinated delivery across NHS
Ayrshire and Arran and all three HSCPs.
• Cultural and operational change associated with implementation of Home
First approaches. 
Whilst increased community capacity is expected to improve discharge performance
and flow, implementation may also generate increased demand for community
assessment, rehabilitation and reablement services as pathways mature and
confidence increases. Monitoring arrangements will therefore include measures
relating to referral volume, response times, caseloads, throughput and service
capacity to ensure that community services remain able to deliver intended outcomes
while sustaining performance trajectories.
57

Page 58

These risks will continue to be monitored through established governance
arrangements including the Ayrshire Transformation Board, NHS Ayrshire and Arran
Flow Assurance Board and local IJB governance structures.
7.6 Community Wealth Building
There are no direct Community Wealth Building implications arising from this report.
Where additional local capacity is commissioned or developed, opportunities to
support local procurement, workforce wellbeing and community benefit should be
considered.
7.7 Key Priorities
The plan supports strategic priorities to shift the balance of care, reduce reliance on
acute hospital provision, improve unscheduled care performance, reduce delayed
transfers of care and strengthen community-based alternatives. It also aligns with the
IJB’s role in ensuring that delegated health and social care functions are planned and
delivered in a way that improves outcomes and makes best use of available resources. 
8. CONSULTATION 
Senior officers from North Ayrshire Council, North Ayrshire IJB and NHS Ayrshire and
Arran have been involved in development of the proposals through the Ayrshire
Transformation Board and NHS Ayrshire and Arran Flow Assurance Board
arrangements. Further engagement is ongoing with operational services, staff,
partners and governance forums as implementation plans and the reporting and
accountability framework are progressed. 
Caroline Cameron, Director / Chief Officer
Author: Kerry Logan, Head of Service (Health and Community Care) 
Appendices
• Appendix 1 -  RCRP Business Case 
58

Page 59

Page 1 of 24 
Paper 06p
Right 
Care
Right Place 
59

Page 60

Page 2 of 24 
Ayrshire and Arran 
Delivering Right Care, Right Place: Transfer of Care Business Case 
1.0 Introduction
NHS Ayrshire and Arran is experiencing sustained system pressure, including high
occupancy, delayed discharges, Emergency Department (ED) congestion and insufficient
community capacity. These pressures are resulting in escalating patient safety risks, use
of non-standard capacity, and challenges in delivering timely, person-centred care across
both acute hospital sites.
This business case seeks approval for a whole-system transfer of care model, requiring
Health and Social Care Partnerships (HSCPs) to expand community-based alternatives to
admission and discharge. This will support a planned and sustained reduction in acute
hospital occupancy, aligned to the Unscheduled Care Operational Improvement Plan and
national policy direction.
2.0.  Purpose and Context
2.1 National Context
This proposal aligns with:
• The Health and Social Care Service Renewal Framework
• The Top 10 Priorities for Unscheduled Care (2026/27)
• The Discharge Without Delay (DWD) programme
Collectively, these policies prioritise a shift in the balance of care from hospital to
community, with a focus on improving flow, reducing delays, and delivering care closer to
home.
Figure 1 – Health and Social Care Strategic Objectives 
60

Page 61

Page 3 of 24 
Figure 2 – Top 10 Areas of Focus for Unscheduled Care 
Figure 3 – DWD Principles and Priorities 
61

Page 62

Page 4 of 24 
2.2. Local Context - Ayrshire and Arran Unscheduled Care 
Ayrshire and Arran has been identified as an outlier across a number of key indicators,
including:
• Higher than average length of stay (LOS)
• High levels of delayed discharges
• Increased ED waits and ambulance delays
• High bed occupancy, particularly in frailty and medicine pathways
The Centre for Sustainable Delivery (CfSD) has supported improvement activity since
2023, highlighting the need for system-wide redesign. Progress has been made across
key areas; however, sustained improvement is constrained by limited community capacity
and whole-system integration challenges
The improvement actions from the CfSD Discovery exercise carried out late 2024 are set
out below in Table 1 with a current update position.
Table 1 - CfSD Recommendations: Summary of Current Position
Recommendation Current Status / Position
1. Develop a
Realistic Care
Improvement
Programme 
A 3-year Realistic Care Improvement Programme launched in April
2025. Progress includes divisional transactional programmes,
unwarranted variation projects, income generation initiatives,
reduction in unnecessary tests, SAFER rollout acceleration, and
specialty-level reviews to improve quality, performance, and
productivity. 
2. Strengthen
strategic and
operational
system
relationships 
Key processes (e.g. MDT board rounds, LOS reviews) reset at
Crosshouse with escalation to HSCP. Progress constrained by
financial recovery pressures and high occupancy. Whole Systems
funding supporting delayed discharge reduction and capacity
improvements. Engagement strengthened via DWD programme
and system-wide working. Frontline awareness is high; however,
empowerment and culture change require further development.
Data and digital tools (e.g. Shrewd platform, dashboards) improving
visibility and performance monitoring. 
3. Focus on
improving patient
journeys 
Being advanced through the multi-agency DWD programme. Work
commenced May 2025 with continued engagement sessions and
workshops aligned to the Whole Systems Operational Improvement
Plan. Improvement resources in place for priority areas such as
frailty pathways (linked to HIS workstream). Progress ongoing with
strong multiagency involvement. 
4. Create
meaningful data
packs for frontline
teams 
Unscheduled Care (USC) dashboards and data packs developed
and routinely shared via Performance and Flow Board. BI support
enables analysis of trends and variation. Ward-level data (e.g.
62

Page 63

Page 5 of 24 
LOS, discharge metrics) established in line with Discharge Without
Delay principles. Foundations in place with further refinement
underway. 
5. Socialise and
finalise vision and
high-level aims 
Vision statement co-produced through leadership engagement.
Decision taken to align formal launch with Whole Systems
Improvement and DWD programmes to maximise impact.
Positioned to support multidisciplinary working and delivery of a
person-centred, “care closer to home” model. 
2.1 Operational Improvement Plan
In June 2025, the Scottish Government confirmed £10.079m of non-recurring funding for
NHS Ayrshire & Arran to support delivery of the Unscheduled Care Operational
Improvement Plan. This allocation was lower than the original submission, which had been
developed to fully deliver the agreed objectives.
A programme of initiatives has been in progress since late 2025/26. For the purposes of
this business case, this initial period is described as Phase 1. The non-recurring nature of
the funding has, however, constrained the organisation’s ability to recruit to posts and to
mobilise services that require recurrent investment to be sustainable.   Additional detail for
Phased 1 plans is detailed in Appendix 1 to provide additional background in context of the
plans set post funding allocation in August 2025.
As a result, while Phase 1 activity has supported progress in specific areas, it has not
delivered operational improvement at the scale or pace required to release recurring
resource or to materially address the ongoing quality, safety and flow challenges within
acute hospital settings across Ayrshire and Arran.
The recurring funding requirement to fully deliver Phase 1 is estimated at £4.6m, against
an identified recurring budget of £3.2m. There is sufficient funding to support delivery in
2026/27, primarily as a result of in-year slippage; the shortfall along with phase 2
investments will be the first call on acute bed closure savings subject to confirmation of
any additional resources in 2027/28.
3.0  Case for Change
This section provide the rationale and evidence on why this change is needed to improve
pathways and processes across the interface, improve delayed discharges, and reduce
length of stay. 
There are significant challenges facing the EDs and wards on both hospital sites with
crowding of patients and this impacts staffs’ ability to provide dignified person-centred
care.  Addressing the lack of flow through and out of the acute sites is a must for the
organisation. 
3.1 Current pressures are creating significant risks including:
• Patient deterioration and deconditioning associated with prolonged hospital stays
• Overcrowding in ED and extended waits for assessment and admission
63

Page 64

Page 6 of 24 
• Use of non-standard care areas, impacting dignity, privacy and safety
• Delays in ambulance offload, increasing risk to patients in the community
• Inability to meet key national standards for stroke, critical care and paediatric
pathways
• Workforce fatigue and challenges with recruitment and retention 
3.2 Performance Case for Change
Performance remains below national standards, driven by high occupancy and delays in
discharge. This impacts:
• ED 4-hour and 12-hour performance
• Length of stay across key specialties
• Hospital flow and patient experience
A consistent approach across both acute sites has reduced variation; however, system
pressures continue to limit sustained improvement.
Appendix 2 provides the supporting performance data for the Transfer of Care Business
Case. It outlines key trends across urgent and unscheduled care, including Emergency
Department performance, ambulance flow, occupancy, length of stay and delayed
discharges. Collectively, the data demonstrates the scale, trajectory and underlying drivers
of current system pressures.
Outlined below are critical factors highlighting the challenges of the three HSCPs.  The
tables below show poorer health outcomes for Ayrshire and Arran residents, the variation
across HSCP areas and the different solutions to meet local population need. 
Metric East North South Ayrshire &
Arran Scotland
Population (000s) 121.5 134 112.3 367.8 5,546.90
Population Share (%) 33.00% 36.40% 30.50% 100% —
Over 65s (000s) 25.2 30.9 28.9 85 1,067.00
% Aged 65+ 20.70% 23.00% 25.80% 23.10% 19.20%
Population in the Least Deprived (SIMD %) 10.90% 9.70% 19.60% 13.10% 20%
Population in the Most Deprived (SIMD %) 30.60% 40.90% 16.70% 30.10% 20%
Working Age (16–64, 000s) 76 82.3 66.6 224.9 3,583.00
% Working Age 62.60% 61.40% 59.40% 61.20% 64.60%
Male Healthy Life Expectancy (years) 55.8 52.6 58.4 55.4 59.6
Female Healthy Life Expectancy (years) 55.4 52.5 58.9 55.3 60
Children (0–15, 000s) 20.3 20.9 16.7 57.9 896.8
% Under 16 16.70% 15.60% 14.90% 15.70% 16.20%
Looked After Children (per 1,000) 18.2 16.9 10.2 — 11.7
64

Page 65

Page 7 of 24 
This case for change incorporates the change required to shape service redesign from
varying service profiles which will need to improve outcomes and experiences for patients,
staff and the wider health and care system. 
3.3  Whole System Analysis (Day of Care Insight) 
Day of Care audit findings highlight a fundamental mismatch between acute capacity and
patient need, with over a quarter of inpatients clinically ready for discharge but unable to
leave hospital.
South HSCP – key drivers of delay:
• Limited Care at Home capacity
• Delays in social work assessment and decision-making
• Access to step-down and rehabilitation provision
• Legal and placement processes
North HSCP – key drivers of delay:
• Delays associated with complex discharge planning, including Discharge to Assess
(D2A) pathways and social work assessment
• Limited community social care capacity (including Care at Home and care home
placements)
• Access to step-down and rehabilitation provision
• Adults with Incapacity considerations, including requirements of associated legal
processes
East HSCP – key drivers of delay: 
• Social care capacity in the care home sector which impacts on flow across the
system
• Flow through social care itself in transitions home from hospital, through reablement
and on to locality care at home
• Persistent legal, guardianship and decision-making processes (including AWI)
which slow discharge pathways
• Insufficient community health capacity in district nursing and East Ayrshire
Community Hospital to create further flow and rehabilitation/end of life resource
Collectively, these factors indicate that current pressures are driven by system-wide
capacity and process constraints, rather than hospital demand alone.
65

Page 66

Page 8 of 24 
Delivery of the planned delayed discharge reduction trajectories for September and
December 2026 is dependent on timely mobilisation of Phase 1 activity from early July
2026.
There is a direct link between pace of implementation and delivery of trajectory milestones.
Any delay to approval or mobilisation will impact the system’s ability to deliver these
trajectories and realise the benefits associated with the proposed investment. 
3.4 Financial Case for Change
Overcrowding across the front doors is driving a financial overspend across both sites. 
Both the Emergency Departments regularly require additional staffing to care for the higher
volume of patients safely as well as an increase in the number of one-to-one supervisions
for frail and vulnerable patients.
Length of stay across both acute hospital sites continues to challenge the organisation
financially with unfunded wards filled with medically fit patients/ delayed discharges waiting
on packages of care, placement, or step down community bed provision. Length of stay
within the HSCP led community sites are also challenging leading to unavailability of
downstream beds, lack of flow as associated costs. 
It is acknowledged there are financial pressures for the HSCPs, although these do not
carry the same risks relating to clinical quality and safety being escalated on a regular
bases from staff and staff side colleagues on a regular basis.  
Without accelerated whole-system transformation, including improved partnership working,
seven-day services, reduction in delayed discharges, and investment in community-based
alternatives, acute capacity will remain constrained. A coordinated, pan-Ayrshire approach
is therefore essential to deliver sustainable improvement, reduce inequalities, and shift
care closer to home for an increasingly complex and ageing population
4.0  Proposal 
This proposal sets out a structured and phased approach to redesigning service delivery
across acute and community settings in Ayrshire and Arran. It responds to sustained
system pressures by focusing on improving patient outcomes, experience and flow, while
establishing a more sustainable and integrated operating model aligned to national policy
and local population needs.
4.1 Approval Required
Approval is sought for a combined Phase 1 and Phase 2 investment and delivery
approach to the Unscheduled Care Programme, recognising that:
• Phase 1 requires confirmation of recurring funding to sustain and stabilise existing
service developments initiated through non-recurring investment
• Phase 2 requires approval to proceed at pace and scale to deliver whole-system
transformation and achieve the agreed performance trajectories 
66

Page 67

Page 9 of 24 
Approval is therefore requested to:
• Enable immediate mobilisation across both phases, recognising that delivery of the
September and December 2026 trajectories is dependent on implementation
commencing from early July 2026
• Support the transition to a sustainable, whole-system Transfer of Care model,
shifting the balance of care from acute hospitals to community-based provision
• Approve the phased transfer of resources from Acute Services to HSCPs, explicitly
linked to improvements in flow, length of stay and delayed discharge performance
• Approve the planned and controlled reduction in acute bed capacity, including ward
closures, with associated reinvestment of released resource into community
services on a recurring basis as detailed in the phase 1 and 2 commitments.
This approval establishes the financial and operational framework required to deliver a
safe, paced transition, ensuring that community capacity is developed in advance of, and
alongside, reductions in acute capacity, in line with the phased delivery model set out in
this business case.
Given the complex landscape in which this business case is presented, the following
conditions have been stipulated by Ayrshire Integration Joint Boards (IJBs) in progressing
implementation in order to provide sufficient levels of assurance:
• The Plan has pan-Ayrshire and system-wide support and is formally endorsed at a
meeting of the Ayrshire Transformation Board.
• Funding is provided on a recurring basis, with assurance that this is formally
underwritten by NHS Ayrshire and Arran or Scottish Government. This ensures
there is zero financial risk or liability to the IJBs.
• HSCPs are assured that plans will target improvement in performance and patient
outcomes in areas of priority for the IJBs, including delayed transfers of care and
unmet need.
• This business case is finalised and brought back to the IJBs following the summer
recess.
4.2 Models of Care
The proposal is aligned to the principles of the national Discharge Without Delay
programme and supports the consistent adoption of a Home First approach across
Ayrshire.  This approach recognises and prioritises the importance of sufficient social care
capacity within our communities. It will enable individuals to be discharged at the earliest
point of clinical readiness and, wherever possible, to be assessed within their usual place
of residence. 
67

Page 68

Page 10 of 24 
Delivery will be supported through: 
• Discharge to Assess (D2A) pathways
• Expansion of community social care capacity 
• Enhanced Intermediate care and rehabilitation provision
• Strengthened discharge coordination arrangements 
4.3 Phased Delivery Approach
Delivery will follow a structured, phased trajectory:
• Phase 1 (Stabilisation): Reduce delays and long stays through targeted
interventions and improved discharge processes
• Phase 2 (Scaling): Expand community capacity and embed new pathways
• Phase 3 (Sustainability): Achieve safe reduction in bed capacity and long-term
system redesign
Phase 3 represents the delivery of full system sustainability and the wider transformation
required to meet the totality of system demand. It will require further development of
detailed plans beyond phases 1 and 2, including optimisation of community hospital
provision, mental health inpatient pathways, and preventative community-based supports.
Any movement to a Phase 3 model will be dependent on all stakeholders delivering the
benefits articulated within this case.
Phase 3 will therefore be developed as the next stage of the programme, building on the
foundations established through phases 1 and 2, and will be brought forward for further
approval as detailed plans and funding arrangements are confirmed.
This will enable a progressive reduction in acute bed base, aligned to improvements in
flow and performance which is sustainable.
4.4 Improvement Trajectory 
The programme will deliver:
• Reduction in length of stay across key pathways
• Reduction in delayed discharges towards national benchmarks
• Improved ED flow and elimination of extended waits
• Increased discharge rates and improved ward productivity 
68

Page 69

Page 11 of 24 
4.5 Whole System Transformation 
Area Key Actions Outputs Impact / Benefit Financial Value
East
HSCP
Enhance
community
rehabilitation,
enablement and
advanced
practice capacity
through:
Allied Health
Professional
capacity within
ICT;
Increase social
care capacity to
support flow;
Advanced
practice and
Mental Health
Officer support;
Care home
placements to
address flow. 
Increased
discharge
capacity,
improved flow
capacity,
improved
rehabilitation
and
enablement
availability.  
Further leverage from
existing resource through
investment addressing key
reasons for delay identified
in Scotland (awaiting
community support, care
home place,
assessment/reassessment,
equipment/adaptation or
family choice). 
Accelerate flow to enable
response to higher acuity
needs
Reduce unnecessary
hospital stays and delayed
discharge
Increase availability of
appropriate useable acute
beds/reduce occupancy of
high-cost acute capacity
Impact on reduced
average length of stay
Prevention of avoidable
admission
Enabling functional
recovery
North
HSCP
Expansion of
community
social care
capacity and
strengthening of
discharge to
assess pathways
including step
up/step down
and intermediate
care 
Increased
availability of
community-
based care,
enhanced
utilisation of
D2A and
intermediate
care capacity,
improved flow
through
hospital and
community
settings 
Reduction in delayed
discharges and overall
length of stay, improved
outcomes and experience
for individuals through
timely, person centred
discharge and more
effective use of hospital
capacity 
Significant cost avoidance
through reduced bed days
and improved system flow,
opportunity to reinvest in
sustainable community-
based models of care 
South
HSCP  Enhanced
intermediate
care provision;
Strengthening of
discharge to
assess
pathways;
Advanced
practice and
nursing resource
to support IC
and Home First
approaches;
Moving and
Handling,
appropriate
access to
equipment and 
Increased
availability of
community
based care,
access to IC
beds,
strengthening
of pathways to
facilitate
discharge to
assess,
expanded care
at home
capacity,
improved
access to
appropriate
equipment,
home first 
Increased discharge
capacity and improved flow
Reduction in delayed
discharges and length of
stay; improved outcomes
for service users and
carers.
Efficient use of local
resources – community
based services aligned to
community led supports
Care closer to home;
financially more
sustainable in comparison
to acute based care
Workforce investment;
financial impact from
workforce
growth/development linked
to wellbeing. 
69

Page 70

Page 12 of 24 
person centred
care.
approach and
linkage with
acute frailty
and community
frailty
pathways.
Acute
Services
Address gap in
service provision
with 7 days
frailty and COTE
MDT workforce
provision
including
psychology and
AHP. Key focus
on admission
avoidance and
timely
interventions.
Admission
avoidance,
CGAs to
support system
wide care
delivery, 7 day
AHP front door
and
assessment
provision.
Integrated
discharge
planning on
admission to
assessment
units. Improved
flow and
discharge rates
Delivery against
Emergency Care
Standards, GIRFE,
achieve frailty standards,
improve flow, reduce LOS
and as a result reduce
occupancy and patient
safety risks arising from
high occupancy
Releases recurring acute
costs aligned to reduced
bed utilisation  
Whole
System
Resource
shift/integration -
Rebalancing
investment
towards
community-
based provision,
with
strengthened
integration
across health
and social care
services
Community
alternatives
established -
Expanded
community
social care
capacity,
Discharge to
Assess (D2A)
pathways, and
intermediate
care enabling
Home First
delivery 
Reduced hospital
utilisation -
Indicative reduction of
approximately 129 hospital
beds through improved
flow and reduced delayed
discharge
Long-term sustainability -
More sustainable whole-
system model, supporting
improved outcomes,
reduced reliance on acute
capacity, and system-wide
cost avoidance 
The detailed trajectories against each phase of the investment areas, with timelines for
delivery and bed closure plans are included as Appendix 3. 
Delivery of the delayed discharge reduction trajectories for September and December
2026 is contingent on plans being progressed and mobilisation commencing in early July
2026. Any delay to this timeline will directly impact the ability to deliver in line with the
trajectories set out in the appendices. 
5.0 Workforce Implications
The delivery of the proposed phased reduction in acute bed capacity, alongside the
expansion of community-based services, has significant workforce implications across
NHS Ayrshire and Arran and partner HSCPs.  These changes are aligned to the NHS
Scotland policy direction, which supports a shift in the balance of care from hospital to
community, improvement in patient flow, and delivery of care closer to home.
70

Page 71

Page 13 of 24 
Across both acute hospital sites, there are existing vacancies and workforce pressures
within nursing and medical staffing establishments.  These vacancies, alongside
anticipated natural turnover, provide an opportunity to support a planned and managed
transition to a reduced inpatient bed base, avoiding the need for large-scale workforce
displacement while maintaining safe staffing levels and service continuity.
The phased nature of this programme allows time to undertake structured workforce
planning between now and the implementation of ward closures, enabling:
• alignment of workforce capacity to a smaller, more clinically appropriate inpatient
footprint
• use of natural attrition and vacancy management to support workforce realignment
• redeployment of staff to priority areas, including front door services, frailty
pathways, and community interfaces
• strengthening of workforce models in areas critical to Discharge Without Delay
(DWD) and Home First delivery
For nursing workforce, the reduction in both core beds and non-standard escalation
capacity will support a transition towards more sustainable staffing models, consistent with
Health and Care (Staffing) (Scotland) Act 2019 principles, including:
• improved alignment between staffing levels and patient need
• reduced reliance on bank and agency staffing, particularly where non-standard
beds have required staffing outwith established workforce models
• improved working conditions and patient care environments
For the medical workforce, the planned reduction in inpatient capacity provides an
opportunity to review and optimise Consultant job plans across both hospital sites. This will
support:
• increased senior decision-making presence within remaining inpatient wards
• more timely clinical review, discharge planning, and escalation
• improved multidisciplinary team working, supporting patient flow and reduced length
of stay
Workforce planning will be undertaken in line with NHS Scotland workforce governance
expectations and will be delivered through a phased, clinically-led approach, ensuring:
• workforce changes are aligned to service redesign and capacity changes, not in
advance of them
• safe staffing levels are maintained at all times, with oversight through appropriate
governance arrangements
• workforce risks are actively managed through programme and Board-level
assurance structures
All workforce planning and implementation will be progressed in full partnership with Staff
Side organisations and in collaboration with the operational and professional leads for
each area.  
71

Page 72

Page 14 of 24 
This will ensure that all changes are:
• professionally led and clinically safe
• compliant with national workforce policy and legislation
• informed by appropriate engagement, consultation, and communication processes
This programme presents an opportunity not only to align workforce to a more sustainable
model of care, but also to deliver against wider NHS Scotland ambitions to:
• improve staff experience and wellbeing
• reduce reliance on temporary staffing
• strengthen integrated, multidisciplinary working across health and social care
Overall, the proposed approach supports a managed transition of workforce aligned to
system transformation, ensuring that staffing models evolve in parallel with the shift
towards a Home First, community-focused model of care, while maintaining patient safety,
service quality, and workforce sustainability.
6.0  Financial Implications
The financial model underpinning the Transfer of Care programme has been developed to
provide clear line of sight between investment, delivery of capacity, and the release of
recurring savings, ensuring that the proposed transformation is both affordable and low
risk at a system level.
The programme requires targeted pump-priming investment to expand community
services and enable transformation.  The model represents a shift from high-cost reactive
care to more efficient, preventative community-based provision, delivering long-term
financial sustainability.
This investment will:
• Support safe reduction in acute bed utilisation
• Release recurring acute costs
• Enable reinvestment across the system
6.1  Funding Position and Profile
The programme is supported by a combination of Scottish Government funding, non-
recurring carry forward (in 2026/27), and planned system savings, providing a robust
funding envelope across the transition period.
Total resourcing for 2026/27 is £10.2m, rising 
This includes:
- £3.2m recurring Scottish Government funding aligned to Unscheduled Care priorities
- £4.0m non-recurring carry forward supporting transition and pump-priming investment
- £2.2m indicative additional funding from 2027/28
- £3.0m–£8.8m of gross savings from acute bed closures, which support the reinvestment
in out of hospital services and financial recovery within the Health Board 
72

Page 73

Page 15 of 24 
6.2  Investment Requirements (Spend Profile)
The programme requires targeted investment across Phase 1 and Phase 2 to expand
community capacity, improve flow, and enable the shift to a Home First model.
Total planned spend is £10.2m in 2026/27, reducing to £9.3m on a recurrent basis.
6.3  Savings and Cost Avoidance
The financial model is predicated on the progressive release of savings from reduced
acute bed utilisation, aligned to improvements in flow and length of stay.
The programme supports a total reduction of approximately 129 beds across the acute
system, delivered through a combination of whole-system improvements and acute service
redesign. Failure to deliver these bed reductions all other things being equal leaves a
deficit for the health board to fund of £3m in 2026/27 rising to £4m in 2027/28.
Of these, 98 beds are directly linked to the delivery of delayed discharge reduction
trajectories and are supported by clearly identified financial savings of £3.0m in 2026/27,
rising to £8.8m recurrently. These reductions are dependent on the successful expansion
of community capacity and delivery of the Transfer of Care model, enabling patients to be
discharged at the point of clinical readiness.
The remaining 31 beds relate to non-standard capacity, including escalation beds and
additional ward spaces that are routinely opened to manage congestion and variability in
demand. The planned reduction of these beds will be achieved through improvements
within acute services, including reduced length of stay, more timely clinical decision-
making, and improved flow across the inpatient pathway within the financial year.
While these 31 beds are not associated with a defined recurrent budget line, they are
sustained in practice through increased reliance on bank and agency staffing, reflecting
their position outside established ward baselines. As these beds are removed, a
corresponding reduction in premium staffing costs is expected, and this will be closely
monitored to ensure delivery of the anticipated financial and operational benefits.
Taken together, this approach provides a balanced and deliverable plan, where:
• 98 beds are released through whole-system change and community capacity
expansion, and
• 31 beds are released through improved efficiency and patient flow within acute
services
This ensures that the overall bed reduction is both clinically safe and operationally
achievable, while supporting improved patient outcomes, reduced overcrowding, and more
sustainable use of resources. 
73

Page 74

Page 16 of 24 
The full funding profile is noted in the table below. 
6.4  Overall Financial Position
The programme delivers a managed transition from short-term pressure to recurrent
sustainability. While 2026/27 reflects a break even in-year position due to the timing of the
phased bed closures, a recurring surplus of approximately £4.8m is achieved as
transformation benefits are realise, as the Health board is underwriting the IJB’s risk in
terms of funding these commitments recurrently the surplus is used to support Health
Board financial recovery. 
The expenditure in phase 2 is assumed to be a nine month in year spend.  Late
commencement of much of this is likely and this could generate slippage. 
6.5  Financial Risk and Assurance
The model minimises financial risk through phased investment, conditional bed closures,
managed double running, and clear linkage between savings and deliverable service
changes.
Overall, the programme demonstrates a financially viable and sustainable model, providing
assurance that investment will translate into measurable, recurring benefits while
maintaining control of financial risk.
Funding will be released on a monthly basis subjected to confirmation of associated spend
and recruitment activity where applicable as identified in the plan. 
7.0 Outcomes and Benefits
The programme will deliver measurable improvements across four key domains as
outlined below and set out in more detail within Appendix 2. 
Financial profile
East North South Acute Total 26/27 Total Recurring
Phase 1 400             258                688                380                1,725             -                        
Phase 2 300                300                -                        
Total Non-recuring costs 400             258                988                380                2,025             -                        
Phase 1 883             1,078             1,180             1,526             4,667             4,667                     
Phase 2 (9 months 26/27) * 678             1,662             1,148             3,487             3,487                     
Total Recurring costs (26/27) 1,561          2,740             2,327             1,526             8,154             8,154                     
Phase 2 (FYE of the 9 months above) 226             554                383                -                 1,162                     
Total Committed Recurring costs (27/28 onwards) 1,787          3,294             2,710             1,526             8,154             9,317                     
TOTAL COSTS 2,187          3,552             3,698             1,906             10,180           9,317                     
Funding Available (£000'S)
Total 26/27 Total Recurring
Non-recurring carry forward 3,986            
SG allocation 3,200             3,200                     
Additional 27-28 SG £30m investment 2,175                     
Total bed closure savings 3,020             8,807                    
TOTAL FUNDING -              -                 -                 -                 10,206           14,182                   
BALANCE (retained) 26                  4,865                     
£000's
74

Page 75

Page 17 of 24 
Performance
• Reduced length of stay
• Improved ED performance
• Reduction in delayed discharges
Quality and Safety
• Reduced overcrowding and corridor care
• Improved dignity and patient experience
• Reduced harm from prolonged stays
Population Health
• Increased independence
• More care delivered at home
• Reduced reliance on institutional care
System Sustainability
• Reduced acute bed dependency
• Improved workforce utilisation
• Better alignment to safe occupancy levels 
7.1 Quality, Safety and Cost Avoidance Benefits
The proposed reduction of 129 beds represents a significant quality improvement
opportunity and a substantial source of cost avoidance across the whole health and social
care system. Current data demonstrates that patients who are clinically ready for
discharge can experience prolonged delays whilst awaiting care at home packages, social
work assessment, guardianship processes, rehabilitation or longer-term care
arrangements. 
Across Ayrshire and Arran, delays associated with care at home provision range from 5.8
to 37.2 days, whilst delays associated with social work and guardianship processes range
from 33.6 to 65.6 days. Consequently, many individuals remain within an acute hospital
bed for between one and two months after they have been deemed medically fit for
discharge.
Prolonged hospitalisation is associated with a range of recognised and avoidable harms
including deconditioning, falls, pressure ulcers, healthcare associated infections (HAIs),
loss of independence and deterioration in physical and cognitive function. These harms
are particularly significant for frail and older people and can result in increased
dependency, poorer outcomes and a greater likelihood of requiring ongoing care and
support following discharge. National evidence demonstrates that pressure ulcers can
increase hospital length of stay by up to 10 days and incur substantial treatment costs,
whilst falls continue to represent one of the most significant causes of avoidable harm for
75

Page 76

Page 18 of 24 
older adults. Importantly, Scottish evidence estimates that approximately 60% of the total
costs associated with falls are borne by social care services through increased care
needs, care home placements and long-term support requirements.
Reducing delayed discharges and supporting earlier transfer of care will therefore deliver
benefits that extend well beyond the release of acute bed capacity. Earlier discharge to the
right care setting will reduce exposure to hospital-associated harm, maintain
independence, support rehabilitation and improve patient experience and outcomes. It will
also reduce the risk of escalation in care needs, thereby avoiding additional costs across
both NHS Ayrshire & Arran and the three Health and Social Care Partnerships.
There is also a direct link between reduced length of stay and infection prevention. NHS
Ayrshire & Arran's Infection Prevention and Control review estimates that healthcare
associated infections account for approximately 6,758 excess bed days annually and cost
in excess of £5.4 million per annum. Extended hospital stays increase patients' exposure
to infection risk, antimicrobial treatment and associated complications. By reducing
unnecessary hospital days and improving patient flow, the Transfer of Care model will
contribute to reducing infection risk, avoiding excess bed days and supporting safer, more
effective care.
Taken together, the reduction in delayed discharges should be viewed as a whole-system
quality and safety intervention that delivers recurring cost avoidance through reduced
hospital-associated harm, lower treatment costs, reduced demand for long-term care,
improved utilisation of acute and community resources and better outcomes for the
population of Ayrshire and Arran. The anticipated benefits will be realised across both
health and social care through improved patient flow, reduced dependency, enhanced
independence and a shift in the balance of care towards community-based support in line
with the Health and Social Care Service Renewal Framework. 
8.0 Risks and Mitigations 
The delivery of the proposed transfer of care model represents a significant whole-system
transformation and, as such, carries a number of strategic, operational and financial risks.
These risks have been carefully considered within the development of the business case,
and mitigating actions have been embedded within the programme design, phased
delivery approach, and governance arrangements.
8.1  Strategic and Operational Risks 
A key risk relates to the ability of community services to scale at the pace required to
support increased discharge volumes and the shift towards a Home First model. The
business case explicitly recognises that current system pressures are driven by whole-
system constraints, particularly limited Care at Home capacity and delays in social care
provision. 
To mitigate this, a phased delivery approach has been adopted, ensuring that increases in
discharge activity, including the planned expansion of Discharge to Assess (D2A), are
aligned with demonstrable increases in community capacity. Investment in Care at Home,
intermediate care and reablement services forms a core component of the proposal, and
76

Page 77

Page 19 of 24 
progression to acute bed reduction will be conditional on evidence of sustained
improvement in flow, length of stay and delayed discharge performance. Daily MDT and
IDT processes will provide real-time oversight of patient flow, with escalation through the
Flow Assurance Board where constraints are identified.
A related risk is the ability to deliver consistent seven-day working across both acute and
community services, which is essential to improving patient flow and enabling timely
discharge. The programme addresses this directly through the development of Acute
Frailty Units operating on a 7-day basis, enhanced weekend discharge processes, and
planned consultant job plan changes in Phase 2. These changes are aligned to Discharge
Without Delay principles and will be monitored through performance metrics including
weekend discharge rates and length of stay variation.
Workforce capacity represents a further critical risk, particularly in relation to AHP
provision, frailty services, and community-based care delivery. The business case includes
a defined workforce plan, with recruitment to Phase 1 posts already underway and a clear
focus on addressing gaps at the front door, in frailty pathways and within the medicine bed
base. Alongside recruitment, the programme incorporates workforce redesign, including
new roles and skill mix changes, to support sustainable delivery. Workforce assumptions
and risks will be routinely reviewed through programme governance to ensure alignment
with activity and demand.
The reduction of the long length of stay (LLOS) cohort is a key enabler within Phase 1, but
also presents risk given the complexity of these patients, including legal, housing and care
placement challenges. This risk is being mitigated through a targeted, system-wide
approach, including dedicated oversight of the top 75 LLOS patients across all three
HSCPs, supported by regular review and escalation processes. This work is integrated
with the wider Discharge Without Delay programme, ensuring earlier identification and
proactive management of delays.
Effective implementation of Integrated Discharge Teams (IDTs) is also critical. There is a
risk that without consistent application of MDT board rounds and clear accountability for
discharge decisions, delays and duplication may persist. To address this, the programme
includes a standardised operating model aligned to DWD principles, supported by ward-
level performance data, routine LOS reviews at 72 hours and 7 days, and strengthened
clinical leadership. These arrangements will ensure discharge planning is embedded as a
core component of daily clinical practice.
Digital and information sharing constraints are recognised as a further risk, particularly
given current system fragmentation and the impact this has on timely discharge planning.
The business case outlines ongoing work to improve data visibility, including the
development of dashboards and meaningful data packs for frontline teams. 
This will be supported through a dedicated digital workstream, ensuring improved access
to real-time information and consistent documentation across the system.
Finally, there are inherent patient safety risks associated with implementing a D2A / Home
First model, particularly for individuals with complex needs or where community capacity is
under pressure. These risks will be mitigated through robust multidisciplinary assessment,
77

Page 78

Page 20 of 24 
the use of Comprehensive Geriatric Assessment within frailty pathways, timely capacity
assessments, and access to 7-day community support. Patient outcomes, including
readmissions and experience, will be closely monitored to ensure that the model delivers
safe, person-centred care.
8.2   Financial and Resource Risks
A critical risk for the programme relates to the transfer of financial resources from Acute
Services to HSCPs, which underpins the shift in the balance of care. There is a risk that
funding may be insufficient, non-recurrent, or not aligned to actual demand, potentially
leading to financial instability within HSCPs and an inability to sustain community capacity.
The business case directly addresses this through a phased and planned transfer of
resources, linked to delivery of service change and capacity expansion. Financial risk
associated with delivery does not sit with the IJBs provided that the recovery trajectories
identified are achieved.
Financial modelling has been developed to demonstrate how reductions in acute bed
utilisation will release resources for reinvestment in community services. Importantly, no
significant reduction in acute capacity will be undertaken without assurance that
community capacity is in place and sustainable, ensuring that risks associated with cost
shunting or system destabilisation are minimised.
There is also recognition of double running costs during the transition period, where both
acute and community services may need to operate in parallel. This has been built into the
financial planning assumptions, with pump-priming investment identified to support the
transformation phase. This is expected to be time-limited, with clear trigger points linked to
flow improvements and bed reduction milestones.
A further financial risk relates to the ability to realise cash-releasing savings from
reductions in length of stay and delayed discharges. The programme mitigates this by
focusing on whole ward and service redesign, rather than incremental bed reductions,
ensuring that savings are realised at scale and aligned to service change.
8.3 System and Interdependencies and Cultural Change
The success of the programme is dependent on strong alignment between acute services
and HSCPs. There is a risk that improvements in one part of the system are not matched
by capacity or change in another, resulting in continued bottlenecks. This is mitigated
through the adoption of a whole-system transformation approach, with shared objectives,
joint accountability, and integrated performance monitoring.
Cultural change is also a key risk, particularly the need to shift from hospital-based
assessment to a Home First model. The programme addresses this through clinical
leadership, ongoing engagement, and embedding Discharge Without Delay principles into
routine practice, including MDT board rounds, LOS reviews and discharge planning
processes. Sustained improvement will depend on consistent application of these
principles across all teams. 
78

Page 79

Page 21 of 24 
9. Governance, Oversight and Assurance
Robust governance and oversight arrangements are in place to ensure that risks are
actively managed and mitigations delivered. As set out within the business case, oversight
will be provided through:
• Ayrshire Transformation Group – providing strategic leadership and oversight of
delivery, including financial alignment and system-wide risk
• Flow Assurance Board – providing monthly executive level oversight of delivery,
performance and resource transfer.
• DWD Programme Board – providing monthly operational oversight of patient flow,
discharge performance and escalation of risks
• Defined workstreams – responsible for delivery of key enablers and monitoring of
associated risks
These structures are supported by routine performance reporting, including indicators such
as length of stay, delayed discharges, discharge rates and occupancy. This ensures real-
time visibility of system performance, early identification of emerging risks, and the ability
to take corrective action where required.
Overall, the programme is designed as a controlled and phased transformation, with clear
dependencies, defined enablers and strong governance. Risks are fully aligned to the case
for change and delivery model set out in the business case, and mitigating actions are
embedded within programme delivery.
The combination of:
• phased implementation
• conditional financial transfer
• investment in community capacity
• and robust governance and oversight
provides a high level of assurance that risks can be effectively managed, and that the
programme can be delivered safely while improving patient outcomes, system
performance and long-term financial sustainability.
In addition to the above it is proposed that each organisation via their structures will be
accountable for the delivery of their element and trajectories identified in the programme.
This will include a performance objective for the responsible Director and through the line.
Full details outlining roles and responsibilities is set out within Appendix 4. 
79

Page 80

Page 22 of 24 
10.0 Conclusion 
NHS Ayrshire and Arran continues to experience sustained and escalating system
pressure, with overcrowding across both emergency departments and inpatient wards now
a persistent feature of daily operations. This is resulting in an increasing number of
patients being cared for in non-standard care environments, including corridor spaces and
surge areas, which fundamentally compromises privacy, dignity and the ability to deliver
safe, person-centred care.
Patients who remain in these environments, or who experience prolonged stays in hospital
due to delayed discharge, are exposed to avoidable harm, including deconditioning,
increased risk of falls, infection, and loss of independence. These impacts are most
acutely felt by older people and those with complex needs, who represent a significant
proportion of the current inpatient population. The current model is therefore not only
operationally unsustainable, but also clinically and ethically unsatisfactory.
The position is further compounded by the number of individuals who remain in hospital for
extended periods despite being clinically ready for discharge. For these patients, hospital
is no longer the most appropriate setting for care. This raises important considerations in
relation to:
• safeguarding individual rights and wellbeing
• avoiding unnecessary institutionalisation
• ensuring timely access to appropriate care and support in the community
• supporting people to live as independently as possible, in line with a Home First
approach
Extended delays in discharge represent a system failure to meet these responsibilities,
with individuals experiencing prolonged hospital stays due to capacity and process
constraints rather than clinical need. This underlines the urgency of shifting to a model that
enables timely, safe and person-centred transitions of care.
Phase 1 of the Unscheduled Care Programme has provided important insight and has
enabled progress in targeted areas; however, the non-recurring nature of the funding has
limited the scale, pace and sustainability of improvement. As a result, the programme has
not yet delivered the system-level change required to reduce length of stay, eliminate
delays, or relieve pressure on acute services.
Approval of a combined Phase 1 and Phase 2 approach is therefore essential. This will:
• secure the recurring investment required to sustain and stabilise Phase 1
• enable rapid progression to Phase 2, delivering transformation at the scale required
• support immediate mobilisation to meet the September and December 2026
trajectories
• establish a whole-system Transfer of Care model, aligned to Discharge Without
Delay and Home First principles 
80

Page 81

Page 23 of 24 
Central to this transformation is the planned and phased reduction of acute bed capacity,
including ward closures, enabled by:
• demonstrable improvements in flow and discharge performance
• expansion of community and intermediate care capacity
• strengthened partnership working across Acute Services and HSCPs
This will be accompanied by a phased transfer of resources from acute services to
HSCPs, ensuring that investment follows the patient and supports the shift in the balance
of care. This approach will enable the system to move from a position of reactive, high-
cost acute provision to a more sustainable, preventative and community-focused model.
While this business case focuses on Phases 1 and 2, it is recognised that further
transformation will be required to deliver full system sustainability. This will be progressed
through Phase 3 of the programme, which will set out the longer-term investment and
service redesign required across the wider system.
Critically, this programme is not solely about performance improvement or financial
sustainability. It is about restoring the quality, safety and dignity of care for patients,
ensuring that:
• patients are treated in appropriate care environments
• unnecessary hospital stays are avoided
• discharge is timely, planned and supported
• care is delivered as close to home as possible
Without approval and immediate mobilisation, the organisation will be unable to deliver the
required trajectories, and the risks associated with overcrowding, delayed discharge and
poor patient experience will continue to escalate.
This business case therefore sets out a clear, phased and deliverable plan to address
current system pressures, improve outcomes and experiences for patients and staff, and
establish a sustainable whole-system model of care for the future
11. Recommendation
It is recommended that the Board:
1. Approve the full programme of investment and delivery across Phase 1 and Phase
2 of the Unscheduled Care Programme, recognising that:
• Phase 1 requires confirmation and approval of recurring funding to sustain
and stabilise existing improvements
• Phase 2 requires approval to proceed at pace and scale to deliver the
planned whole-system transformation and associated performance
trajectories 
81

Page 82

Page 24 of 24 
2. Approve the transition to a whole-system Transfer of Care model, enabling delivery
of a Home First approach through:
• Expansion of community-based capacity
• Embedding Discharge to Assess (D2A) and Discharge Without Delay (DWD)
principles
• Strengthened integration between Acute Services and HSCPs.
• The planned and controlled reduction in acute bed capacity, including ward
closures
• Demonstrable establishment of sustainable community capacity
3. Note that delivery of the September and December 2026 performance trajectories is
contingent upon immediate approval and mobilisation, including:
• Implementation commencing from early July 2026
• Timely recruitment and service mobilisation across Phase 1 and Phase 2
• Coordinated system-wide execution
4. Support the governance and assurance arrangements outlined within the business
case, including oversight of:
• Phased delivery and associated risks
• Financial performance and resource transfer
• Achievement of agreed outcomes and benefit 
82

Page 83

Integration Joint Board
20 August 2026
Subject : Distress Brief Intervention Service
Purpose : Approval of options presented in relation to the funding
arrangements for the above service.
Recommendation : The Integration Joint Board is asked to: 
(i) determine firstly whether to suspend Standing Orders in
accordance with Standing Order 11.1 in order to consider this
Item, given the terms of Standing Order 10.1 (limit on IJB’s ability
to alter, delete or rescind a decision of the IJB within six months
from the decision); and if so
(ii) consider the Scottish Government request to continue the
Distress Brief Intervention Service to 31 March 2027 with Scottish
Government funding of £157,500 for the period 1 September
2026 to 31 March 2027; and 
(iii) agree one of the options set out in section 3 of this report. 
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both 
Direction to :- 
1. No Direction Required X
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms 
NHS AA NHS Ayrshire and Arran
HSCP Health and Social Care Partnership
IJB Integration Joint Board
DBI Distress Brief Intervention 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 In March 2026, as part of the approved budget, the Integration Joint Board agreed
that the Distress Brief Intervention Service would cease on 31 August 2026. Following
that decision, the Health and Social Care Partnership undertook the necessary
planning and contractual arrangements to bring the service to an end in accordance
with the IJB’s decision.   
Agenda Item 7
83

Page 84

1.2 Any decision to alter, delete or rescind that decision (of 13 March 2026) would
fall within scope of Standing Order 10.1 given that it was taken within six
months.  If the Integration Joint Board wishes to consider the substance of this
matter, it requires, prior to consideration of the Item, to suspend the applicable
Standing Order, in accordance with the procedure set out at Standing Order
11.1. 
1.3  The Scottish Government has now written to the Chief Officer requesting that the IJB
reconsider continuation of the DBI Service. The correspondence confirms that
Scottish Government can provide £157,500 for the seven-month period from 1
September 2026 to 31 March 2027 and will work with the DBI Central Team and
Ayrshire and Arran partners to consider arrangements for 2027/28. 
1.4  In the interim, and to allow the IJB to consider the request from Scottish Government,
delegated authority has been exercised to extend the current contract with the service
provider to 30 September 2026 to maintain continuity of provision while the IJB
considers its position. 
2. BACKGROUND 
2.1 The Distress Brief Intervention Programme provides a structured response for people
experiencing emotional distress. The model involves an initial compassionate
response by trained frontline staff, followed where appropriate by referral to a
commissioned Level 2 service which contacts the person within 24 hours and provides
time-limited community-based support, including problem solving, distress
management planning, supported connections and signposting. 
The budget proposal to cease the service from the end of August was brought forward
in response to the significant financial challenges facing the Integration Joint Board
(IJB). The proposal followed a robust options appraisal undertaken by Mental Health
Services, which included engagement with colleagues from East and South Ayrshire
HSCPs. 
An Equality Impact Assessment (EQIA) accompanied the proposal and clearly
recognised both the value of the service and the potential adverse impact of its
withdrawal. The recommendation was therefore presented as the least detrimental
option available within the circumstances, rather than as a reflection on the quality,
effectiveness or importance of the service itself. 
The proposed saving formed just one element of a wider package of savings
measures approved by the IJB in March as part of its statutory duty to set a balanced
budget. The decision should therefore be viewed within the context of the broader
financial recovery measures required across the Partnership, rather than as an
indication that the service was not delivering positive outcomes for those who used it.   
The Scottish Government has advised that it is able to provide £157,500 to support
continuation of the Ayrshire and Arran DBI Programme for the remainder of 2026/27.
84

Page 85

The funding relates to the seven-month period from 1 September 2026 to 31 March
2027. The correspondence also confirms a commitment to work with the DBI Central
Team and Ayrshire and Arran to consider how DBI may be continued during 2027/28. 
The offer of funding from Scottish Government is specifically to continue to deliver the
DBI programme and is not available to support any of the wider IJB financial
pressures. 
3. PROPOSALS 
3.1 IJB is asked to consider the following options :- 
Option 1: 
Agree to accept the Scottish Government funding of £157,500 and continue the DBI
Service from 1 September 2026 to 31 March 2027, subject to completion of any
necessary contractual arrangements with the current provider. This would maintain
the service for the remainder of the financial year and allow NHS Ayrshire and Arran
partners to work with Scottish Government and the DBI Central Team on potential
arrangements for 2027/28.  Any continuation of the service beyond 31 March 2027
would be reliant on further funding being made available. 
Option 2: 
Agree to continue the DBI Service only to 30 September 2026, reflecting the
temporary contract extension already put in place, and thereafter proceed with the
cessation of the service. This would allow short-term continuity but would not take up
the full funding offer from Scottish Government. 
Option 3: 
Confirm the previous decision made in March 2026 and proceed with cessation of the
DBI Service. The Partnership would continue to manage the implications of ending
the service, including communication with the provider, referring agencies, staff and
relevant partners. 
The Scottish Government’s request is brought before the IJB for consideration. 
However, as this matter was not included within the planned business of the meeting
and is within six months of a previous decision by the IJB, consideration of the request
will require the suspension of Standing Orders. 
If required, an appropriate Direction will be issued to NHS Ayrshire and Arran following
the IJB decision. 
85

Page 86

3.2 Anticipated Outcomes 
If Option 1 is approved, the anticipated outcome is continuity of DBI provision to 31
March 2027, with Scottish Government funding supporting delivery for the remainder
of the financial year. This would provide time for further national and local discussion
on the longer-term position for 2027/28.  Any continuation of the service beyond 31
March 2027 would be reliant on further funding being made available. 
3.3 Measuring Impact 
Impact will be monitored through existing contract management and performance
reporting arrangements, including referral activity, response times, service uptake,
outcomes reported by the provider, and any issues arising through operational
delivery. Any further proposals for 2027/28 would be brought back to the IJB as
required. 
4. IMPLICATIONS 
4.1 Financial
Scottish Government has confirmed funding of £157,500 for the period 1 September
2026 to 31 March 2027. Any additional costs, contractual liabilities or funding gap
beyond the confirmed Scottish Government allocation would require to be clarified
through contract and finance due diligence. There is currently no confirmed Scottish
Government funding for 2027/28, although Scottish Government has committed to
working with Ayrshire and Arran partners and the DBI Central Team to consider
continuation. 
4.2 Human Resources
There are no direct Health and Social Care Partnership staffing implications identified
from the continuation of the commissioned service. There may be implications for the
service provider depending on the option approved, particularly in relation to workforce
retention, mobilisation or service cessation planning. 
4.3 Legal
Any decision to extend or vary the current contractual arrangement must be managed
in accordance with procurement, contract and governance requirements. The
temporary extension to 30 September 2026 has been made under delegated authority
to maintain continuity pending IJB consideration. 
4.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
Continuation of DBI may support people experiencing emotional distress, including
those who may face barriers to accessing mainstream services. If the service ceases,
there may be equality and socio-economic implications for people who benefit from
early, community-based support. Any longer-term proposal should consider whether
an equality impact assessment is required. 
86

Page 87

4.5 Risk
The principal risks relate to service continuity, contractual arrangements, public and
partner communication, and uncertainty regarding funding beyond 31 March 2027.
Accepting the Scottish Government funding reduces the immediate risk of service
cessation but does not remove the longer-term sustainability risk. The overall risk is
assessed as moderate. 
4.6 Community Wealth Building
Continuation of the service may contribute to community wellbeing by providing local,
person-centred support for people experiencing distress and by strengthening
connections with community-based supports and third sector provision. 
4.7 Key Priorities
The proposal supports strategic priorities relating to early intervention, prevention,
mental health and wellbeing, and supporting people to access the right help at the
right time. 
5. CONSULTATION 
The Scottish Government request follows recent discussions with NHS Ayrshire and
Arran partners. Further engagement will be required with the current provider, DBI
Central Team, Scottish Government, operational leads and relevant referring
agencies depending on the option approved by the IJB. 
Caroline Cameron, Director / Chief Officer
Author: Karen Andrews, Team Manager (Governance) 
Appendices
• Appendix 1: Letter from Scottish Government regarding Distress Brief Intervention
Programme in Ayrshire and Arran
87

Page 88

St Andrew’s House, Regent Road, Edinburgh  EH1 3DG
www.gov.scot  αβχδε αβχδεφγ α 
Mental Health and Social Care & National Care Service
Development  Directorate 
Donna Bell, Co-Director 
E: donna.bell@gov.scot 
αβχδ
To: Caroline Cameron
carolinecameron@north-ayrshire.gov.uk
Cc: Karen Andrews
kandrews@north-ayrshire.gov.uk 
24/07/2026 
Dear Caroline, 
Distress Brief Intervention Programme in Ayrshire and Arran 
Thank you for the recent discussions regarding the Distress Brief Intervention (DBI)
Programme within Ayrshire and Arran. 
We are able to provide £157,500 for the remainder of the year running through to March
2027. We are also happy to provide a further letter confirming this to allow for an extension
with Penumbra to be put in place if that would be helpful. 
Given the above, I would be grateful if you could engage with your Integrated Joint Board
and ask them to consider the request to continue the DBI programme with £157,500 being
provided for the 7 months of 1st September 2026 through to 31st March 2027 at their next
meeting. Scottish Government would also commit to working, alongside DBI Central team
and Ayrshire and Arran, for the following financial year (2027-28) to look at how DBI can be
continued. 
Please let me know if you require any more information to enable you to progress this. 
Yours sincerely 
Donna Bell
Co-Director of Mental Health and Social Care & National Care Service
Scottish Government 
88

Page 89

Integration Joint Board
20 August 2026
Subject : IJB Standing Order Review 
Purpose : This report seeks the Integration Joint Board’s:-
• Approval 
Recommendation : That the Integration Joint Board agrees to: 
(1) approve, with effect from 1 September 2026, the revised
Standing Orders relating to meetings of the IJB at
Appendix 1. 
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both 
Direction to :- 
1. No Direction Required X
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms 
IJB Integration Joint Board 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 This report seeks the IJB’s approval of revised Standing Orders relative to Board
meetings and associated governance.  The Standing Orders are one of the key
governance documents regulating the operation of the IJB and any committees.   
1.2  These revised Standing Orders are brought to the IJB to coincide with the
commencement of the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration Joint Boards)
(Scotland) Amendment Order 2025 which takes effect on 1 September 2026,
extending the Board’s voting membership. 
1.3  The proposed revised Standing Orders reflect necessary changes resulting from that
amendment but also recommend certain wider changes to strengthen IJB
governance. 
2. BACKGROUND 
2.1 The IJB is legally required to have Standing Orders and is bound to address certain
matters through those Standing Orders (Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration
Agenda Item 8
89

Page 90

Joint Boards) (Scotland) Order 2014). The proposed Standing Orders cover all
prescribed matters.  It is appropriate for the IJB to review the terms of its Standing
Orders from time to time.  Audit Scotland in national reporting highlight the importance
of having governance arrangements that are fit for purpose and up to date.  The
Standing Orders were last reviewed by the IJB in October 2022. 
2.2  The Standing Orders for Meetings set out the rules for fair decision making and define
how the IJB and its committees conduct their business democratically.  The Standing
Orders aim to ensure consistency in decision making and process leading to robust
governance. 
3. PROPOSALS 
3.1 The proposed revised Standing Orders are included at Appendix 1.  All proposed
changes appear “tracked”.   Broadly the proposals should be clear and are intended
to clarify matters or questions that have arisen during IJB business in recent years,
for the clarity of all involved. 
3.2  Substantive proposed amendments include: 
(i) Clarity regarding membership, voting and non-voting, together with relevant
term and deputy arrangements to reflect imminent legislative change
(Standing Order 2 and Standing Order 16); 
(ii) Specific procedure regarding amendment notification and funding
implications with a view to ensuring appropriate scrutiny (Standing Orders
5.4 and 5.5, see also Standing Order 15.3);
(iii) Further procedure to deal with equality of votes (Standing Orders 16.5 and
16.6). 
3.3 Anticipated Outcomes 
Approval of revised Standing Orders will ensure the IJB is compliant with imminent
legislative changes and seeks to promote clarity and transparency for all in the
operation of IJB business. 
3.4 Measuring Impact 
As provided for in the Standing Orders, their operation is subject to ongoing review
and further amendment, as IJB considers necessary (Standing Order 1.1). 
4. IMPLICATIONS 
4.1 Financial
None arising directly from Standing Order review. 
4.2 Human Resources
90

Page 91

None arising directly from Standing Order review. 
4.3 Legal
Approval of the revised Standing Orders is consistent with imminent legislative
change. 
4.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
None.   
4.5 Risk
Low risk. 
4.6 Community Wealth Building
None. 
4.7 Key Priorities
None. 
5. CONSULTATION  
All IJB members were afforded the opportunity to contribute to this Standing Order
review during July 2026. 
Aileen Craig, Head of Democratic Services, North Ayrshire Council, Standards
Officer to IJB 
Author:
Ruth Wilson, Litigation Team Manager, Legal Services, North Ayrshire Council
ruthwilson@north-ayrshire.gov.uk 
Appendices
• Appendix 1 – revised North Ayrshire Integration Joint Board Standing Orders for
Meetings (for approval)
91

Page 92

1 
North Ayrshire Integration Joint Board
Standing Orders for Meetings 
Date of Agreement – 2nd April 2015
Date of Amendment – 16-4-15
Date of Amendment – 29-8-19
Date of Amendment - [10-2-22]
Date of Amendment – [2026] 
1. General 
1.1 These Standing Orders will apply from and including 1 September 2026 and
be reviewed by the Integration Joint Board as required. 
1.2 These Standing Orders are made under the Public Bodies (Joint Working)
(Scotland) Act 2014 and the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration Joint
Boards) (Scotland) Order 2014. These Standing Orders shall, as far as
applicable be the rules and regulations for the proceedings of the Board, its
Committees and Sub-Committees and therefore reference to the term ‘Board’
in the said Standing Orders should be interpreted accordingly. The term
‘Chairperson’ shall also be deemed to include the Chairperson of any
Committee or Sub- Committee but only in relation to such Committees or Sub-
Committees. 
1.3 In these Standing Orders “the Integration Board” shall mean the North Ayrshire
Integration Joint Board established in terms of the Public Bodies (Joint
Working) (Integration Joint Board Establishment) (Scotland) Order 2015 and
the Integration Scheme entered into by North Ayrshire Council and NHS
Ayrshire & Arran Health Board, as approved by Scottish Ministers. 
92

Page 93

2 
1.4 Any statutory provision, regulation or direction issued by the Scottish Ministers
shall have precedence if they are in conflict with the Standing Orders. 
2. Membership 
2.1 Voting membership of the Integration Board shall comprise: 
a. four persons nominated by the NHS Board;
b. four persons appointed by the Council; 
c. one person to represent third sector bodies carrying out activities related
to health or social care in the area of the Council;
d. one person to represent service users residing in the area of the Council;
and
e. one person to represent those providing unpaid care in the area of the
Council. 
Where the NHS Board is unable to fill its places with non-Executive Directors it
can then nominate other appropriate people, who must be members of the NHS
Board to fill their spaces, but at least two must be non-executive members. 
2.2 Non-voting membership of the Integration Board shall comprise: 
a. the chief social work officer of the local authority;
b. the chief officer of the Integration Board;
c. the proper officer of the Integration Board appointed under section 95 of
the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973;
d. a registered medical practitioner whose name is included in the list of
primary medical services performers prepared by the Health Board in
accordance with Regulations made under section 17P of the National
Health Service (Scotland) Act 1978;
e. a registered nurse who is employed by the Health Board or by a person
or body with which the Health Board has entered into a general medical
services contract;
f. a registered medical practitioner employed by the Health Board and not
providing primary medical services;
g. The Director of Public Health for the Health Board;
h. The Director of Psychology for the Health Board;
i. Lead Allied Health Professional for the Health Board; 
j. one member to represent staff of the constituent authorities engaged in
the provision of services under integration functions; and 
k. such additional members as the Integration Board sees fit although such
a member may not be a Councillor or a non-executive director of the
Health Board. 
l. ; 
m. 
The members appointed under paragraphs (d) to ( (i) must be determined by
the Health Board
2.3 A member of the Integration Board in terms of 2.2 (a) to (c) will remain a
93

Page 94

3 
member for as long as they hold the office in respect of which they are
appointed. Otherwise, the term of office of Members of the Integration Board
shall be for three years or until the day of the next ordinary Elections for Local
Government Councillors in Scotland, whichever is shorter. 
2.4 Where a Member resigns or otherwise ceases to hold office, the person
appointed in his/her place shall be appointed for the unexpired term of the
Member they replace. 
2.5 On expiry of a Member’s term of appointment the Member shall be eligible for
re-appointment provided that he/she remains eligible and is not otherwise
disqualified from appointment. 
2.6 A voting Member appointed under paragraph 2.1 (a) or (b) ceases to be a
member of the Integration Board if they cease to be either a Councillor or a non-
executive Director of the NHS Board or an Appropriate Person in terms of the
Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland) Order 2014. 
2.7 A Member of the Integration Board, other than those Members referred to in
paragraph 2.2 (a) to (c), may resign his/her membership at any time during their
term of office by giving notice to the Integration Board in writing. The
resignation shall take effect from the date notified in the notice or on the date
of receipt if no date is notified. If this is a voting Member, the Integration Board
must inform the constituent authority that made the nomination (if applicable).
2.8 If a Member has not attended three consecutive Ordinary Meetings of the
Integration Board, and their absence was not due to illness or some other
reasonable cause as determined by the Integration Board, the Integration
Board may, by giving one month’s notice in writing to that Member, remove that
person from office. 
2.9 If a Member acts in a way which brings the Integration Board into disrepute or
in a way which is inconsistent with the proper performance of the functions of
the Integration Board, the Integration Board may remove the member from
office with effect from such date as the Integration Board may specify in writing.
If a member is disqualified under article 8 of the Public Bodies (Joint Working)
(Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland) Order 2014 during a term of office they
shall be removed from office as a Member of the Integration Board
immediately. 
2.10 A constituent authority may remove a Member which it nominated by providing
one month’s notice in writing to the Member and the Integration Board. 
2.11 
Named Depute Members for Members of the Integration Board may be appointed by
the constituent authority which nominated the Member (for voting members appointed
under Standing Order 2.1 (a) or (b)), or the Member (for voting members appointed
under Standing Order 2.1 (c), (d) or (e) or Standing Order 2.2.), as appropriate.
The appointment of such Deputies will be subject to the same rules and procedures for
Members. Deputies t shall be entitled to attend, participate and/or vote at a Meeting
only in the absence of the principal Member they represent and relative to the principal
94

Page 95

4 
Member’s membership. If the Chairperson or Vice Chairperson is unable to attend a meeting
of the Integration Board, any Depute Member attending the meeting may not preside
over that meeting
2.12 The acts, meetings or proceedings of the Integration Board shall not be
invalidated by any defect in the appointment of any Member or any vacancy in
the membership of the Integration Board. 
3. Chairperson and Vice Chairperson 
3.1     The Chairperson and Vice Chairperson will be drawn from the NHS Board and
the Council voting members of the Integration Board. If a Council member is to
serve as Chairperson then the Vice Chairperson will be a member nominated by
the NHS Board and vice versa. The first Chair of the Integration Board will be
appointed on the nomination of the Council.
3.2   The appointment to Chairperson and Vice Chairperson is time limited to a period
not exceeding two years and carried out on a rotational basis between Council
and NHS Board appointed Chairperson. The term of office of the first
Chairperson was for the period up to the local government elections in 2017,
thereafter the term of office of the Chairperson is a period of two years. The
Council or NHS Board may change their appointee as Chairperson of Vice
Chairperson during an appointing period. 
3.3   The Vice-Chairperson may act in all respects as the Chairperson of the
Integration Board if the Chair is absent or otherwise unable to perform his/her
duties. 
3.4    At every meeting of the Integration Board the Chairperson, if present, shall
preside. If the Chairperson is absent from any meeting the Vice-Chairperson,
if present, shall preside. If both the Chairperson and the Vice-Chairperson are
absent, a Chairperson shall be appointed from within the members present for
that meeting. Any Depute Member attending the meeting in terms of 2.11 may
not preside over that meeting. 
3.5  Powers, authority and duties of Chairperson and Vice-Chairperson. 
The Chairperson shall amongst other things :- 
(a) Preserve order and ensure that every Member has a fair Hearing;
(b) Decide on matters of relevancy, competency and order, and whether to
have a recess during the Meeting, having taken into account any advice
offered by the Chief Officer or other relevant officer in attendance at the
Meeting;
(c) Determine the order in which speakers can be heard;
(d) Ensure that due and sufficient opportunity is given to Members who wish
to speak to express their views on any subject under discussion;
(e) If requested by any Member ask the mover of a motion, or an
amendment, to state its terms;
95

Page 96

5 
(f) Maintain order and at his/her discretion, order the exclusion of any
member of the public who is deemed to have caused disorder or
misbehaved;
(g) The decision of the Chairperson on all matters within his/her jurisdiction
shall be final;
(h) Deference shall at all times be paid to the authority of the Chairperson.
When he/she rises to speak, the Chairperson shall be heard without
interruption; and
(i) Members shall address the Chairperson while speaking. 
4. Meetings
4.1     The Integration Board shall meet at such place and such frequency as may be
agreed by the Integration Board.
4.2     The Chairperson may convene Special Meetings if it appears to him/her that
there are items of urgent business to be considered. Such Meetings will be
held at a time, date and venue as determined by the Chairperson. If the Office
of Chairperson is vacant, or if the Chairperson is unable to act for any reason
the Vice-Chairperson may at any time call such a meeting.
4.3    If the Chairperson refuses to call a meeting of the Integration Board after a
requisition for that purpose specifying the business proposed to be transacted,
signed by at least two thirds of the voting Members, has been presented to the
Chairperson or if, without so refusing, the Chairperson does not call a meeting
within seven days after such requisition has been presented, those Members
who presented the requisition may forthwith call a Meeting provided no
business shall be transacted at the Meeting other than specified in the
requisition.
4.4     Adequate provision will be made to allow for Members to attend a meeting of
the Integration Board or a committee of the Integration Board either by being
present together with other members in a specified place, or in any other way
which enables members to participate despite not being present with other
members in a specified place. 
5. Notice of Meeting
5.1   Before every meeting of the Integration Board, a notice of the meeting specifying
the time, place and business to be transacted at it and signed by the
Chairperson, or by a Member authorised by the Chairperson to sign on that
person’s behalf, shall be delivered to every Member or sent by post to the usual
place of residence of such Members or delivered by electronic means so as to
be available to them at least five days before the meeting. Members may opt
in writing addressed to the Chief Officer to have notice of meetings delivered
to an alternative address. Such notice will remain valid until rescinded in
writing. Lack of service of the notice on any Member, or within the five day
timescale, shall not affect the validity of anything done at a meeting.
96

Page 97

6 
5.2     In the case of a meeting of the Integration Board called by Members in default
of the Chairperson, the notice shall be signed by those Members who
requisitioned the meeting. 
5.3     At all Ordinary or Special Meetings of the Integration Board, no business other
than that on the agenda shall be discussed or adopted except where by reason
of special circumstances, which shall be specified in the minutes, the
Chairperson is of the opinion that the item should be considered at the meeting
as a matter of urgency. 
5.4   Any Member of the Integration Joint Board may submit a proposal or amendment
for the agreement of the Integration Board, provided that it relates to a subject
on the agenda.  This should be submitted in writing to the Clerk by 12pm two
working days before the meeting and will require to be moved and seconded
during the meeting.   
5.5    If any proposal or amendment is likely to incur expenditure or reduce approved
savings, or saving proposed to the Integration Board for approval, then it must
be submitted in accordance with Standing Order 5.4 above, the source of
relevant expenditure, taking account of the Integration Board’s approved
budget for the relevant year requires to be identified by the relevant Member
and if appropriate, relevant consultation requires to have occurred between the
Member and s.95 Officer for the Board to inform the position. 
6. Quorum
6.1     No business shall be transacted at a meeting of the Integration Board unless
there are present (which shall include remotely if by appropriate means in
accordance with Standing Order 4.4), and entitled to vote both Council and
NHS Board members and at least one half of the voting Members of the
Integration Board are present (for the avoidance of doubt, at least six voting
Members).
6.2    If within ten minutes after the time appointed for the commencement of a meeting
of the Integration Board, a quorum is not present, the meeting will stand
adjourned to such date and time as may be fixed and the minute of the meeting
will disclose the fact.
6.3     If less than a quorum is entitled to vote on an item because of declarations of
interest, that item cannot be dealt with at that meeting. 
7. Codes of Conduct and Conflicts of Interest
7.1     Members of the Integration Board (including any Deputies) shall subscribe to
and comply with the Code of Conduct for Members of the North Ayrshire
Integration Joint Board (the ‘Code of Conduct’) which is deemed to be
incorporated into these Standing Orders. All Members shall be obliged before
taking up membership, to agree in writing to be bound by the terms of the Code
of Conduct. Failure by any Member to provide such written agreement does
not affect the applicability of the Code of Conduct to that Member.  Members
97

Page 98

7 
shall also comply with any relevant guidance issued by the Standards
Commission for Scotland. 
7.2       If any Member has a financial or non-financial interest as defined in the Code
of Conduct and is present at any meeting at which the matter is to be
considered, he/she must as soon as practical, after the meeting starts (and
certainly before taking part in any discussion on that item), disclose that he/she
has an interest and the nature of that interest and if he/she is precluded from
taking part in consideration of that matter. 
7.3       Where an interest is disclosed, the Member disclosing the interest is to decide
whether, in the circumstances, it is appropriate for them to take part in
discussion of or voting on the item of business. 
8. Adjournment of Meetings 
8.1      A meeting of the Integration Board may be adjourned to another date, time or
place by a motion, which shall be moved and seconded and put to the meeting
without discussion. If such a motion is carried by a simple majority of those
present and entitled to vote, the meeting shall be adjourned to the day, time
and place specified in the motion. 
9. Disclosure of Information 
9.1   In the event that a matter is to be considered by the IJB that cannot be considered
in public (which shall be by exception), then the relevant provisions of the Local
Government (Scotland) Act 1973 shall apply to the Integration Board
(specifically including s.50A and Schedule 7A thereof). 
9.2     No member or officer shall disclose to any person any information which falls
into the following categories:-
• Confidential information within the meaning of Section 50A(2) of the Local
Government (Scotland) Act 1973.
• The full or any part of any document marked “not for publication by virtue of
the appropriate paragraph of Part 1 of Schedule 7A of the Local Government
(Scotland) Act 1973”, unless and until the document has been made
available to the public or press under section 50B of the said 1973 Act.
• Any information regarding proceedings of the Integration Board from which
the public have been excluded unless or until disclosure has been
authorised by the Integration Board or the information has been made
available to the press or to the public under the terms of the relevant
legislation.
9.2    Without prejudice to the foregoing, no Member shall use or disclose to any person
any confidential and/or exempt information coming to his/her knowledge by
virtue of his/her office as a Member where such disclosure would be to the
advantage of the Member or of anyone known to him/her or which would be to
98

Page 99

8 
the disadvantage of the Integration Board. 
10. Recording of Proceedings 
10.1   No sound, film, video tape, digital or photographic recording of the proceedings of
any meeting, other than webcasting of the proceedings by the Integration Board
itself, shall be made without the prior approval of the Integration Board. All
phones should be switched off or on silent and Members should not correspond,
whether by email, text, social media or any other electronic means with any other
Member or other person during a Board meeting. Research through the internet
is permitted providing it is done in a manner which respects the authority of the
Chair and does not interfere with the business of the meeting. 
11. Admission of Press and Public 
11.1   Subject to the extent of the accommodation available and except in relation to
items certified as exempt, meetings of the Integration Board shall be open to
the public. Members of the public are not permitted to speak at or contribute to
meetings of the Integration Board. In this specific respect, reference to the
Board should not be interpreted as including reference to the Board’s
Committees and/or Sub- Committees, specific provision will be made by the
Board regarding the extent of any public access permitted to meetings of its
Committees or Sub- Committees. The Chief Officer shall be responsible for
giving public notice of the time and place of each meeting of the Integration
Board by posting within the main offices of the Integration Board or on the
Board’s website not less than five days before the date of each meeting. 
11.2   The Integration Board may by resolution at any meeting, exclude the press and
public therefrom during consideration of an item of business where it is likely in
view of the nature of the business to be transacted or of the nature of the
proceedings that if members of the press and public were present there would
be a disclosure to them of exempt information as defined in Schedule 7(A) of
the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973 Act or it is likely that confidential
information would be disclosed in breach of an obligation of confidence.
11.3   Every meeting of the Integration Board shall be open to the public but these
provisions shall be without prejudice to the Integration Board’s powers of
exclusion in order to suppress or prevent disorderly conduct or other
misbehaviour at a meeting. The Integration Board may exclude or eject from a
meeting a member or members of the press and public whose presence or
conduct is impeding the work or proceedings of the Integration Board. 
12. Alteration, Deletion and Rescission of Decisions of the Integration Board
12.1   Except insofar as required by reason of illegality, no motion to alter, delete or
rescind a decision of the Integration Board will be competent within six months
from the decision, unless a decision is made prior to consideration of the matter
to suspend this Standing Order in terms of Standing Order 13.
99

Page 100

9 
13. Suspension, Deletion or Amendment of Standing Orders
13.1  Any one or more of the Standing Orders in the case of emergency as determined
by the Chair upon motion may be suspended, amended or deleted at any
Meeting so far as regards any business at such meeting provided that two thirds
of the Members of the Integration Board present and voting shall so decide.
Any motion to suspend Standing Orders shall state the number or terms of the
Standing Order(s) to be suspended. 
14. Procedures for considering Items of Business 
14.1  Officers of the Board will speak to the terms of any report drafted by them which
is on the agenda for a meeting. Thereafter it will be open to any Member to ask
a question or questions concerning the item of business under consideration.
Such questions must be relevant to the item of business under consideration
and may be directed to any senior officer seeking clarification of the terms of a
report. 
14.2  When the Chairperson is satisfied that there are no more questions to be raised
he or she will invite the Board to discuss the item of business. Such discussion
must be relevant to the item of business and should attempt to achieve a
decision by consensus. As part of the Chairperson’s role to manage the
meeting, the Chairperson shall attempt to ensure that Members who wish to
speak have a fair opportunity to do so. The Chairperson shall have power to
determine when Members can speak and will determine the number of
occasions and length of time that a Member is able to speak. 
15. Procedure for determining Items of Business
15.1   Every effort shall be made by Members to ensure that as many decisions as
possible are made by consensus. 
15.2   When the Chairperson is satisfied that a decision can be made by consensus
he or she will clarify the terms of that decision with the Board. 
15.3   Notwithstanding the terms of Standing Orders 3.4 and 3.5, minor amendments
to recommendations may still be made by agreement during any meeting.
15.4   If the Chairperson is satisfied that a decision cannot be made by consensus or in
circumstances where an amendment has been lodged with the Clerk in advance
of the meeting, he or she will invite those of differing views to state the decision
they wish the Board to make. The first such statement will be known as the
recommendation. Any member may seek an amendment to the
recommendation. Any recommendation and amendment must relate to the item
of business under discussion. No recommendation or amendment will be
accepted unless it is seconded. It will be open to any Member to ask a question
or questions to the mover of any recommendation or amendment seeking clarity
100

Page 101

10 
of their recommendation or amendment.
15.5  In the event that discussion on any item has exceeded 30 minutes it will be open
to any Member to propose a recommendation. If this is not seconded the
recommendation will fall and discussion shall continue, subject to 15.1. If it is
seconded, the Chairperson will ascertain if there are any amendments, which
also require to be seconded. 
15.6  For the avoidance of doubt, non-voting Members can propose or second a
recommendation or amendment and speak to its terms, but cannot vote on it. 
15.7 Debate - When the Chairperson is satisfied that there are no more
recommendations, or amendments to be raised he or she will state that the
Board is in debate. 
15.8  Subject to the right of the mover of a recommendation, and the mover of an
amendment, to reply, no Member will speak more than once on the same
question at any meeting of the Integration Board except:-
• On a question of Order
• With the permission of the Chairperson
• In explanation or to clear up a misunderstanding in some material part of
his/her speech.
15.9  The mover of an amendment and thereafter the mover of the original
recommendation will have the right of reply for a period of not more than 3
minutes in order to sum up. He/she will introduce no new matter and once a
reply is commenced, no other Member will speak on the subject of debate.
Thereafter the discussion will be held closed and the Chairperson will call for
the vote to be taken.
15.10 The Chairperson has discretion in terms of the specific procedure and
timescales referenced, in the interests of ensuring fairness, natural justice and
the appropriate administration of Integration Board business. 
16. Voting 
16.1  Only the four Members nominated by the NHS Board, the four Members
appointed by the Council and the three stakeholder members detailed at
Standing Order 2.1 (c) - (e) shall be entitled to vote. 
16.2    Voting shall be by a show of hands, roll call or any other method determined by
the Chair. 
16.3   In the case of an equality of votes, there shall be no casting or second vote
afforded to the Chair or to any other member or group of members. 
16.4   Where there is an equality of votes, Voting Members of the Board may agree
101

Page 102

11 
that the decision will be made by a cut of cards or some other equitable method.
If the voting members do not agree to such a method of breaking the deadlock
then no decision will be taken and the status quo shall prevail. Standing Order
12 shall not preclude reconsideration of any such item within a 6 month period. 
16.5   In the event of an equality of votes and no decision being made the matter will
be remitted to the Chief Officer to carry out such further work, provide such
further information and make any relevant recommendations as may be
required to enable the Board to reconsider the matter at a following Board
meeting. 
16.6  Where the matter remains unresolved, and the Chair concludes that the equality
of votes is effectively a representation of a dispute between the two constituent
authorities then the Dispute Resolution procedure set out in the Integration
Scheme shall be followed.  If the unresolved equality of votes is not a
representation of a dispute between the two constituent authorities, then the
Chair, Vice Chair and the Chief Officer must work together to arrive at an
acceptable position for the Board (subject to Board approval, as may be
required). 
16.7  Where there is a temporary vacancy in the voting membership of the Integration
Board, the vote which would be exercisable by any Member appointed to that
vacancy may be exercised jointly by the other Members appointed by the
relevant constituent authority. 
17. Minutes 
17.1   The names of the Members and others present at a meeting shall be recorded
in the minutes of the meeting. 
17.2  The minutes of the proceedings of a meeting, including any decision or resolution
made by that meeting, shall be drawn up and submitted to the next ensuing
meeting for agreement by a person nominated by the Chief Officer, after which
they will be signed by the person presiding at that meeting. A minute purporting
to be so signed shall be received in evidence without further proof. 
18. Committees and Working Groups 
18.1  The Integration Board may establish any Committee or Working Group as may
be required from time to time but each Working Group shall have a limited time
span as may be determined by the Integration Board. 
18.2   The Membership, Chairperson, remit, powers and quorum of any Committee or
Working Groups will be determined by the Integration Board.  Terms of
Reference for any Committee or Working Group shall be agreed by the
Integration Joint Board. 
18.3    Agendas for consideration at a Committee or Working Group will be issued by
electronic means to all Members no later than two working days prior to the start
102

Page 103

12 
of the meeting. 
18.4  By reason of the relatively limited authority delegated to Committees of the
Integration Board, it may be necessary for the Board to reconsider or review
matters that have been considered by it previously.  In such circumstances,
members require to do so objectively, taking account of the specific  parameters
of any reconsideration or review as will be advised to them at the relevant time. 
103

Page 104

104

Page 105

Integration Joint Board
20 August 2026
Subject : Recruitment of Stakeholder Representatives to the
Integration Joint Board 
Purpose : To update IJB as to progress in recruiting stakeholder voting
members and seek relevant delegated authority for next steps. 
Recommendation : It is recommended, subject to any such other arrangements as
the IJB may direct, that the Integration Joint Board: 
(1) provides delegated authority to the Chief Officer,
Chairperson and Vice Chairperson of the IJB to conclude
the recruitment procedure as outlined at 3.1 in respect of
vacant stakeholder posts and to appoint one successful
candidate to each of the two vacant stakeholder posts
(namely one IJB member to represent service users and
one IJB member to represent unpaid carers) and report
thereafter to the IJB; or
(2) provides delegated authority to the Chief Officer,
Chairperson and Vice Chairperson of the IJB to conclude
the recruitment procedure as outlined at 3.1 in respect of
vacant stakeholder posts and thereafter nominate
successful candidates (namely one IJB member to
represent service users and one IJB member to represent
unpaid carers) for appointment to the IJB at its next
meeting (25 September 2026). 
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both 
Direction to :- 
1. No Direction Required X
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms 
NHS AA NHS Ayrshire and Arran
HSCP Health and Social Care Partnership 
Agenda Item 9
105

Page 106

1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 This report seeks approval of the proposed arrangements for confirming and recruiting
the Third Sector, Carer and Service User representative roles on the Integration Joint
Board. These arrangements are required as, from 1 September 2026, these
stakeholder representative roles will move from non-voting/advisory membership to
full voting membership for Integration Joint Board decisions. 
1.2  The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland) Amendment
Order 2025 introduces full voting rights for Integration Joint Board members appointed
to represent third sector bodies, service users and unpaid carers from 1 September
2026. This means that these representatives will no longer participate solely in an
advisory capacity; they will be able to vote on Integration Joint Board decisions
alongside other voting members. IJB Governance arrangements are being updated
accordingly. 
1.3  The proposal is to adopt different approaches for these roles, recognising existing
representative arrangements and the need to ensure appropriate links with wider
community networks. The current Third Sector representative will remain in post,
becoming a voting member.  The other stakeholder posts within scope of the Order
are currently vacant and therefore officers are undertaking a recruitment exercise for
the Service User and Carer Representative vacancies. 
2. BACKGROUND 
2.1 Integration Joint Boards are required to include, as part of their minimum membership,
representatives for unpaid carers, service users and the third sector. These
stakeholder members bring lived experience, community insight and representative
perspectives to the strategic planning and decision-making responsibilities of the
Integration Joint Board.  From 1 September 2026, the Third Sector, Carer and Service
User representatives will have voting rights and will therefore require the same
induction, support and governance expectations as other voting members. 
The Scottish Government guidance (whilst it remains in draft form) highlights the need
for these members to be recruited through transparent and inclusive local processes. 
That work has commenced locally, as per the update provided to the IJB in June. 
3. PROPOSALS 
3.1  In respect of Service User and Unpaid Carer representatives, a recruitment exercise
has commenced through press, social media and engagement with existing
participation groups who have been asked to share details of the vacancies and
encourage applications. These include, but are not exhaustive of, Older People
Forum, Learning Disability Groups, Alcohol and Drug Partnership, and Mental Health
Participation and Engagement Group. 
The advert has been appended to the report for IJB member information. 
106

Page 107

3.2 The legislative changes take effect on 1 September 2026.  The IJB meets on 25
September for a special meeting.  It has not been possible, given the summer recess,
to complete the recruitment process and nominate stakeholder members to the IJB at
this August meeting. 
As such, it is proposed that the Integration Joint Board either delegate relevant
authority for those designated to so appoint, or for them to conclude the recruitment
and nominate recommended appointments to the IJB at its next meeting. 
3.3 Third Sector Representative IJB member - Vicki Auld will continue in that role, which
will become a voting role on the IJB. 
3.4  Once confirmed or appointed, these representatives will be supported to exercise their
voting rights responsibly and in line with the Integration Joint Board’s governance
requirements.  Officers are mindful of the need to support newly appointed voting
members in this regard, and consideration is ongoing as to appropriate training and
support. 
3.5  Consideration of any arrangements regarding approved deputies (or proxies) will
require to be confirmed after the substantive new members have been identified.  
3.6 Anticipated Outcomes
The anticipated outcomes are improved compliance with the new statutory
requirements, strengthened lived experience and stakeholder input to Integration Joint
Board decisions, improved transparency in stakeholder appointments, and greater
confidence that the perspectives of carers, service users and third sector bodies are
represented in formal voting decisions. 
The proposals will also support more inclusive governance by ensuring that
stakeholder representatives have the knowledge, confidence and practical support
required to exercise their voting rights responsibly and effectively. 
3.7 Measuring Impact
Impact will be measured through confirmation of the Third Sector representative,
completion of the recruitment process, the appointment and induction of
representatives, uptake of training and support, attendance and participation at
Integration Joint Board meetings, feedback from representatives, and annual review
of ongoing development and succession planning arrangements. 
The effectiveness of the arrangements will also be monitored through governance
feedback, equality and accessibility considerations identified during recruitment, and
review of whether representatives are able to draw on wider community networks
while maintaining confidentiality and complying with the Code of Conduct. 
107

Page 108

4. IMPLICATIONS 
4.1 Financial
There will be financial implications associated with recruitment, induction, training,
support, reasonable expenses and any arrangements required to remove barriers to
participation, including travel, replacement care, subsistence, communication support
or other accessibility requirements. These costs will be managed through existing
governance and participation support arrangements where possible, with any
additional costs reported through normal financial governance routes. 
4.2 Human Resources
There are no direct Human Resources implications for North Ayrshire Council or NHS
Ayrshire and Arran employees. Officer time will be required to support recruitment,
induction, training, administration, ongoing liaison and governance arrangements for
the stakeholder representatives. 
4.3 Legal
The proposal supports implementation of the Public Bodies (Joint Working)
(Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland) Amendment Order 2025, which extends voting
rights to members representing third sector bodies, service users and unpaid carers
from 1 September 2026. The effect of the change is that these representatives will
become voting members for Integration Joint Board decisions, rather than
participating only in a non-voting advisory capacity. Appointed members will be
required to comply with the Integration Joint Board’s Standing Orders, Code of
Conduct, registration of interests, confidentiality and other relevant governance
requirements. 
4.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
The proposals have positive equality and socio-economic implications by seeking to
widen participation in Integration Joint Board governance and improve representation
of people with lived experience. Recruitment materials and processes will be designed
to be accessible and inclusive, with reasonable support available to reduce barriers to
participation. Consideration will be given to the public sector equality duty and to the
diversity of local communities. 
4.5 Risk
Risk is assessed as Moderate. Key risks include failure to recruit suitable
representatives, insufficient support for members once appointed, conflicts of interest,
confidentiality issues, and limited time to complete recruitment and induction before
voting rights take effect. These risks will be mitigated through clear role descriptions,
transparent selection arrangements, robust induction, Code of Conduct training,
support from relevant officers, expenses arrangements and succession planning. 
108

Page 109

4.6 Community Wealth Building
The proposals support community wealth building by strengthening local participation
in public decision making and creating routes for local community, carer, service user
and third sector voices to influence strategic planning. Inclusive recruitment and
support arrangements will help ensure participation is not limited by financial,
accessibility or caring responsibilities. 
4.7 Key Priorities
The proposals align with the Integration Joint Board’s strategic planning
responsibilities and support the principles of integrated health and social care by
ensuring that the voices of carers, service users and the third sector are embedded in
decision making. They also support wider priorities around participation, prevention,
equality, person-centred planning and community engagement. 
5. CONSULTATION 
The approach and process for recruitment was undertaken in consultation with the
Chair of the IJB. 
Consultation with relevant internal governance, legal, finance, equality and
communications colleagues has taken place, and with established participation fora
to promote the Service User and Carer Representative vacancies. 
The recruitment approach will be informed by the Scottish Government draft statutory
guidance and by feedback from existing participation and engagement routes, with a
focus on transparency, accessibility and support for representatives before and after
appointment. 
Caroline Cameron, Director
Karen Andrews, Team Manager (Governance) kandrews@north-ayrshire.gov.uk 
Appendices
• Vacancy Recruitment Advert 
• IJB Statutory Guidance, SLWG 
109

Page 110

North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership 
Involving you in the work of North Ayrshire
Health and Social Care Partnership 
An information pack for carer and service user representatives to
North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership’s Integration
Joint Board 
110

Page 111

How to use this information pack 
This information pack explains the role of carer and service user representatives in
the work of North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership (NAHSCP) and its
Integration Joint Board (IJB).
As a representative, you will bring the perspective of people who use health and
social care services, unpaid carers, or both, to the work of NAHSCP and the IJB. 
This information pack is also available in large print and other formats and
languages upon request. 
111

Page 112

Contents 
1. Introduction to North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership 4
2. Your involvement and the role at a glance 4
3. What you can expect from us 5 
As a representative what you will be expected to do 6
4. A brief guide to standards of conduct 8
5. A brief guide to Disclosure and the Protecting Vulnerable Groups (PVG)
Scheme 
9
6.  The legal responsibility to involve people 9
7. More information about NAHSCP 9
8. How do I express my interest in becoming a carer or service user
representative?
9
9. What if being a representative is not quite what you expected? 10 
112

Page 113

4 
1. An introduction to North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership 
We want carers and people who use services to have a meaningful voice in decisions about
health and social care in North Ayrshire.   Your experience can help us understand what works
well, what could be better and what matters most to people and families.
NAHSCP is responsible for health and social care services across North Ayrshire. It provides
health and care services for local children, adults and older people and is a partnership
between North Ayrshire Council, NHS A&A, third sector organisations and independent care
organisations.
NAHSCP is overseen by the Integration Joint Board (IJB), an independent legal body that
helps to ensure we are operating efficiently and effectively.  North Ayrshire IJB was
established in April 2015 and has delegated responsibilities from North Ayrshire Council and
NHS Ayrshire & Arran. The IJB consists of :-
• 4 North Ayrshire Councillors 
• 4 Non-Executive NHS Board members. 
There are also stakeholder representatives and other members who contribute to the work of
the Board, including carer representatives, service user representatives, third sector
representatives, lead professional officers from North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire &
Arran, and trade union representatives.
From 1 September 2026, Scottish Government legislation extended voting rights on the IJB to
carer, third sector and service user representatives. 
2.  The Role at a Glance 
Meetings
•Around 9 per
year,
•Thursdays
from 10am to
1pm, plus 1
or 2
Development
Sessions
•Face to Face
in
Cunninghame
House, Irvine
Preparation
•Time to read
agenda
papers
before
meetings.
•Papers are
shared at
least one
week in
advance.
Support
•Induction
•Briefing
Support
•Accessible
formats
•Name
Contact
person
•Help to
discuss any
support
needs.
Expenses
•Eligible
travel,
parking,
subsistence
and agreed
support costs
can be
claimed in
line with the
Members
Expenses
Policy
Experience
•No formal
qualifications
are needed
•Lived
experience
•Listening
skills
•Willingness
to contribute
113

Page 114

5 
Why apply?
• you do not need previous committee or board experience 
• you will be supported 
• your views can influence real decisions 
• your involvement will help improve services for others 
• expenses and support needs can be discussed
3.   Your Involvement
No formal qualifications are needed to become a representative. You do not need to be an
expert in health and social care. We are looking for people who can share real-life
experience, listen to others and help us understand what matters to people locally. 
We welcome applications from people who use health services, people who use social care
services and unpaid carers. We are looking for people who:
• have an interest in the NAHSCP and health-related issues
• are able to work in a team and with working groups
• are able to look at things with an open mind
• are able to listen to other people’s points of view or experiences
• should live in North Ayrshire 
Your role will be to:
• use your personal, professional or voluntary experience to give a carer and/or service
user perspective
• be willing to suggest and influence changes to services or plans
• take an active role in groups or projects with our support
• articulate the views and interests of the stakeholder group you represent, while also
contributing to wider discussion and decision making. 
The approximate time commitment is around nine IJB meetings per year, usually on 
Thursdays from 10am to 12pm, one or two development sessions per year, and time to
read agenda papers before meetings. Attendance at other meetings and events as an IJB
member may also be offered, but this is optional. 
4. What you can expect from us 
As someone who has agreed to work as a representative with NAHSCP on the Integration
Joint Board, you can expect:
• to be treated as an equal partner, with your views taken seriously
• to be able to step down at any time, knowing that it will not affect any future care,
treatment or services
• to be given support or training and any information that you need, free of jargon (or
jargon explained) and in a format that is suitable for you
• that your involvement will not impact on your care, treatment or services
• to have personal information about you kept confidential
• to be given a clear remit of your responsibilities, which will include the length of time you
are expected to be involved
• to be able to opt out of anything you don’t feel comfortable with or find stressful
• to be introduced to other board members and have their jobs and roles explained to you
114

Page 115

6 
• to be consulted about decisions that affect you
• to be sent papers of meetings in your preferred format, at least one week before the
meeting
• to be provided with a named contact person who will give you the support and guidance
you need
• to be informed about what has happened as a result of your involvement
• to receive a full induction package as a new IJB member and briefing support from
HSCP officers ahead of meetings, where this would be helpful
• to be able to claim your travel and other agreed expenses
• to have any support needs discussed with you, including accessibility, transport or
replacement carer cover where this is needed to enable participation.   
4.1. As a representative you will be expected to: 
• follow relevant policies and procedures (e.g. no smoking policy, equal opportunities,
health and safety). We will ensure you have access to appropriate documents
• follow rules of confidentiality and not discuss personal or sensitive information outside of
meetings. 
• take part in an initial induction session and any other briefings or training sessions as
required
• read papers for meetings before you attend, and if unable to attend give your apologies
in good time if possible
• attend consistently, noting that members who miss three IJB meetings in a row for any
reason other than illness may be removed from the IJB
• participate in meetings by asking questions, making comments and taking part in any
decision-making votes where applicable
• follow the IJB Members’ Expenses Policy where expenses are claimed
• remember that any contact with the media (newspapers, television, radio) or through
social networking will be handled by Corporate Communications 
• provide references or complete Scottish Disclosure/PVG Scheme Membership
documents if required by us. We will guide you through this process
• declare any interests, employment or otherwise, which may conflict with your
involvement with NAHSCP and complete a Register of Interests.   This will not
necessarily stop you joining the board
• raise any concerns or difficulties with your contact person 
• inform your contact person if you no longer wish to be a representative 
Please be aware that your name may appear on minutes of meetings, which can then go on
to the NAHSCP website. The meetings are also publicly webcast so please take this into
consideration when applying. 
Expenses must be incurred wholly, exclusively and necessarily in carrying out IJB duties
and must be supported by receipts. Representative members who are not otherwise
covered by North Ayrshire Council or NHS Ayrshire & Arran expenses policies may claim
eligible costs. Claims should normally be made monthly using the standard claim form and
should not be delayed by more than three months. Travel should be by the most
economical and efficient method, and car sharing should be considered where appropriate. 
115

Page 116

7 
Mileage is reimbursed at the HMRC rate in force at the time of travel, currently 55p per mile
for cars and 24p per mile for motorcycles. Before claiming mileage for the first time, and
annually thereafter, members must provide evidence of a valid driving licence and motor
insurance covering business travel. Public transport will normally be booked on the member’s
behalf; where members make their own arrangements, reimbursement will be for standard
class travel only. Parking charges may be reimbursed with receipts, but parking fines or
similar penalties will not be paid.
When travelling outside Ayrshire on IJB business and meals are not provided, members may
claim the actual cost of meals purchased up to the relevant HMRC subsistence limits. 
From 1 January 2026, these are £5.00 for travel of five hours or more, £10.00 for travel of 10
hours or more, and £25.00 for travel of 15 hours or more and ongoing at 8pm. A £10.00
supplement may apply where travel of five or 10 hours is ongoing at 8pm. Receipts must be
provided for all expenditure incurred.
Carer representatives who need support with caring responsibilities in order to participate in
IJB business will be invited to discuss their needs with a member of the Governance Team
so that appropriate support can be considered and provided.  This may include support such
as replacement carer cover or support worker time where this is directly required to enable
participation. 
5. A brief guide to standards of conduct 
Staff within the NAHSCP are required to follow standards of business conduct. We ask that
representatives who are involved with the Integration Joint Board should observe these
standards too.  Members are required to uphold good standards of behaviour in line with
IJB Code of Conduct. 
From time to time, representatives may be involved in activities or projects which will bring
them into contact with commercially sensitive information, for example when examining bids
or business proposals for service developments. 
Please do:
• be impartial and honest in any official business you carry out on behalf of NAHSCP 
• ensure the interests of people who use services and their carers are paramount
• disclose any of your other interests – employment, business or voluntary, which
might conflict with your involvement
• ask for advice from your contact person 
Please do not:
• accept any gifts or inducements or inappropriate hospitality
• abuse your involvement with NAHSCP for personal gain or to benefit family or friends or
to benefit another organisation (voluntary or private), over and above the expenses you
are entitled to claim
• unfairly advantage one competitor over another or show favouritism
• misuse or make available “commercial in confidence” information
116

Page 117

8 
6. A brief guide to Disclosure and the Protecting Vulnerable Groups (PVG) Scheme 
As a general guide we will only carry out a Disclosure Check if you are going to be in direct
and unsupervised contact with patients, service users, carers and the public. This will
normally require a Standard Disclosure. It is not expected that carer or service user
representatives will require a disclosure check or to join the PVG scheme, however if this
becomes appropriate as the role develops we will help you with your application process
and pay any fees. We will also pay for a Scheme Record Update, if required, if you are
already a member of the PVG Scheme. 
NAHSCP can request your membership of the PVG Scheme or a Scheme Record Update
at any time, but we will always do this in consultation with you. 
7. The legal responsibility to involve people 
The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Membership and Procedures of Integration Joint
Boards) (Scotland) Order 2014 (“the Order”) sets out requirements about the membership
of an Integration Joint Board. This includes minimum required membership, and provision
for additional members to be appointed. 
The Order explains that it is essential that Integration Joint Boards include key stakeholders
within decision-making processes to make use of their advice and experience. North
Ayrshire IJB therefore includes carer and service user representation so that the voices of
people with lived experience are reflected in planning, scrutiny and decision making. 
From 1 September 2026, Scottish Government legislation extended voting rights on the IJB
to carer, third sector and service user representatives. 
8. More information about NAHSCP 
To find out more information about North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership, you 
can visit our website at http://nahscp.org/ 
9. How do I express my interest in becoming a carer representative? 
If you would like to express your interest in becoming a carer or service user representative
on the IJB, you should complete the attached IJB Application Form.  
If you are interested but unsure whether this role is right for you, we would still encourage
you to get in touch. We can talk through what is involved and answer any questions before
you decide whether to apply.  
117

Page 118

9 
The form asks for your name, organisation, if applicable, telephone number, email address,
postal address and the stakeholder group or groups you belong to. The stakeholder groups
include users of health services, users of social care services and unpaid carers. You will
also be asked to provide a supporting statement of no more than 800 words explaining how
you feel you could contribute to the IJB and to the planning and scrutiny of health and social
care services in North Ayrshire. This can include relevant personal, professional or
voluntary experience that shows your suitability for membership of the IJB. 
Please ensure all required information is included, as applications with required fields left blank
may not be considered.  Completed applications should be sent to Karen Andrews, Team
Manager (Governance) :
Email: kandrews@north-ayrshire.gov.uk 
Or by post to:
HSCP Governance Team
Cunninghame House
Friarscroft
Irvine
KA12 8EE 
All applications will be considered. If your application is to be taken further you will be contacted to
come in for an informal chat with the Director/Chief Officer, Chair or Vice Chair of IJB and a
member of the Governance Team. 
The closing date for application is 21st August 2026 
10. What if being a representative is not quite what you expected? 
Involving people in the work of NAHSCP should go smoothly. However, just occasionally, it
may not work out for you, or it may not be what you expected. This may only become
apparent after induction and once you have started to attend meetings or meet with other
people. In the vast majority of cases, such problems can be sorted out satisfactorily and
quickly through an informal discussion with your nominated contact person. 
Representatives to the IJB will be asked to sign an agreement prior to their appointment to
the Board that states what is expected from a carer or service user representative. The
representative’s position on the Board will be reviewed after their first year in the role and
may then be extended for up to two years. Should there be a problem with a representative
that cannot be resolved on an informal basis, it may be necessary for us to put things on a
more formal footing. Should this ever happen, a representative will always be kept informed
about what to expect. It is rare for us to do this, but we may put in place a process which
could lead to a representative being asked to leave. 
118

Page 119

10 
Application Form 
*denotes required information, applications with these fields left blank will not be considered 
Basic Information 
Name* 
Organisation 
Telephone* 
Email* 
Postal Address* 
To which stakeholder group(s)
do you belong?*
Circle / highlight all which apply 
• Users of health services
• Users of social care services
• Unpaid Carer 
Statement in Support of Application 
Please outline how you feel you could contribute to the North Ayrshire Integration Joint Board
and to the planning and delivery of health and social care services in North Ayrshire. You
should describe any relevant experience in a personal, professional or voluntary capacity that
shows your suitability for membership of the IJB. (Statement should be no more than 800
words – approximately the size of the box below). 
119

Page 120

11 
Completed applications should be returned by Friday 21st August  to: 
Email: kandrews@north-ayrshire.gov.uk 
Post:  HSCP Governance Team, Cunninghame House, Friarscroft, Irvine, KA12 8EE 
120

Page 121

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
1
121

Page 122

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
2
DRAFT DISCLAIMER 
This document is issued in draft form and does not represent the
agreed position of Scottish Ministers. Its contents are provisional
and subject to ongoing review and amendment. 
It is intended to support discussion and development with
members of the Short Life Working Group for implementing
extended voting rights. If shared more widely, it should be clearly
identified as draft and not formally endorsed. 
Any feedback should be appropriately collated and managed
through agreed processes. External stakeholders are asked not to
submit feedback directly to the Scottish Government at this stage,
but rather through relevant members of the short life working
group. 
This document should not be relied upon as a definitive statement
of policy, and the Scottish Government reserves the right to revise
its contents. 
122

Page 123

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
3
Contents
1. The Aim of this Guidance ................................................................................. 5
2. Role and remit of the Integration Joint Board ................................................ 6
2.1 Duties placed on Integration Joint Boards by the Public Bodies (Joint
Working) (Scotland) Act 2014 and The Public Bodies (Joint Working)
(Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland) Amendment Order 2025 ('the 2025
Order’) .................................................................................................................... 7
2.2 Other key requirements of the Integration Joint Board .......................... 8
2.2.1 The Public Records (Scotland) Act 2011 .......................................... 8
2.2.2 Records Management ......................................................................... 9
2.2.3 Data Sharing ........................................................................................ 9
2.2.4 Data rights requests ........................................................................... 9
2.2.5 The Freedom of Information (Scotland) Act
2002 and Environmental Information (Scotland) Regulations 2004 ........... 10
2.2.6 Publication Scheme .......................................................................... 10
2.2.7 Office of the Scottish Information Commissioner (OSIC) ............. 10
2.2.8 Ethical Standards in Public Life - Code of Conduct ...................... 11
2.2.9 The Standards Commission ............................................................ 11
2.2.10 The Commissioner for Ethical Standards in Public Life in Scotland
11
2.2.11 Equalities Duties ............................................................................... 12
2.2.12 Diversity ............................................................................................. 12
2.3 Liability arrangements for Integration Joint Boards and their members
12
2.4 The relationship between the Integration Joint Board and the strategic
planning group.................................................................................................... 13
2.5 Appointing a Committee of an Integration Joint Board ........................ 14
2.6 Complaints under Integration ................................................................. 14
2.6.1 Complaints about Integrated services ............................................ 14
2.6.2 Complaints about Integration Joint Boards ................................... 15
3. Minimum Membership .................................................................................... 16
3.1 Good Practice in the identification and appointment of members of
Professional and Lived experience members .................................................. 18
3.2 Professional Membership ....................................................................... 18
3.3 Appointment of Lived Experience members ......................................... 19
3.4 Recruitment .............................................................................................. 20
3.5 Induction of Members .............................................................................. 21
3.6 Ongoing Training and Support ............................................................... 23
3.7 Succession Planning ............................................................................... 23
123

Page 124

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
4
4. Application of the Code of Conduct .............................................................. 25
4.1 Registration of interests .......................................................................... 25
4.2 Conflicts of Interest ................................................................................. 26
4.3 Member confidentiality ............................................................................ 27
4.4 Use of social media ................................................................................. 28
4.5 Handling Public Scrutiny......................................................................... 29
4.6 Expenses/Remuneration ......................................................................... 29 
124

Page 125

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
5
Integration Joint Board: roles, responsibilities and membership - gov.scot 
1. The Aim of this Guidance 
This guidance is intended for use by all members of an Integration Joint Board,
particularly the Chair, Vice Chairs and Standards Officers. It provides advice on best
practice and supplements the existing legislative framework. The document focuses
on the roles, responsibilities and membership of the Integration Joint Board, setting
out principles to support effective and consistent governance.
The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland) Amendment
Order 2025 (“the 2025 Order”) requires Integration Joint Boards to extend voting
rights to members with lived experience, including service users, unpaid carers and
third sector representatives from September 2026.
Section 53 of the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014 ("the Act") sets
out an Integration Joint Board is required to have regard to this guidance when
exercising its functions under the Act. This guidance relates to Integration Joint
Boards that must be established when a Health Board and Local Authority choose a
Body Corporate Model of integration (under section 1(4)(a) of the Act)
125

Page 126

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
6
Section 1: Role and Responsibilities of the Integration Joint Board 
2. Role and remit of the Integration Joint Board 
The Act puts in place arrangements for integrating health and social care, in order to
improve outcomes for patients, service users, carers and their families. The Act
requires Health Boards and Local Authorities to work together effectively to agree a
model of integration to deliver quality, sustainable care services. Where a Health
Board and a Local Authority agree to put in place a Body Corporate model, an
Integration Joint Board will be established. This will see Health Boards and Local
Authorities delegate a significant number of functions and resource to the Integration
Joint Board, who will be responsible for the planning of integrated arrangements and
onward service delivery.
The Health Board and Local Authority will set out within their integration scheme
which of their functions they intend to delegate to the Integration Joint Board. The
scope of the delegated functions will vary depending on local decision making but
must adhere to the statutory minimum:
• Health Board functions
The functions that must be delegated by the Health Board to the Integration
Joint Board as per the Act are set out in The Public Bodies (Joint Working)
(Prescribed Health Board Functions) (Scotland) Regulations 2014. 
• Local Authority functions
The functions that must be delegated by the Local Authority to the Integration
Joint Board as per the Act are set out in The Public Bodies (Joint Working)
(Prescribed Local Authority Functions etc.) (Scotland) Regulations 2014. 
The Integration Joint Board is responsible for the strategic planning of the functions
delegated to it and for ensuring the delivery of those functions through the directions
issued by it under section 25 of the Act. The Integration Joint Board will also have an
operational role as described in the locally agreed operational arrangements set out
within their integration scheme. 
To fulfil its remit the Integration Joint Board will:
• Adhere to the content of any future regulations or guidance issued by Scottish
Ministers
• Ensure stakeholder engagement
• Take into consideration national developments in policy and practice
126

Page 127

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
7
2.1  Duties placed on Integration Joint Boards by the Public Bodies (Joint
Working) (Scotland) Act 2014 and The Public Bodies (Joint Working)
(Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland) Amendment Order 2025 ('the 2025 Order’) 
• The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014, "the Act", places a
duty on Integration Joint Boards to develop a strategic plan for integrated
functions and budgets. For more information, please see the guidance
on Strategic Commissioning Plans.
• Each Integration Joint Board must establish a strategic planning group to
support the strategic planning process. For more information, see section
1.5 of this guidance.
• An Integration Joint Board must review its strategic plan at least every three
years.
• Sections 4 and 31 of the Act set out the integration principles which underpin
delivery of integrated health and social care services. These principles
describe "how" integrated care should be planned and delivered. Integration
Joint Boards are under a duty to have regard to these principles when
preparing a strategic plan. For more information, please see the guidance on
the Integration Planning and Delivery Principles.
• Section 37 of the Act places Integration Joint Boards under a duty to have
regard to the National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes (the Outcomes) when
preparing a strategic plan. These Outcomes are high-level statements of what
Integration Joint Boards are attempting to achieve through integration and
ultimately through the pursuit of quality improvement across health and social
care.
• Integration Joint Boards are required to issue directions to Health Boards and
Local Authorities as to how integration functions are to be carried out. Details
relating to this are set out in sections 26 and 27 of the Act.
• Integration Joint Boards are required to prepare an annual performance
report. This must comply with the requirements of the Regulations on the
Content of Performance Reports.
• An annual financial statement must be published setting out the total
resources included in the plan for that year. For more guidance, please see
the Professional Guidance, Advice and Recommendations for Integration
Arrangements.
• The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland)
Amendment Order 2025 (“the 2025 Order”) requires Integration Joint Boards
to extend voting rights to members with lived experience, including service
users, unpaid carers and third sector representatives from September 2026.
• A full list of guidance and advice published to support the Public Bodies (Joint
Working) (Scotland) Act 2014, is available at http://www.gov.scot/HSCI.
127

Page 128

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
8
2.2 Other key requirements of the Integration Joint Board 
Integration Joint Boards are public bodies, and as such are subject to a range of
other requirements. An Integration Joint Board must ensure that arrangements are
established to comply with their duties as set out in legislation. Although the
responsibility of compliance sits with an Integration Joint Board; Integration Joint
Boards may choose to draw on the experience of and/or request support from their
constituent Health Board and/or Local Authority to aid it in complying with the
legislative requirements set out below. In such circumstances the Health Board
and/or Local Authority would be expected to provide the support requested. 
2.2.1 The Public Records (Scotland) Act 2011 
Integration Joint Boards are designated as "Bodies Corporate" for the purposes of
the Public Records (Scotland) Act 2011. They will be obliged, therefore, to comply
fully as public authorities under the legislation.
Under the Public Records (Scotland) Act 2011 named public authorities must
prepare, implement, and maintain a Records Management Plan that sets out proper
arrangements for the management of their public records. Each Records
Management Plan must be submitted to, and agreed by, the Keeper of the Records
of Scotland (the Keeper) and must be kept under regular review. The plan must
cover all public records for which the authority is responsible. The Records
Management Plan must detail:
• The functions of each authority
•  The types of records created in carrying out those functions
• The policies, procedures, and systems in place for: 
o Appropriate storage
o Retention and disposal
o Archiving and security of records 
To assist public authorities to comply with their obligations, the Keeper has produced
a model plan in the form of an annotated list of the elements that might be expected
to be covered in a robust records management plan. In addition the Keeper has
produced guidance that accompanies the model plan.
A Senior Officer of the Integration Joint Board will therefore be responsible for
overseeing the development and implementation of the records management plan
and for approving it prior to submission for the Keeper's agreement.
Further details on the National Records of Scotland and the Public Records
(Scotland) Act 2011 Assessment Team and support they provide can be found on
their website. 
128

Page 129

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
9
2.2.2  Records Management 
Integration Joint Boards must consider how their obligations under the Freedom of
Information (Scotland) Act 2002 and the Environmental Information (Scotland)
Regulations 2004 impact on records management practices, including how
information is created, stored, and accessed. The Code of Practice on Records
Management sets out recommended best practice to support compliance with these
duties and each Integration Joint Board should have a Records Management Plan
which has been agreed by the Keeper of the Records of Scotland.
Records Management Plans must clearly specify whether information is:
• held by the Integration Joint Board,
• owned by the Integration Joint Board, or
• held by the Integration Joint Board on behalf of a Local Authority or Health
Board.
Where an Integration Joint Board receives a request for information that it holds on
behalf of a Local Authority or Health Board, the applicant should be informed that the
Integration Joint Board does not hold the information for the purposes of the request
and should be directed to the relevant Local Authority or Health Board.
Integration Joint Boards, Health Boards, and Local Authorities may also wish to put
arrangements in place - such as Memoranda of Understanding - to support the
effective handling of information requests that relate to joint working, shared
interests, or communications between the organisations. 
2.2.3 Data Sharing 
Health Boards and Local Authorities will continue to be responsible for answering
data access requests in relation to any data for which they are the Data Controller,
however, for requests in relation to any data that Integration Joint Boards are
responsible they will be responsible for answering any data access request. 
2.2.4 Data rights requests 
Data rights requests (called Subject Access Requests under the Data Protection Act
2018 ) are requests by individuals relating to their personal data. It is the
responsibility of the data controller for that data to respond to these requests.
It is possible for the same data to be held by more than one public authority as a
result of agreed sharing. Integration Joint Boards must ensure that data sharing
arrangements set out in the integration scheme are in place and that it is clear how
requests are managed by both parties when shared data is involved.
Further information on Data Rights Requests can be found on the ICO website. 
129

Page 130

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
10
2.2.5 The Freedom of Information (Scotland) Act 2002 and Environmental
Information (Scotland) Regulations 2004 
The Freedom of Information (Scotland) Act 2002, together with the Environmental
Information (Scotland) Regulations 2004 provide any applicant with the right to
request - and be provided with - any recorded information held by Scotland's public
authorities. If an authority does not wish to provide information it holds, an
'exemption' or (under the Environmental Information (Scotland) Regulations 2004) an
'exception' must be applied, for example, for legal advice or personal data.
Integration Joint Boards are a "public authority" for the purpose of Freedom of
Information (Scotland) Act 2002. This means they are subject to both Freedom of
Information (Scotland) Act 2002 and the related Environmental Information
(Scotland) Regulations 2004, as well as other requirements of Freedom of
Information legislation, and will be required to respond to information requests
accordingly.
Integration Joint Boards should be aware of their responsibilities under this Code of
Practice which sets out recommended guidance in the handling of information
requests.
As Health Boards and Local Authorities are already subject to information access
legislation, Integration Joint Board members are likely to already have an awareness
of the requirements that Freedom of Information (Scotland) Act 2002 and the related
Environmental Information (Scotland) Regulations 2004 place on officials and
organisations. 
2.2.6  Publication Scheme 
Section 23 of Freedom of Information (Scotland) Act 2002 also requires that all
Scottish public authorities subject to the Act maintain a publication scheme. A
publication scheme sets out the types of information that a public authority routinely
makes available. The Integration Joint Board will need to develop and put in place a
publication scheme, along with a guide setting out what information it will make
available.
It is important that consideration is given to the publication scheme - and associated
guides to information - as early as possible. A publication scheme must be approved
by the Scottish Information Commissioner. Information on publication schemes is
available on the Commissioner's website. 
2.2.7  Office of the Scottish Information Commissioner (OSIC) 
The Scottish Information Commissioner promotes and enforces both the public's
right to ask for information held by Scottish public authorities and good practice by
authorities.
130

Page 131

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
11
The Commissioner's staff have considerable experience in assisting authorities who
are new to the Freedom of Information (Scotland) Act 2002 / Environmental
Information (Scotland) Regulations 2004 responsibilities and will be pleased to help. 
They can be contacted on 01334 464610, or by email to enquiries@foi.scot. 
2.2.8 Ethical Standards in Public Life - Code of Conduct 
Integration Joint Boards are "devolved public bodies" for the purposes of the Ethical
Standards in Public Life (Scotland) Act. This means that each Integration Joint Board
is required to produce a Code of Conduct for members. The code should be based
on the model code of conduct for members of devolved public bodies.
Each Integration Joint Board is required to review this model code and adopt it, with
or without modifications, as its own Code of Conduct; applying to all members and
business of the Integration Joint Board. All members are required to sign the Code of
Conduct. Some members may have already signed similar Codes of
Conduct i.e. Code of Conduct for Councillors; however they are still required to sign
the Integration Joint Board's Code of Conduct as their duties as Integration Joint
Board members should be independent of the responsibilities that they may have by
virtue of other posts. 
2.2.9 The Standards Commission 
The Standards Commission is an independent public body which encourages high
ethical standards in public life through the promotion and enforcement of Codes of
Conduct for those appointed to the Boards of devolved public bodies.
The Standards Commission has published guidance and advice notes which
members should familiarise themselves to support their interpretation of, and
compliance with the provisions set out in their Integration Joint Board’s Code of
Conduct.
Members may contact the Standards Commission for advice or clarification
regarding their Code of Conduct responsibilities.
The Standards Commission can be contacted using the contact us section on their
website, or on the following email address: enquiries@standardscommission.org.uk. 
2.2.10 The Commissioner for Ethical Standards in Public Life in Scotland 
The Commissioner for Ethical Standards in Public Life in Scotland is an independent
office holder with responsibilities in two areas.
• Public appointments – regulating how individuals are appointed to the boards of
public bodies in Scotland.
• Public standards – investigating complaints about Councillors or members of
devolved public bodies who are alleged to have breached the Councillors’ Code
of Conduct or the relevant public body’s Code of Conduct.
131

Page 132

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
12 
It is in relation to this public standards role that the Integration Joint Board falls within
the Commissioner’s remit. 
2.2.11 Equalities Duties 
All public authorities in Scotland, including Integration Joint Boards, must comply
with the public sector equality duty set out in the Equality Act 2010. The duty places
an obligation on public authorities to take action to eradicate discrimination and to
pro-actively promote equality of opportunity.
The duty has a two tier structure - a general duty set out in the Equality Act 2010,
and specific duties set out in  regulations made by Scottish Ministers.
To better enable public authorities to locate equality data and evidence, the Scottish
Government has developed an evidence finder.
The Scottish Government has also produced an evidence toolkit to help authorities
source supporting evidence to help with their Scottish specific reporting duties. 
2.2.12 Diversity 
Public bodies must champion diversity and embed equal opportunities across all
aspects of their governance and operation. Scottish Ministers particularly welcome
the participation of individuals from groups that are currently under represented on
Scotland’s public bodies.
The Gender Representation on Public Boards (Scotland) Act 2018 sets an objective
that 50% of a public board’s non-executive members should be women. Public
bodies must have due regard to this objective when planning and undertaking
recruitment.
While the collection of anonymised diversity data at a local level may not always be
practicable due to small cohort sizes, monitoring the diversity of Board membership
is encouraged as a matter of good practice. This may include using voluntary,
anonymous diversity questionnaires during recruitment or contributing to national
level data.
Diversity and inclusion considerations must be embedded throughout all aspects of
Integration Joint Board’s business and governance and must not be treated as a
secondary component. 
2.3 Liability arrangements for Integration Joint Boards and their members 
Integration Joint Boards are eligible to join the Clinical Negligence and Other Risks
Indemnity Scheme (CNORIS) which covers the following areas of liability: 
• Clinical negligence claims
• Non-clinical claims
132

Page 133

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
13
• Employers’ liability
• Public liability
• Product liability
• Professional risks
• Money
• Fidelity guarantee
• Work away from NHS premises
• External quality assurance
• Miscellaneous (i.e. employment practices liability arising out of wrongful
employment practices) 
The National Health Service (Clinical Negligence and Other Risks Indemnity
Scheme) (Scotland) Regulations 2000 (as amended) makes provision for Integration
Joint Boards to apply to become a member of CNORIS. Membership is not
compulsory, but represents a cost-effective alternative to arranging separate
insurance. If an Integration Joint Board decides to become a member
of CNORIS then they will be indemnified as above.
If an Integration Joint Board decides not to become a member of CNORIS then it will
be necessary to ensure alternative arrangements are put in place to cover the
Integration Joint Board and its members against any claims arising in relation to
liabilities listed above. 
2.4 The relationship between the Integration Joint Board and the strategic
planning group 
The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014 places a requirement on
Integration Joint Boards to create a strategic plan for the area for which it is
established. As part of this process, the Integration Joint Board must establish a
strategic planning group. The Integration Joint Board must also determine the
processes and procedures for the strategic planning group, subject to the provisions
set out in section 32 of the Act.
In developing the processes and procedures for the strategic planning group, the
Integration Joint Board must be mindful that the work of the strategic planning group
does not end with the publication of the strategic plan.
After the strategic plan is published, the strategic planning group will continue to
review progress of the plan, measured against the statutory outcomes for health and
wellbeing, and associated indicators. Strong lines of communication will need to be
established between the strategic planning group and the Integration Joint Board.
This is needed to ensure that the strategic planning group can effectively
communicate its findings to the Integration Joint Board which will help to inform and
facilitate revisions to the strategic plan at least every three years.
A detailed explanation of the process for the development of the strategic plan can
be found in the Strategic plans: Statutory Guidance. 
133

Page 134

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
14
2.5 Appointing a Committee of an Integration Joint Board 
Integration Joint Boards can appoint sub-committees should that be desirable. The
Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland) Order
2014 extends the options available to an Integration Joint Board in effectively
planning for the provision of services by permitting an Integration Joint Board to form
a committee to carry out any of its functions as it sees fit. Any decision of such a
committee must be agreed by the majority of the voting members who are members
of the committee.
A committee of an Integration Joint Board can only exercise the functions conferred
upon it by the Integration Joint Board. The purpose of the committee is to support the
effective working of the Integration Joint Board on matters which have been
devolved to it by the Integration Joint Board. This may be in an advisory capacity or,
depending on the remit given by the Integration Joint Board, the committee may
have decision making powers to carry out certain functions of the Integration Joint
Board. In the interests of fairness and effective working, a committee of an
Integration Joint Board must consist of equal numbers of representatives from each
constituent authority, as set out in the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration
Joint Boards) (Scotland) Order 2014 (article 17(3)).
An Integration Joint Board can appoint advisory members to sit on a committee from
outside the membership of the Integration Joint Board, although, as before, any such
decision must be agreed on by the voting members of the Integration Joint Board. 
2.6 Complaints under Integration 
2.6.1 Complaints about Integrated services 
Where a Health Board and Local Authority choose a body corporate model of
integration, the Health Board and Local Authority will remain the responsible bodies
for the delivery of health and social care services. As such, any complaints about
service delivery will be dealt with through the existing health, social care and social
work complaint handling procedures. These must adhere to the applicable Model
Complaint Handling Procedure (MCHP) (NHS or Local Authority).
Health Boards and Local Authorities operating a Health and Social Care Partnership
must ensure that the complaints process appears integrated from the complainant’s
perspective. Integration schemes must set out arrangements for the management of
complaints about jointly delivered services and the process by which a service user,
and those complaining on behalf of service users may make a complaint. The
arrangements set out in the integration scheme cannot alter the underlying position,
described above, that complaints are to be dealt with under existing health, social
care and social work complaints handling procedures. 
Complaint handling staff should be familiar with the different procedures for handling
complaints depending on the responsible public body. They must adhere to all legal
134

Page 135

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
15
requirements and internal policies related to confidentiality and the handling and
processing of service user information.    
The Health Board and Local Authority must ensure that:
• Arrangements for complaints are well-publicised and clearly explained.
Information on the complaint procedure should be available to service users in all
areas of service provision. 
• The complaint process is accessible. Suitable arrangements must be made for
the specific needs of complainants. This may include the provision of interpreting
services or alternative formats when required. 
• Complainants are signposted to independent advocacy services. 
To support learning and service improvement, it is good practice for Integration Joint
Boards to maintain oversight of integrated service complaints. Data on integrated
service complaints should be included in regular governance reporting to the
Integration Joint Board. 
2.6.2 Complaints about Integration Joint Boards 
Complaints may be made about Integration Joint Boards in relation to particular
functions and duties that they have responsibility for, such as strategic planning. 
Integration Joint Boards are listed in Schedule 2 of the Scottish Public Services
Ombudsman Act 2002 and as such fall under the jurisdiction of the Scottish Public
Services Ombudsman (SPSO). Integration Joint Boards must adopt the SPSO’s
Model Complaint Handling Procedure (MCHP) for Scottish Government, Scottish
Parliament and Associated Public Authorities.
The SPSO’s MCHPs provide a standardised approach to dealing with service user
complaints across the sector in Scotland. In particular, the aim is to implement a
standardised and consistent process for service users to follow which makes it
simpler to complain, ensures staff and service user confidence in complaints
handling and encourages organisations to make best use of lessons from
complaints. Further guidance on public bodies’ responsibilities for complaints
handling under the relevant MCHP is available from the SPSO.
The SPSO has powers to investigate the actions of Integration Joint Boards in
carrying out their duties, or any service failure attributable to an Integration Joint
Board. It cannot, however, investigate the merits of a decision taken within the
Integration Joint Board’s discretion, unless the established processes have not been
followed in making that decision.
Under Section 53 of the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014,
Integration Joint Boards are required to have regard to the guidance issued by
Scottish Ministers
135

Page 136

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
16
Section 2: Membership of the Integration Joint Board 
3. Minimum Membership 
The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Membership and Procedures of Integration Joint
Boards) (Scotland) Order 2014 ("the 2014 Order") and The Public Bodies (Joint
Working) (Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland) Amendment Order 2025 ('the 2025
Order’) set out requirements about the membership of an Integration Joint Board.
This includes minimum required membership, and provision for additional members
to be appointed. 
The Integration Joint Board is created as a new legal entity that binds the Health
Board and the Local Authority together in a joint arrangement. The membership of
an Integration Joint Board reflects equal participation by the Health Board and Local
Authority to ensure that there is joint decision making and accountability.
The Local Authority and the Health Board will set out the number of representatives
that will sit on the Integration Joint Board within their integration scheme. The 2014
Order requires that the Local Authority and Health Board put forward a minimum of
three nominees each. This number may be increased by local agreement, but the
same number must be nominated by each party. Local Authorities can insist on
nominating a maximum of 10% of their full number of Councillors. The Health Board
and Local Authority may also agree that they will each nominate a larger number
than this.
The Local Authority will nominate Councillors to sit on the Integration Joint Board.
The Health Board will nominate non-executive directors to sit on an Integration Joint
Board. Where the Health Board is unable to fill all their places with non-executive
directors, they can then nominate other members of the Health Board.
The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland) Amendment
Order 2025 (“The 2025 Order”) amends The Public Bodies (Joint Working)
(Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland) Order 2014.
The principal change introduced by the 2025 Order is to confer full voting rights at
board meetings on Integration Joint Board members appointed to represent:
• third sector bodies,
• service users, and
• unpaid carers.
These members are collectively referred to as Lived Experience Representatives.
The Integration Joint Board will make decisions about how health and social care
services are planned and delivered for the communities within their areas. To do this
effectively, they will require professional advice, for example, to ensure that the
decisions reflect sound clinical practice. It is also essential that Integration Joint
Boards include key stakeholders within the decision making processes to utilise their
advice and experience.
To ensure this, the 2014 Order sets out a minimum membership, but allows local
flexibility to add additional nominations as Integration Joint Boards see fit. In addition
136

Page 137

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
17
to Health Board and Local Authority representatives, the Integration Joint Board
membership must also include:
• The Chief Social Work Officer of the constituent Local Authority
• A General Practitioner representative, appointed by the Health Board
• A Secondary Medical care Practitioner representative, employed by the
Health Board
• A Nurse representative, employed by the Health Board
• A staff-side representative
• A third sector representative
• A carer representative
• A service user representative
• The Chief Officer of the Integration Joint Board
• The Section 95 Officer of the Integration Joint Board
The Chief Social Work Officer will be appointed by the Local Authority and the health
professionals will be appointed by the Health Board because of the role they fulfil.
The Chief Officer must be appointed by the Integration Joint Board and will provide a
single point of accountability for integrated health and social care services. The
Integration Joint Board must also appoint the Section 95 Officer who will be the
responsible officer for the financial arrangements of the Integration Joint Board
The ways in which the members of the Integration Joint Board are to be identified
and appointed to the Integration Joint Board will differ. The Integration Joint Board
will co-opt the staff-side, third sector, carer and service user representative, and this
should be done as soon as practicable once the Integration Joint Board is
established. How the Integration Joint Board approaches the appointment of the
staff-side, third sector, carer and service user representative members will be
dependent on local circumstances, for example, through existing carers networks or
the organisations operating within the area of the Integration Joint Board,
therefore  sets out principles that should be implemented in the identification of
members. Section 3.3  and 3.4  below provides guidance and best practice
examples on recruitment of lived experience representatives.
Whilst there is a required minimum membership for inclusion on the Integration Joint
Board, there is also local flexibility for the Integration Joint Board to add additional
members. The Independent Sector for example provide a significant proportion of
social care services and will therefore play a key role in the successful delivery of
integrated services in local areas. As part of their strategic planning responsibilities,
Integration Joint Boards should consider their membership cohorts and seek
appropriate additional representation as suggested by local priorities. Integration
Joint Boards might also seek additional membership to reflect delegation of functions
outside the minimum scope, for example additional professional advice.
If an Integration Joint Board is established by more than one Local Authority, the
2014 Order makes specific provision for how the minimum membership is to be
determined. 
137

Page 138

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
18
3.1  Good Practice in the identification and appointment of members of
Professional and Lived experience members 
The 2014 Order and Amendment Order 2025 sets out the minimum required
membership for the Integration Joint Board. All members hold equal status
The 2014 Order also enables the Integration Joint Board  to appoint additional
professional and/or stakeholder members where this is considered necessary to
support its functions.
Role descriptors for professional and stakeholder members are developed and
maintained locally within individual Standing Orders . However, Integration Joint
Boards are encouraged to draw on, and align with, the best practice standards
outlined in Annex A for Lived Experience Representatives. 
To ensure that all members are equipped to fulfil their roles effectively, sections 3.2,
3.3  and 3.4 set out the principles that should be applied when identifying, selecting
and appointing members. 
3.2 Professional Membership 
The 2014 Order requires a minimum professional membership on the Integration
Joint Board as follows:
• Appointment of a GP
• Appointment of a Nurse
• Appointment of a Secondary Care representative
• The Chief Officer of the Integration Joint Board
• The Section 95 Officer of the Integration Joint Board
• The Chief Social Work Officer of the constituent Local Authority 
With the exceptions of the Chief Officer, the Section 95 Officer and Chief Social
Work Officer, the 2014 Order provides some flexibility in the appointment of
professional members. However, due to the particular skills and experience required,
and the strategic nature of the professional roles on the Integration Joint Board, the
Health Board, Local Authority and the Integration Joint Board should follow the
principles below to ensure they identify the appropriate members of professional staff
to fill these posts: 
• The professional members appointed will bring professional experience and
knowledge to inform the Integration Joint Board decision making in terms of
planning, operational delivery and the effectiveness of major reforms. This
advice will ensure the Integration Joint Board can fully take account of safety
and quality of care matters. As such, the appointed person must be able to
demonstrate the appropriate experience, skills and competencies to fulfil this
138

Page 139

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
19
role. The appointed member must demonstrate their ability to work at a senior
level and have experience of operating at a strategic level;
• Professional members should have a named, appointed deputy, able to
demonstrate a similar level of skill and experience as the substantive
appointment. Deputies should be expected to attend only where absolutely
necessary to ensure continuity of advice from the professional.
• The Health Board should ensure the appointed professional members have
defined roles that are clearly set out, and held locally. The Health Board
and/or Local Authority must ensure that they have time, resource and support
to fulfil their responsibilities to the Integration Joint Board for the full term of
their appointment.
• As effective strategic planning is key, the Health Board and Local Authority
must ensure that the appointed professional members are given specific
training and support to contribute effectively to the Integration Joint Board,
where such training is required.
The above principles should also be considered when the Integration Joint Board
opts to appoint additional professional members. However, in this case the
application of each principle will depend on the nature and basis on which these
additional members are appointed. 
3.3 Appointment of Lived Experience members 
In addition to the professional membership, the Public Bodies (Joint Working)
(Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland) Order 2014 requires that stakeholder members
are appointed to the Integration Joint Board as follows:
• A staff side member
• A third sector member
• A carer member
• A service user member 
The Integration Joint Board must appoint at least one member from each of the
groups listed above. The minimum representation requirements, including those
relating to members with lived experience (such as carer and service user
members), are set out in the 2014 Order. 
With effect from 1 September 2026, members representing the third sector, service
users and unpaid carers have full voting rights on the Integration Joint Board, as
provided for by The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration Joint Boards)
(Scotland) Amendment Order 2025 (“the 2025 Order”)
The ways in which lived experience members will be identified and appointed to
these positions on the Integration Joint Board will vary due to the local
circumstances of each Integration Joint Board, such as type and number of the
representative groups working within their area. Although there will not be a uniform
approach in appointment of the lived experience  members, it is important that they
139

Page 140

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
20
are able to appropriately fulfil their roles. The Integration Joint Board should follow
the principles set out below:
• Lived experience members will reflect the views of the groups they represent
on the Integration Joint Board; naturally the individuals that comprise these
stakeholder groups will be diverse. As such, the appointed person must be
able to demonstrate the appropriate experience and skill to reflect the breadth
and diversity of views and situations of the individuals or groups that they
represent.
• The Integration Joint Board should ensure the appointed member has the
resources and support to fulfil their responsibilities to the Integration Joint
Board for the full term of their appointment.
• As effective strategic planning is key, the Integration Joint Board must ensure
that the appointed lived experience  members are given specific training and
support to contribute effectively to the Integration Joint Board, where such
training is required.
• Lived experience members have the ability to identify a suitably experienced
deputy, or proxy, as required. Deputies should receive the same training and
support as substantive members so as to enable them to fulfil their
responsibilities. The Integration Joint Boards holds responsibility for
determining their own arrangements for identifying suitability experienced
proxy members. The appointment and investment in deputies should form
part of best practice succession planning.
As with professional members, these principles should also be considered when the
Integration Joint Board opts to appoint any additional lived experience members. The
implementation of each principle will depend on the nature and basis on which these
additional members are appointed. 
3.4 Recruitment 
Public bodies are expected to take positive action to increase diversity within their
Board appointments. Recruitment practices should be clearly inclusive, transparent,
and designed to attract applicants from a wide range of backgrounds, experiences
and perspectives. As recruitment is undertaken at a local level, public bodies must
ensure that their local recruitment approaches actively reflect and respond to the
needs, demographics and experiences of their communities, and that inclusive
practice is applied consistently throughout each stage of the process. 
Examples of positive action include: 
• ensuring role descriptions use plain and inclusive language, and avoid
unnecessary criteria or barriers;
• using inclusive advertising channels—such as community media, third sector
partners, equality networks and platforms reaching under‑represented groups;
• designing application processes that minimise unnecessary formality and
allow candidates to demonstrate their suitability in different ways (e.g., guided
questions, video submissions, or supported application formats);
140

Page 141

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
21
• ensuring recruitment panels include members trained in equality, diversity and
inclusion and, where possible, external members to support independent
oversight. 
Public bodies should take proactive steps to broaden the potential applicant pool
before recruitment begins. Opportunities should be visible, accessible and appealing
to people with diverse skills, experiences and backgrounds.
Practical steps include: 
• engaging with community organisations, carers’ groups, disability networks,
advocacy bodies and equality forums—including the use of established
forums or representative bodies to support nomination or election‑based
approaches where appropriate—to raise awareness of upcoming
opportunities; providing pre‑recruitment information sessions or “meet the
Board” events to demystify the role;
• clearly outlining the skills and experiences genuinely required for the role,
emphasising the value of lived, community and professional experience;
• offering accessible recruitment materials and ensuring publicity is available in
alternative formats and community languages. 
Inclusive and accessible recruitment practices should be applied, including where
recruitment has traditionally been challenging. To support this, public bodies should
ensure that appropriate resources, support and—where permitted—remuneration
are in place to remove barriers to participation and enable equitable access to Board
membership. 
This may include: 
• Making accessible technology, communication support, interpreters, or
personal assistance available during the recruitment process, including
respite support for unpaid carers where needed.
• Offering flexible meeting arrangements to candidates as part of the
recruitment and selection process, including hybrid or remote options where
appropriate.
• allowing job‑share arrangements, to be considered during the recruitment
process, where appropriate. 
Diversity and inclusion must be embedded throughout the recruitment model and
fully integrated across all aspects of Integration Joint Boards business and
governance, rather than treated as an additional or secondary consideration. 
3.5 Induction of Members 
As well as their collective roles in carrying out the responsibilities of the Integration
Joint Board, members will have individual roles to carry out to ensure that integrated
health and social services are planned and delivered to improve outcomes for the
communities they serve. In doing so, Integration Joint Board members must ensure
that this is carried out effectively and in line with the integration delivery principles.
141

Page 142

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
22
Integration Joint Boards members will come from a wide range of backgrounds, and
some may have limited or no previous experience of serving on the board of a public
body. All members will therefore require induction training to ensure they are able to
carry out their duties to the highest possible standard. Training and development
needs will vary between members, and Integration Joint Boards will determine locally
how best to organise and deliver induction and ongoing development.
All members should receive an induction which, as a minimum, covers their specific
role, responsibilities, and relevant organisational policies. In line with best practice,
the induction programme should include: 
• Training covering areas including being an effective board member, conflict
of interest management, public scrutiny, financial skills development,
including understanding budgets, financial reporting, and the board’s role in
financial oversight.
• Information about expenses policy
• Information about Integration Joint Boards structures, processes and key
personnel
• Resources that will be provided to support the member to undertake their role
• Welcome meetings with Integration Joint Board members, HSCP leadership
and personnel
• Mentoring and shadowing opportunities
• How to access papers, online meetings, and any other IT related matters
relevant to the local area.
• Members should be issued with a corporate email address to ensure that all
Integration Joint Board members can carry out their roles without needing to
use their personal email address for public facing business. 
In addition, all members should complete a Personal Learning Plan (PLP) following
their induction training to identify individual learning and development needs. PLPs
should be kept under regular review and used to support ongoing learning and
development throughout a member’s period of appointment. All members should
also be provided with clear contact details for pastoral or wellbeing support, and
receive information and guidance on the relevant codes of conduct, including how to
raise concerns or seek advice where required. 
There are also a range of external networks and groups that stakeholder members
are encouraged to join to support them in their role. These include:
• The Coalition of Carers in Scotland’s Carers Collaborative which supports
carer members on Integration Joint Boards.
• The ALLIANCE’s Integration Joint Boards Lived Experience Representative
which supports service user members Integration Joint Boards. 
The Role of Third Sector Interfaces Advice Note developed by the Scottish
Government sets out the role of the third sector interface organisations on
Integration Joint Boards.
142

Page 143

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
23 
The Scottish Government have produced On Board: A Guide for Board Members of
Public Bodies in Scotland which can be used as a standard induction pack covering
generic issues such as roles and responsibilities of public bodies, and accountability
and governance arrangements to supplement the tailored induction that individual
Integration Joint Boards will wish to produce.
The Scottish Government has also produced Leading the Journey of Integration:
A Guide for Organisational Development Leaders to support the development of
Integration Joint Boards. The guide highlights the important roles that are required
for the integration of health and social care to be a success. It sets outs key
information paired with development exercises which can be used individually or
collectively by an Integration Joint Board. The guide can be found on the Adult
Health Social Care Integration Implementation Website. 
3.6 Ongoing Training and Support 
All members should attend any ongoing or refresher training as part of their role.12 
The Integration Joint Board should conduct an annual self-assessment
questionnaire/survey with its members to identify and inform ongoing training and
support requirements.
The ongoing training and support provided to members may include:
• Development sessions covering areas including Finance, Budget Setting,
Workforce Development, Housing, Performance, Strategic Plan Development,
Business transformation.
• Mentoring/buddying
• Online training modules 
3.7 Succession Planning 
Succession plans should be put in place to support a structured approach for
recruiting, onboarding, developing, and transitioning Lived Experience
Representatives on Integration Joint Boards. The aim is to ensure continuity,
maintain diverse lived experience perspectives, and support representatives to
contribute safely, confidently, and effectively. 
Transitions should be planned, respectful, and minimise disruption. The use of
trained proxies and deputies should form part of the thinking around succession
planning, to aid transitions. Local areas should have plans in place for supporting a
pipeline of future potential representatives are supported, e.g. through shadowing
opportunities or introductory training. 
1 The Standards Commission for Scotland, Integrity In Public Life: Advice Note for Members of Health
And Social Care Integration Joint Boards. The Standards Commission for Scotland, 2025,
2 The Scottish Government: Model Code of Conduct for Members of Devolved Public Bodies. The
Scottish Government, 2021.
143

Page 144

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
24 
Recruitment processes should be open and accessible, giving as much warning of
vacancies becoming available as possible. 
Handovers and transition periods should be built in, aiming for 3-6 months overlap
and joint attendance, to allow knowledge sharing. Outgoing representatives should
prepare handover summaries and contribute to induction plans. 
Outgoing members should be offered exit conversations, feedback, and service
recognition. 
Annual review of the succession plans informed by data and lived experience
feedback should be carried out by the Integration Joint Board. 
Guidance on Succession Planning for Public Body Boards may be a useful resource
to inform succession planning. 
144

Page 145

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
25
Section 3: Code of Conduct 
4. Application of the Code of Conduct 
Members are expected to comply with their Integration Joint Board’s Code of
Conduct at all times when they are acting, or could be reasonably regarded as
acting, as a member of their Integration Joint Board.3
Members are personally responsible for ensuring that that they are familiar with the
Guidance and Advice Notes published by the Standards Commission Scotland to
support their application of, and compliance with the Code of Conduct.4
The Standard Commission Scotland’s Advice Note for Members of Health and Social
Care Integration Joint Boards provides information on, and specific examples
covering the provisions of the Code of Conduct including registration of interests,
and declaration of interests.
The Integration Joint Board should provide all of its members with training and
development to ensure that they are prepared to carry out the responsibilities of their
role. The Integration Joint Board’s Standard’s officer should ensure that the training
cover areas including the ethical standards framework, the Integration Joint Board’s
Code of Conduct and the Standard Commission’s Guidance.5
The Integration Joint Board’s Standards Officer can support members with the
application and interpretation of the Code of Conduct. 
4.1 Registration of interests 
Integration Joint Boards have a legal requirement to maintain a public register of
their members interest for all of its members.
The Integration Joint Board’s Code Of Conduct sets out the financial and non-
financial interests which should be registered by all members.
The financial interests which members should register include:6
• Remuneration from employment, self-employment or directorships;
• Related undertakings i.e. certain unremunerated directorships;
• Contracts with the public body;
• Gifts and hospitality; 
3 The Standards Commission for Scotland, Integrity In Public Life: Advice Note for Members of Health
And Social Care Integration Joint Boards. The Standards Commission for Scotland, 2025,
4 The Scottish Government: Model Code of Conduct for Members of Devolved Public Bodies, 2021.
5 The Standards Commission for Scotland, Integrity In Public Life: Advice Note for Members of Health
And Social Care Integration Joint Boards. The Standards Commission for Scotland, 2025, 
6 The Scottish Government: On Board – A Guide for Board Members of Public Bodies in Scotland.
The Scottish Government, 2023. 
145

Page 146

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
26
• Houses, land and buildings that you own, or have an interest in which are of
significant or relevance to, or bear upon the work and operation of, the public
body;
• Shares and securities – holdings in a company or organisation which are of
significance or relevance to, or bear upon the work and operation of the public
body;
• Election expenses. 
Non financial interests which members should register include:7
• Membership or holding office in other public bodies, clubs, societies and
organisations such as Trade Unions and voluntary organisations. 
Members are responsible for registering their own interests within one month on
being appointed, and are responsible for ensuring that these are kept up-to-date
within one month of their circumstances changing.8
Members should contact their Integration Joint Board’s Standards Officer with any
questions or queries regarding registration of interests. 
4.2 Conflicts of Interest 
The Integration Joint Board’s Standing Order requires all members to declare
interests which may conflict with their role.
Members are responsible for declaring their own interests in the following settings:
• Formal or committee meetings;
• When dealing with Integration Joint Board officers and members. 
The Standards Commission’s Advice Note for Members on How to Identify and
Declare Interests should be used by members to support them to identify declarable
interests, and when and how to declare an interest at meetings.
Potential conflicts of interest which members should identify include:9
• The potential for competing interests between their Integration Joint Board,
council or health board (if applicable);
• Any other organisation(s) they are a member of;
• Any personal interests they may have. 
7 The Scottish Government: On Board – A Guide for Board Members of Public Bodies in Scotland.
The Scottish Government, 2023. 
8 The Scottish Government: On Board – A Guide for Board Members of Public Bodies in Scotland.
The Scottish Government, 2023.
9 The Standards Commission for Scotland, Integrity In Public Life: Advice Note for Members of Health
And Social Care Integration Joint Boards. The Standards Commission for Scotland, 2025, 
146

Page 147

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
27
Other conflict of interest case examples for specific Integration Joint Board member
categories can be found in the Standard Commission’s Advice Note for Members of
Health and Social Care Integration Joint Boards.
Members should contact their Integration Joint Board’s Standards Officer to seek
further advice on conflicts on interest.
The Advice Note for Members of Health and Social Care Integration Joint Boards
published by the Standards Commission provides members with additional
information regarding registration of interests, alongside specific case examples. 
4.3 Member confidentiality 
All Members must comply with confidentiality requirements as set out in their
Integration Joint Board’s Standing Order, and Code of Conduct. 
The confidentiality requirements in each Integration Joint Board’s Standing Order,
and Code of Conduct are informed by those that are outlined in the model Code of
Conduct. These are as follows:
• I will not disclose confidential information or information which should
reasonably be regarded as being of a continental or private nature, without
the express consent of a person of body authorised to give such consent, or
unless required to.
• I accept that confidential information can include discussions, documents and
information which is not yet public or never intended to be public, and
information deemed confidential by statute.
• I will only use confidential information to undertake my duties as a board
member. I will not use it in any way for personal advantage or to discredit my
public body (even if my personal view is that the information should be public
available).
• I note that these confidentiality requirements do not apply to protected
whistleblowing disclosures made to the prescribed persons and bodies as
identified in statute. 
An Integration Joint Board Member who is also a member of an outside organisation,
or is an elected or nominated member may have access to information that should
not be disclosed to both their outside organisation and the Integration Joint Board.
Members should contact their Integration Joint Board’s Standards Officer if they have
any questions regarding information confidentiality, or to report potential breaches.
The Advice Note for Members of Health and Social Care Integration Joint Boards
published by the Standards Commission provides members with additional
information regarding confidentiality requirements alongside specific case examples. 
147

Page 148

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
28
4.4 Use of social media 
The Integration Joint Board’s Code of Conduct sets out provisions covering
members’ use of social media.
Members are expected to conduct themselves in the same manner on social media
as they would when communicating in other ways, for example at face to face
meetings, and in writing.10
When using social media, members carefully consider to whether they are acting in
their capacity as a member of their Integration Joint Board, or could be reasonably
interpreted as doing so by a member of the public.
Before interacting on social media, members should also consider whether:1112
• You are representing the body or speaking on behalf of the body; whether you
are readily identifiable as a member of your body in the
situation/circumstances;
• You are using social media where you are identified as a member;
• Your conduct could reasonably be regarded as bringing your position as a
member, or your body, into disrepute;
• You are engaged in activity, or commenting on matters that are within the
scope of the Integration Joint Board’s functions;
• You understand the immediate and permanent nature of any comment or post
they are about to make;
• You would make that comment or post in-person, face to face;
• You are disclosing any confidential information; and
• Are complying with the principles of collective responsibility. 
Members should contact their Integration Joint Board’s Standards Officer if they have
any questions regarding the use of social media.
The Standards Commission has published an Advice Note on the Use of Social
Media for Members of Devolved Public Bodies, and an e-learning video to support
members’ compliance with the social media use provisions set out in their Integration
Joint Board’s Code of Conduct. 
10 The Standards Commission for Scotland, Integrity In Public Life: Advice Note for Members of Health
And Social Care Integration Joint Boards. The Standards Commission for Scotland, 2025, 
11 The Standards Commission for Scotland, Integrity in Public Life: Advice note on the Use of Social
Media for Members of Devolved Public Bodies, 2026.
12 The Scottish Government: On Board: A Guide for Members of Statutory Boards. The Scottish
Government, 2023.
148

Page 149

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
29
4.5  Handling Public Scrutiny 
Integration Joint Boards have a statutory duty to involve people in the planning and
development of services, and in the decision making process. 13
The decisions being made by the Integration Joint Board are therefore subject to
significant scrutiny by both the public and the media due to their potential impact on
local communities.
Integration Joint Boards should ensure that members are supported with handling
public scrutiny. Support may include:
• Providing an email account to all members so as not to require lived
experience members to disclose their personal email addresses;
• Pastoral support;
• Trauma-informed wellbeing support;
• Mental health support;
• Signposting to other relevant appropriate services. 
4.6  Expenses/Remuneration 
Each Integration Joint Board holds responsibility for developing and implementing its
own expenses policy. Board members should submit expenses claims to their
Integration Joint Board in accordance with their local expenses policy for expenses
that have been incurred due to carrying out/undertaking the duties of their role. 
The Coalition of Carers in Scotland has developed an expenses policy template as a
best practice to support Integration Joint Boards to develop their local expenses
policy. Integration Joint Boards can use and adapt the template to suit local
processes and needs. The template provides best practice examples of when the
expenses policy should be applied, and a list of the expenses which members
should be able to claim for. This should include when members undertake work in
advance of, and attend:  
• Integration Joint Board meetings;
• Strategic Planning Groups;
• Locality Groups;
• Other related Integration Joint Board sub-groups;
• Integrated Joint Board related duties and events;
The suggested expenses which members can claim for include:
• Travel Costs;
• Subsistence (where no meals or refreshments are provided);
• Replacement care/cover; 
13 Scottish Government and COSLA: Planning with People: Community engagement and participation
guidance. The Scottish Government, 2024.
149

Page 150

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
30
• Loss of income to attend meetings;
Integration Joint Boards should apply the “out of pocket” basic principle whereby no
member should be out of pocket as a result of expenses that have arisen through
their role, provided such costs are reasonable.14 
Integration Joint Boards can use the Remuneration Policy for Involving People
document developed by NHS Education for Scotland when considering/assessing
members expenses claims. 
14 The Scottish Government: Public sector pay policy: technical guide. The Scottish Government,
2025.
150

Page 151

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
31
Annex A                     
Suggested Role Specification and Key Responsibilities for Lived Experience
Representatives 
Lived Experience Representatives contribute to the work of the Integration Joint
Board by ensuring that the perspectives of people who use health and social care
services inform strategic planning and decision making. Representatives provide
insight into real life experiences to support the development of services that are
person centred, inclusive, and responsive to community needs. 
Lived Experience Representatives are expected to: 
•Provide insight from lived experience: Bring relevant personal perspectives to
support the Integration Joint Board’s understanding of what matters to people who
use services.
•Participate effectively in Integration Joint Board meetings, working groups or
thematic sub-committees: Attend scheduled meetings, pre-briefing sessions; review
papers where required, listen actively, and contribute constructively during
discussions.
•Advocate for service users: Provide insights based on the views and experiences of
people who use services, including individuals or groups whose voices may not be
routinely heard.
•Share wider perspectives: Where appropriate, draw on views from networks,
community groups, or forums you are connected to, while ensuring that individual
confidentiality is maintained.
•Maintain confidentiality: Adhere to the Integration Joint Board’s Code of Conduct
and protect all sensitive or personal information obtained through your role.
•Work collaboratively: Engage respectfully with Board members and officers,
contributing to collective decision-making in a balanced and constructive manner.
•Support continuous improvement: Provide feedback to help the Integration Joint
Board understand how services can be improved to better reflect the needs,
preferences, and experiences of people who use them.
•Lived Experience Representatives are expected to exercise their vote in the best
interests of the whole community, informed by lived experience and the needs of
service users. 
151

Page 152

Draft Version 1 - May 2026
32 
152

Page 153

Integration Joint Board
20th August 2026
Subject : North Ayrshire H&SCP Clinical and Care
Governance Report
Purpose : • Awareness
Recommendation : • Note the establishment and ongoing development of the
North Ayrshire H&SCP Clinical & Care Governance Group
Governance Assurance Arrangements.
• Note progress in implementing Healthcare Improvement
Scotland (HIS) Clinical Governance Standards.
• Note key governance risks, areas of assurance and
improvement activity identified through the Clinical & Care
Governance Group during 2026. 
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both 
Direction to :- 
1. No Direction Required X
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms 
NHS AA NHS Ayrshire and Arran
HSCP Health and Social Care Partnership
HIS Healthcare Improvement Scotland
ORR Operational Risk Register
MAPPA Multi-Agency Public Protection Arrangements
IPC Infection Prevention & Control
AHP Allied Health Professionals
CMHT Community Mental Health Team 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 The North Ayrshire H&SCP Clinical & Care Governance Group has continued to
strengthen governance oversight arrangements throughout 2026. The Group has
undertaken a review of its Terms of Reference, considered alignment with the
Healthcare Improvement Scotland Clinical Governance Standards and commenced
work to map existing governance structures and reporting arrangements across North
Ayrshire HSCP services. 
1.2  The group has received assurance reports relating to clinical quality, patient safety,
professional practice, public protection, infection prevention and control, policy
compliance and service developments. 
Agenda Item 10
153

Page 154

Governance oversight has included review of the Operational Risk Register, workforce
pressures, Learning Disability services, adult Neurodevelopmental services, complex
care provision, Public Protection arrangements and implementation of standards-
based improvement programmes. 
1.3  Work is ongoing to embed the HIS Clinical Governance Standards within North
Ayrshire HSCP Governance Structures, identify areas requiring improvement and
strengthen integrated governance arrangements across health and social care
services. 
2. BACKGROUND 
2.1 The Clinical & Care Governance Group was established to provide assurance
regarding quality, safety, clinical effectiveness, risk management and professional
governance across North Ayrshire H&SCP services. 
During 2026, under new stewardship, the Group reviewed its governance
arrangements and agreed updates to its Terms of Reference, including alignment to
newly published Healthcare Improvement Scotland Clinical Governance Standards. 
2.2 During 2026 the Group has considered a range of governance matters including, but
not limited to: 
• Operational and Strategic Risks. 
• Workforce Pressures across Mental Health, Nursing, Social Care and Allied
Health Professions. 
• Learning Disability Inpatient Provision and Ward 7A Service Redesign. 
• Adult Dysphagia Governance and Staff Competency Assurance. 
• Public Protection and MAPPA oversight. 
• Infection Prevention and Control Standards.
• Implementation of National Standards, Policies and Guidance 
3. PROPOSALS 
3.1 The IJB is asked to note: 
• Progress in developing integrated Clinical and Care Governance
arrangements.  
• Ongoing implementation and self-assessment against the HIS Clinical
Governance Standards. 
• Continued monitoring and escalation of significant operational and strategic
risks through established governance structures. 
• Work underway to strengthen governance assurance relating to workforce
sustainability, patient safety, quality improvement and public protection. 
• Development of governance mapping and reporting arrangements to support
integrated assurance across the HSCP. 
154

Page 155

3.2 Anticipated Outcomes 
Implementation of the proposals will:
• Strengthen governance oversight and assurance arrangements.
• Improve compliance with national clinical governance standards.
• Enhance identification, monitoring and mitigation of clinical and care risks.
• Support continuous quality improvement and learning.
• Strengthen integrated working between health and social care governance
systems. 
3.3 Measuring Impact 
Impact will be monitored through:
• Regular Clinical & Care Governance Group reporting.
• Progress against HIS Clinical Governance Standards action plans.
• Monitoring of Operational and Strategic Risk Registers.
• Audit, Quality Improvement and Assurance Activity.
• Monitoring of Incidents, Complaints, Learning Reviews and Public Protection
Arrangements.
• Reporting to established IJB and NHS Healthcare Governance structures. 
4. IMPLICATIONS 
4.1 Financial
No direct financial implications arise from this report. Financial pressures associated
with identified risks and service developments continue to be monitored through
normal governance and financial reporting arrangements. 
4.2 Human Resources
The report highlights a number of workforce-related risks and improvement activities
including Psychiatry workforce pressures, Community Nursing staffing, Social Care
workforce sustainability, Neurodevelopmental services and AHP workforce planning. 
These risks are already identified via appropriate risk management processes. 
4.3 Legal
The work supports compliance with statutory governance duties and national clinical
governance requirements. 
4.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
Implementation of governance standards and quality assurance processes supports
the delivery of equitable, safe and effective care across health and social care
services. Particular consideration has been given to equality, inclusion and wider
socio-economic factors, with a focus on reducing inequalities, improving access to
services and supporting meaningful involvement of individuals, carers and
communities in line with Healthcare Improvement Scotland Standards. 
155

Page 156

4.5 Risk
The report highlights a number of high and very high residual operational risks,
including adult neurodevelopmental services, children's placements, NHS workforce
sustainability and Arran service pressures. These risks continue to be actively
monitored through established risk management and governance arrangements, with
mitigation plans in place and progress reported separately through Integration Joint
Board governance processes to support oversight, assurance and scrutiny. 
4.6 Community Wealth Building
No direct implications identified. 
4.7 Key Priorities
The proposals support delivery of the HSCP Strategic Plan through improving quality,
safety, governance, integrated care, workforce sustainability and continuous
improvement. 
5. CONSULTATION 
This report reflects discussions and assurance activity undertaken through the North
Ayrshire HSCP Clinical & Care Governance Group, with representation from Heads
of Service, Professional Leads, Operational Managers, Finance, Quality
Improvement, Medical, Nursing, Psychology, Allied Health Professional, Pharmacy
and Social Work Services. 
Director:  Caroline Cameron, Chief Officer
Author Name, Designation:  Julie Barrrett, Associate Nurse Director/ Lead Nurse,
North Ayrshire H&SCP 
Appendices
• Appendix 1: Clinical & Care Governance Group Key Assurance Themes 2026
• Appendix 2: Summary of Key Governance Risks and Improvement Actions 2026
• Appendix 3:  Updated Terms of Reference 18/05/2026  
156

Page 157

Appendix 1
CLINICAL & CARE GOVERNANCE GROUP KEY ASSURANCE THEMES 2026 
Purpose
This appendix provides a summary of the key areas of assurance, oversight and
improvement activity considered by the North Ayrshire HSCP Clinical & Care Governance
Group during 2026. 
The group have met on 3 occasions since the beginning of 2026;
• 30/03/2026
• 18/05/2026
• 27/07/2026
A copy of each note can be made available if required by the IJB.
In general, the Key Themes identified during these meetings were as follows.
1. Clinical and Care Governance Framework
The Group reviewed and updated its Terms of Reference to ensure alignment with the
Healthcare Improvement Scotland (HIS) Clinical Governance Standards and agreed a
programme of work to strengthen governance arrangements across health and social care
services. 
Key developments included:
• Review of governance reporting structures. 
• Governance mapping across North Ayrshire services. 
• Identification of decision-making and escalation pathways. 
• Establishment of quarterly governance review arrangements. 
2. Healthcare Improvement Scotland Clinical Governance Standards
The Group received detailed presentations and updates regarding implementation of the
seven HIS Clinical Governance Standards.  
Areas reviewed included:
• Leadership and staffing.
• Quality management.
• Clinical effectiveness.
• Clinical safety.
• Education and training.
• Involvement and participation.
• Data and information governance.  
A self-assessment and gap analysis process has commenced to identify areas requiring
further development and improvement planning. 
157

Page 158

3. Workforce Assurance
The Group reviewed workforce sustainability risks and pressures affecting service delivery,
including:
Mental Health Services
• Consultant Psychiatry vacancies.
• Community Mental Health Team workforce pressures.
• Community Eating Disorder Service workforce and funding challenges.
• Development of Psychiatry Workforce Planning Arrangements. 
Nursing Workforce
• Community nursing staffing levels and skill mix.
• District nursing workforce resilience.
• Demand and capacity within Adult Community Mental Health Services. 
Allied Health Professionals
• Increasing complexity and demand.
• Healthcare Staffing Act workforce review activity.
• Professional assurance arrangements.   
Social Work and Social Care
• Social work staffing sustainability.
• Recruitment and retention challenges.
• Service demand pressures. 
4. Quality and Safety Assurance
The Group received assurance reports relating to:
• Falls prevention and management guidance.
• Safe use of bed rails.
• Adult dysphagia policy and training arrangements.
• Infection Prevention and Control standards.
• Provision and management of patient meals.
• Chaperone policy implementation. 
The Group endorsed revised clinical guidance and policies where appropriate and
identified areas requiring additional oversight and staff training. 
158

Page 159

5. Public Protection
The Group maintained oversight of Public Protection matters through updates relating to:
• Adult Support and Protection.
• MAPPA arrangements.
• Management of Restricted Patient Cases. 
• Strategic Suicide Prevention Activity.
• Drug Death Governance Arrangements. 
6. Service Improvement and Clinical Effectiveness
The Group received updates regarding:
• Improving the Cancer Journey Programme.
• Frailty Standards self-assessment.
• Palliative and End of Life Care improvement work.
• National clinical guidelines and standards implementation. 
7. Learning Disability and Neurodevelopmental Services
The Group considered several significant assurance issues including:
• Demand and capacity challenges across specialist services. 
• Learning Disability patient safety considerations.
• Ward 7A service redesign and options appraisal.
• Lack of dedicated Learning Disability inpatient provision.
• Adult Neurodevelopmental service demand. 
Overall Assurance Position
The Clinical & Care Governance Group has established robust arrangements for
Governance Oversight and Assurance. Positive progress has been demonstrated in
strengthening governance structures, embedding national standards and improving risk
oversight. The Group recognises that significant challenges remain in workforce
sustainability, specialist service demand and delivery of improvement priorities, which
continue to be actively monitored through established governance processes. 
159

Page 160

Appendix 2 
Summary of Key Governance Risks and Key Improvement Priorities for 2026/ 2027
Risk Area Current Position Key
Mitigations/Actions
Assurance
Level
Adult
Neurodevelopmental
Services (ORR65)
Very High residual
risk due to demand,
access and treatment
pressures.
Review of service
model, workforce
planning and
monitoring through
governance structures.
Moderate
Children's Services
Placements (ORR64)
Very High risk relating
to availability and
sustainability of
placements.
Ongoing monitoring
and escalation through
senior management
structures.
Moderate
NHS Staffing Levels
and Skill Mix (ORR62)
High residual
workforce risk across
services.
Workforce review,
recruitment activity and
service redesign.
Moderate
Community Mental
Health Services
Workforce and
capacity pressures
affecting service
delivery.
Workforce planning,
caseload review and
medical leadership
oversight.
Moderate
Learning Disability
Inpatient Provision
No dedicated
inpatient resource for
adults with learning
disabilities.
Ward 7A redesign,
nursing competency
review and escalation
through governance
structures.
Moderate
Arran Ferry Disruption
Significant risk to
access, transfers and
patient safety.
Ongoing monitoring
and contingency
planning.
Moderate
Complex Packages of
Care
High demand and
resource pressures.
Service redesign and
operational oversight. Moderate
Significant Adverse
Event Reviews
Historical backlog in
completing reviews.
Risk escalation and
review of governance
arrangements.
Moderate
Dysphagia
Competency
Assurance
Inconsistent
assurance across
health and social care
workforce.
Training review, NES
resources and
monitoring
arrangements.
Developing
Chaperone Policy
Implementation
New policy requiring
awareness and
workforce
compliance.
Communication,
training and
governance monitoring.
Developing
IPC Standards
Compliance
Predominantly
compliant position
with identified
improvement actions.
Quarterly performance
monitoring and training
assurance.
Good
160

Page 161

HIS Clinical
Governance Standards
Implementation
programme
underway.
Self-assessment,
action planning and
governance oversight.
Developing 
Key Improvement Priorities for 2026/27
1. Complete HIS Clinical Governance Standards self-assessment and action planning. 
2. Finalise governance mapping across health and social care services. 
3. Strengthen workforce assurance arrangements across NHS and Social Care
Services. 
4. Improve oversight of high and very high risks through integrated governance
reporting. 
5. Strengthen assurance regarding Public Protection, MAPPA and restricted patient
governance. 
6. Enhance monitoring of staff training, competency and compliance requirements. 
7. Maintain oversight of Learning Disability, Neurodevelopmental and Mental Health
Service Pressures. 
8. Develop integrated governance arrangements that better align health and social
care standards and assurance frameworks.  
161

Page 162

NORTH AYRSHIRE
Health and Social Care Partnership
In partnership with
Appendix 3:  Updated Terms of Reference 18/05/2026
Clinical and Care Governance Group
Background
The main purpose of integration is to improve the wellbeing of people who use our health and
social care services, of families, our communities, and particularly those whose needs are
complex and involve support from across health and social care at the same time.  The North
Ayrshire Health & Social Care Partnership (NAHSCP) Integration Scheme is intended to
achieve the National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes prescribed by the Scottish Ministers in
Regulations under section 5(1) of the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014
(hereinafter referred to as “the Act”).
In Annex C of ‘Clinical and Care Governance of Integrated Health and Social Care Services’
(A Scottish Government publication) it contains the following description of clinical and care
governance.
1. Clinical and care governance is the process by which accountability for the quality of
health and social care is monitored and assured. It should create a culture where delivery
of the highest quality of care and support is understood to be the responsibility of everyone
working in the organisation - built upon partnership and collaboration within teams and
between health and social care professionals and managers. 
2. It is the way by which structures and processes assure Integration Joint Boards, Health
Boards and Local Authorities that this is happening - whilst at the same time empowering
clinical and care staff to contribute to the improvement of quality - making sure that there
is a strong voice of the people and communities who use services. 
3. Clinical and care governance should have a high profile, to ensure that quality of care is
given the highest priority at every level within integrated services. Effective clinical and
care governance will provide assurance to patients, service users, clinical and care staff
and managers, Directors alike that: 
a. Quality of care, effectiveness and efficiency drives decision-making about the
planning, provision, organisation and management of services; 
b. Unacceptable clinical and care practice will be detected and addressed 
4. Effective clinical and care governance is not the sum of all these activities; rather it is the
means by which these activities are brought together into this structured framework and
linked to the corporate agenda of Integration Authorities, NHS Boards and Local
Authorities. 
5. A key purpose of clinical and care governance is to support staff in continuously improving
the quality and safety of care. However, it will also ensure that wherever possible poor
performance is identified and addressed. All health and social care professionals will
remain accountable for their individual clinical and care decisions. 
6. Many clinical and care governance issues will relate to the organisation and management
of services rather than to individual clinical decisions. All aspects of the work of Integration
Authorities, Health Boards and local authorities should be driven by and designed to
support efforts to deliver the best possible quality of health and social care. Clinical and
care governance, however, is principally concerned with those activities which directly
affect the care, treatment and support people receive. 
162

Page 163

NORTH AYRSHIRE
Health and Social Care Partnership
In partnership with 
Terms of Reference
1.0 Introduction 
The Clinical and Care Governance Group is identified as a subgroup of the North
Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership, Integration Joint Board (IJB).  The
approved Terms of Reference and information on the composition and frequency of the
group will be considered as an integral part of the standing orders of the Integrated Joint
Board.  
The Group will be known as the Clinical and Care Governance Group of the Integration
Joint Board and will be a subgroup of the Integration Joint Board.
2.0 Remit 
To provide assurance to the IJB as follows:
• On the quality and safety of health and social care partnership services.
• That staff across the Partnership are supported to provide quality services and are
appropriately skilled and registered to discharge their professional responsibilities.
• That proposed changes in practice, within one professional group, do not adversely
impact upon another profession, and that there is a whole system approach to
improvement.
• That services are able to learn and develop from service user and carer
experiences and that effective mechanisms are in place to do so.
• That self-evaluation and quality assurance mechanisms are in place to inform
improvement.
• That a systematic and proportionate approach to the review of critical incidents,
significant incidents and near misses is embedded in the Partnership; and pan-
Ayrshire where this relates to mental health services.
• That findings of critical incidents, significant events and near misses, locally and
nationally, are considered and used to review and improve practice.
• That services commissioned through registered, third and independent sector have
appropriate contract monitoring arrangements in place and that those services are
delivered to a high standard.
• That medical devices (and where required - devices to support care), that are used,
are sourced and maintained appropriately.
• That appropriate links to Infection Control structures are in place.
• That a learning culture is encouraged and that good practice and success is shared
widely.
• That current Partnership governance structures report into and through the Clinical
& Care Governance Group.
• That practice improvement plans are delivered, as appropriate.
• That all Health and Care arrangements are developed with service users at the
centre.    
163

Page 164

NORTH AYRSHIRE
Health and Social Care Partnership
In partnership with
3.0 Group Membership 
The Clinical and Care Governance Group will be chaired by the Lead Nurse, on behalf
of the Chief Officer.  The Group will report to the Chief Officer and through the Chief
Officer to the Integration Joint Board.  
The Vice Chair of the Group will be the Clinical Director (Primary Care) who will cover
the meeting in the Chair’s absence.
The group will comprise of the following members:
• Lead Nurse 
• Clinical Director
• Lead Allied Health Professional 
• Chief Social Work Officer 
• Associate Medical Director, Mental Health Services
• Director of Public Health or representative
• Head of Children, Families & Justice Services
• Head of Health and Community Care
• Head of Mental Health 
• Quality Improvement Lead
• Director of Psychological Services 
• Risk Management Representative 
• Governance Representative (NHS) 
• Pharmacy Lead 
Service Users and Carers, Third and Independent sector representation will be sought
via the IJB.  The Chair and members will be appointed by the IJB. Group membership
will be reviewed annually and the first meeting of the year.
4.0 Quorum 
Four members including two core members will constitute a quorum.   
Members will be asked to identify deputies to attend in their absence.
5.0 Attendance 
The group may co-opt additional advisors as required.  
6.0 Frequency of Meetings 
The Group will meet quarterly.  
The Chair may, at any time, convene additional meetings of the group.
7.0 Authority 
The group is authorised to investigate any matters which fall within its terms of reference
and obtain external professional advice.  The group may form sub-groups to support its
functions.  The group is authorised to seek and obtain any information it requires from
any employee whilst taking account of policy, legal rights and responsibilities.  
164

Page 165

NORTH AYRSHIRE
Health and Social Care Partnership
In partnership with
8.0 Duties 
The Group shall be responsible for the oversight of clinical and care governance within
North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership and specifically it will:
• Consider matters relating to; professional governance relevant to Strategic Plan
development, service user feedback and complaints, standards, education,
learning, continuous improvement and inspection activity.
• Provide advice to the strategic planning group, audit and performance committee
and locality groups within the Council area.  The strategic planning group, audit
and performance committee and locality groups may seek relevant advice directly
from the Group.
• Provide assurance to IJB on the operation of clinical and care governance within
the Health and Social Care Partnership in compliance with relevant national
standards, highlighting problems and action being taken where appropriate.
• When clinical and care governance issues relating to Lead Partnership Services
are being considered, the Clinical and Care Governance Group for the Lead
Partner will obtain input from the Clinical and Care Governance Groups of the other
Health and Social Care Partnerships.
• When Clinical and Care Governance issues relating to Public Health are being
considered, the Clinical and Care Governance Group will obtain input from the
Public Health Governance Group. 
• The Integration Joint Board may seek advice on clinical and care governance
directly from the Clinical and Care Governance Group.  In addition, the Integration
Joint Board may directly take into consideration the professional views of the
professional leads as outlined previously.
• Receive minutes and annual reports from the sub-groups established by the
Clinical and Care Governance Group to provide assurance and accountability.
• The group will monitor and review risks falling within its remit. 
9.0 Conduct of Business 
Meetings of the group will be called by the Chair of the group.  The agenda and
supporting papers will be sent to members five working days prior to the date of the
meeting.
10.0 Reporting Arrangements 
Minutes will be kept of the proceedings of the group and will be circulated in draft within
five working days to the Chair of the meeting and within three working days thereafter
to group members, prior to consideration at a subsequent meeting of the committee. 
The Chair of the group shall provide assurance on the work of the group, and the
approved minutes will be submitted to the IJB for information.  The group will conduct
an annual review of its role, function and achievements.  The group will hold a repository
for annual reports from Stakeholder Groups. 
165

Page 166

166

Page 167

+ 
Integration Joint Board
20th August 2026
Subject: Strategic Risk Register 
Purpose: To present the updated IJB Strategic Risk Register for
consideration and approval. 
Recommendation: To approve the updated IJB Strategic Risk Register   
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both 
Direction to:- 
1. No Direction Required X
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms 
IJB Integration Joint Board    
NHS National Health Service         
PAC  Performance Audit Committee 
PSMT  Partnership Senior Management Team
SRR Strategic Risk Register
ORR Operational Risk Register 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 This report presents the updated Strategic Risk Register and seeks approval of the
revised register. It highlights the escalation of one new strategic risk from the
Operational Risk Register and confirms that no existing risks have increased in score.
The report supports the IJB in identifying, monitoring and managing risks to the
successful delivery of the Strategic Plan. 
2. BACKGROUND 
2.1 A Strategic Risk Register (SRR) is a requirement of the Clinical and Care
Governance Framework and as part of our Risk Management Strategy, which was
last approved by the IJB in June 2025. 
2.2 The Strategic Risk Register (SRR) was last reported to the IJB in April 2026 and the
next review was planned for April 2027. This report is being presented earlier
following a recent review of the Operational Risk Register (ORR), which
recommended that one risk be escalated to the SRR. 
Agenda Item 11
167

Page 168

2.3  New Risks:
One new Strategic Risk is proposed for inclusion following escalation from the ORR.
This risk has been brought onto the Strategic Risk Register to reflect both the
national and local pressures affecting the availability of placements. The principal
impact is on service provision, with a potential indirect financial impact. This is
shown in the table below: 
Ref Title Description 
Risk
Rating
Gross
Risk
Rating
Residual 
ORR
64
(now
SRR
17)
Children’s
Services
Placements
The availability of placements for children and
young people locally and nationally is at a
critical shortage.  This risks provision not
being available for children and young people
who require to live away from home.
25            
Very
High
25            
Very
High 
2.4  There are no risks with increased scores.
2.5 The narrative for SRR01 Financial Sustainability has been updated to reflect the
2025/26 outturn position. 
2.6 The actions required to manage and control the risks have been identified and they
will be subject to ongoing monitoring and review by the PSMT with an update to be
reported to the Performance and Audit Committee. 
2.7 There are now 13 risks noted on the Strategic Risk Register, with a number of these
graded as very high or high risk.  While there are a number of controls and mitigations
in place there may be further actions required to reduce the risks further in line with
the level of risk tolerance.  The current Strategic Risk Register is included as Appendix
A.   
The risks are summarised below: 
Ref Title Gross
Risk
(score
pending
further
controls) 
April 
2026
Residual
Risk          
(score
after
further
controls)     
April 
2026
Gross
Risk
(score
pending
further
controls) 
August
2026
Residual
Risk          
(score
after
further
controls)     
August
2026
SRR01 Financial
Sustainability 
25             
Very 
High
25             
Very 
High 
25             
Very 
High
25             
Very 
High 
SRR02 Infrastructure                        
(ICT Integration)
12
High 
9                   
Moderate
12
High 
9                   
Moderate
SRR05 Transformational
Change Programme
12
High 
9
Moderate
12
High 
9
Moderate
SRR06 Governance 9
Moderate
3                    
Low
9
Moderate
3                    
Low
SRR07 Demography and
Inequality Pressures
16
High 
12
High
16
High 
12
High
SRR08 Workforce 12                       9 12                       9
168

Page 169

High Moderate  High Moderate
SRR09 Local Impact of
Scottish
Government
Policies
16                       
High
12                 
High
16                       
High
12                 
High
SRR12  Clinical and Care
Governance
9
Moderate
9 
Moderate
9
Moderate
9 
Moderate
SRR13 Provider Failure
(commissioned
services)
16
High
16          
High
16
High
16          
High
SRR14  Asylum Arrivals 12
High
12          
High
12
High
12          
High
SRR15 Risk of Harm  16                       
High
16                 
High
16                       
High
16                 
High
SRR16 Growth and
expansion of
specialist complex
care developments 
25               
Very High 
15               
High
25               
Very High 
15               
High
SRR17 Children’s Services
Placements
n/a n/a 25            
Very High
25            
Very High 
2.7  The scoring of the risks is based on the severity of the risk multiplied by the likelihood
of it happening. Further detail is provided in the extract from the approved Risk
Management Strategy in Appendix B. 
2.8 The operational risks of the Partnership are regularly reviewed and considered at
service management meetings. The Clinical and Care Governance Group is
responsible for oversight of operational risks within the Partnership. The Group
considers any high or very high risks, as defined by the approved Risk Management
Strategy, and may, where appropriate, escalate these to the Partnership Senior
Management Team (PSMT) for consideration for inclusion on the Strategic Risk
Register. 
3. PROPOSALS 
3.1 It is proposed to approve the risk register detailed in Appendix A including the action
required to manage, mitigate and control the risks. 
3.2 Anticipated Outcomes 
Risk management is an integral part of governance, and it is essential that the IJB has
assurance that risks are identified and managed appropriately to ensure the safe and
sustainable delivery of services. 
169

Page 170

3.3 Measuring Impact 
The risk register will be monitored, with individual risk owners responsible for keeping
the register up to date under the oversight of the Principal Manager – Finance / Chief
Finance Officer. It is recommended that risk assessments are reviewed at least
annually. 
4. IMPLICATIONS 
4.1 Financial
None 
4.2 Human Resources
None 
4.3 Legal
None 
4.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
None
4.5 Risk
The report falls in line with the agreed risk appetite statement which is low-risk
appetite in respect to adherence to compliance duties. 
4.6 Community Wealth Building
None. 
4.7 Key Priorities
Appropriate and effective risk management practice will deliver better outcomes for
the people of North Ayrshire, protecting the health, safety and wellbeing of everyone
who engages with the IJB or for maximising opportunity, delivering innovation and
best value, and increasing performance. 
5. CONSULTATION 
5.1 The strategic risks have been reviewed by the relevant risk owners.   
For more information please contact:
Eleanor Currie, Chief Finance Officer – Finance at eleanorcurrie@north-
ayrshire.gov.uk  
170

Page 171

Appendix A 
Strategic Risk Register 
Glossary of Terms 
Term Definition Term Definition 
NAHSCP North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership ARG Allocation of Resources Group
SAHSCP South Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership ICT Information and Computer Technology
EAHSCP East Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership MDTs Multi-Disciplinary Teams
NHS/ NHS AAA NHS Ayrshire & Arran  EKSF Electronic Knowledge and Skills Framework
MTFP Medium Term Financial Plan TURAS Training Management System
CRES Cash Releasing Efficiency Savings SPOG Strategic Planning Officers Group
LD Learning Disability ICF Integrated Care Fund
IJB Integrated Joint Board RMP Records Management Plan
PSMT Partnership Senior Management Team CPAG Child Poverty Action Group
NAC  North Ayrshire Council  
171

Page 172

Appendix B
Extract from the Risk Strategy on Risk Scoring 
172

Page 173

SEVERITY CONSEQUENCE MATRIX - Description and definition of the CONSEQUENCE / IMPACT of the risk should it occur (these are a
guide)
Severity
“Domains”
1
Insignificant
2
Minor
3
Moderate
4
Major
5
Extreme
Objectives
and projects
 Barely noticeable
reduction in scope /
quality / schedule
 Minor reduction in
scope / quality /
schedule
 Reduction in scope or
quality, project
objectives or schedule.
 Significant reduction in
ability to meet project
objectives or schedule.
 Inability to meet project
objectives, reputation of
the organisation
seriously damaged and
failure to appropriately
manage finances.
Injury
(physical and
psychological)
to
patients/staff.
 Adverse event leading
to minor injury not
requiring first aid.
 Minor injury or illness,
first-aid treatment
needed. No staff
absence required.
 Significant injury
requiring medical
treatment and/or
counselling.
 Major injuries or long-
term incapacity/ disability
(loss of limb), requiring
medical treatment and/or
counselling.
 Incident leading to death
or major permanent
incapacity.
Patient
experience /
outcome 
 Reduced quality of
patient experience /
clinical outcome not
directly related to
delivery of clinical
care. 
 Unsatisfactory patient
experience / clinical
outcome directly
related to care
provision – readily
resolvable
 Unsatisfactory patient
experience / clinical
outcome, short term
effects – expect recovery
< 1Wk
 Unsatisfactory patient
experience / clinical
outcome, long term
effects -  expect
recovery > 1Wk
 Unsatisfactory patient
experience / clinical
outcome continued
ongoing long-term
effects. 
173

Page 174

Complaints /
claims
 Locally resolved
complaint
 Justified complaint
peripheral to clinical
care
 Below excess claim.
 Justified complaint
involving lack of
appropriate care.
 Claim above excess
level.
 Multiple justified
complaints.
 Multiple claims or single
major claims.
Staffing and
competence
 Short term low staffing
level (< 1 day), where
there is no disruption
to patient care.
 Ongoing low staffing
level results in minor
reduction in quality of
patient care
 Minor error due to
ineffective training /
implementation of
training.
 Late delivery of key
objective / service due to
lack of staff.
 Moderate error due to
ineffective training /
implementation of
training.
 Ongoing problems with
staffing levels
 Uncertain delivery of key
objective / service due to
lack of staff.
 Major error due to
ineffective training /
implementation of
training.
 Non delivery of key
objective / service due to
lack of staff.
 Loss of key staff.
 Critical error due to
insufficient training /
implementation of
training.
Service /
business
interruption
 Interruption in a
service which does
not impact on the
delivery of patient
care or the ability to
continue to provide
service
 Short term disruption
to service with minor
impact on patient
care.
 Some disruption in
service with
unacceptable impact on
patient care.
 Temporary loss of ability
to provide service.
 Sustained loss of service
which has serious
impact on delivery of
patient care resulting in
major contingency plans
being invoked.
 Permanent loss of core
service or facility.
 Disruption to facility
leading to significant
“knock on” effect.
Financial  Negligible
organisational
financial loss (£< 1k).
 Minor organisational
financial loss (£1-
10k).
 Significant organisational
financial loss (£10-100k).
 Major organisational
financial loss (£100k-
1m).
 Severe organisational
financial loss (£>1m).
Inspection /
assessment /
audit
 Small number of
recommendations
which focus on minor
quality improvement
issues.
 Minor
recommendations
made which can be
addressed by low
level of management
action.
 Challenging
recommendations but
can be addressed with
appropriate action plan.
 Enforcement Action.
 Low rating.
 Critical report.
 Prosecution.
 Zero Rating.
 Severely critical report.
174

Page 175

Adverse
publicity /
reputation
 No media coverage,
little effect on staff
morale.
 Local Media – short
term.
 Minor effect on staff
morale / public
attitudes.
 Local Media – long term.
 Impact on staff morale
and public perception of
the organisation.
 National Media (< 3
days).
 Public confidence in the
organisation
undermined.
 Usage of services
affected.
 National Media (> 3
days).
 MP / MSP Concern
(Questions in
Parliament).
Organisational
/ Personal
Security, and
Equipment
 Damage, loss, theft
(£< 1k).
 Damage, loss, theft       
 (£1-10k).
 Damage, loss, theft     
 (£10-100k).
 Damage, loss, theft 
 (£100k-1m).
 Damage, loss, theft
(£>1m). 
1
Remote
2
Unlikely
3
Possible
4
Likely
5
Almost Certain
Probability  Will only occur in
exceptional
circumstances.
 Unlikely to occur
but definite
potential exists.
 Reasonable chance of
occurring – has
happened before on
occasions.
 Likely to occur –
strong possibility.
 The event will
occur in most
circumstances. 
175

Page 176

Risk Rating 
LIKELIHOOD
SEVERITY
1
Insignificant
2
Minor
3
Moderate
4
Major
5
Extreme
5
Almost Certain
5 10 15 20 25
4
Likely
4 8 12 16 20
3
Possible
3 6 9 12 15
2
Unlikely
2 4 6 8 10
1
Remote
1 2 3 4 5 
176

Page 177

North Ayrshire Integration Joint Board
Strategic Risk Register
Risk Ref Description of Risk Risk Owner Mitigations/Control Measures Previous Severity Probability Score Rating Proposed New Control Measures Previous Severity Probability Score Rating Risk
SRR01 Financial Sustainability of the Health and Social Care Partnership - Resources have not kept pace with the
demand for and cost of health and social care services. The 2025/26 financial outturn was an overall year-end
underspend of £2.501m on an IJB basis, reducing to £0.696m after new earmarked reserves of £1.805m. This
improved position reflected the impact of financial recovery actions, strengthened controls and non-recurring
benefits realised during the year; however, it does not remove the underlying recurring pressures across a
number of service areas. Financial modelling continues to indicate significant medium-term challenges, with
2026/27 remaining particularly challenging due to cost and demand pressures, pay and inflation, demographic
pressures and limited flexibility to absorb further in-year variation.
The IJB approved a one-year balanced budget for 2026/27 on 13 March 2026. This included new budget
pressures of £22.007m and approved savings of £8.644m. The funding increase assumed within the budget was
£15.861m, comprising £11.147m from North Ayrshire Council and £4.714m from NHS Ayrshire and Arran. A
remaining Health/NHS services gap of £0.494m will be monitored closely during 2026/27, with further recovery
actions identified as required.
Unearmarked reserves remain below the recommended level. At 31 March 2026, unallocated reserves were
£0.696m, representing 0.2% of the 2025/26 budget, compared with the recommended reserve level of 2% to 4%.
There is therefore limited scope to absorb in-year variances, with any material overspends requiring additional
recovery action or support from partners.
The wider system financial challenges and impact across the whole system, for example the financial position of
NHS AA and the decisions taken to reduce the Board’s deficit may have impacts on other parts of the health and
care system.
The opening projected overspend for 2026/27 is £2.992m, predicated on maintaining Financial Recovery Plan
controls and delivering agreed mitigations across key pressure areas including care at home, care packages,
Brighter Pathways, supplementary staffing and high-cost placements. The main areas of continued financial risk
include physical disability and learning disability care packages, integrated island services, inpatient ward
staffing, UnPACs, psychiatry and ongoing demand and workforce pressures.
Chief Finance
Officer
* The IJB has established financial governance arrangements in place to monitor, manage and report on the financial
sustainability risk. This includes regular budget monitoring reports to the IJB, detailed financial reporting to the Partnership
Senior Management Team, and ongoing oversight by the Finance Working Group, chaired by the IJB Vice Chair. Financial
updates are also shared with the Directors of Finance of North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire and Arran, supporting
whole-system oversight of the delegated resources.                                                                                                                                                                                       
* The IJB continues to take an integrated approach to managing the totality of resources delegated by North Ayrshire
Council and NHS Ayrshire and Arran.                                                                                                                                                                                    
* The Integration Scheme requires recovery plans to be developed where overspends are forecast, and financial recovery
actions have been approved and monitored throughout 2025/26. These actions contributed to a significant improvement in
the projected financial position and supported delivery of financial balance by the end of 2025/26, although the position
remains dependent on sustained grip, control and delivery of recurring savings.                                                                                                               
* Financial recovery controls remain in place, including vacancy scrutiny, recruitment delay arrangements, enhanced
scrutiny of high-cost care packages, controls over supplementary staffing, and additional oversight of areas with material
overspends.                                                                                                                                                                                      
* The high-cost care package group has been expanded to include children with disability care packages and all UNPACS
placement requests. All care packages, excluding in-house care at home and older people placements agreed through
CARG, are subject to approval through this enhanced governance route.                                                                                                                           
* Specific demand management controls are in place for key pressure areas, including care home placements, care at
home, residential placements for children and young people, mental health inpatient services, learning disability services
and community care packages. These controls are intended to ensure that expenditure decisions are based on assessed
risk, need and affordability, while recognising that the measures may impact on waiting times, delayed discharges, unmet
need and wider service performance.                                                                                                                                                                                 
* The IJB approved a balanced budget for 2026/27, supported by additional partner funding, identification of unavoidable
service pressures, and approved savings. The budget includes significant savings requirements, including implementation
of revised adult social work and social care eligibility criteria, operational efficiencies, service redesign and transformation
actions.                                           
25 5 5 25 Very High * Recovery plan controls will be maintained into 2026/27, including vacancy controls, recruitment delay
arrangements, high-cost care package scrutiny, supplementary staffing controls and targeted oversight
of areas with recurring overspends. These controls will be reviewed regularly to ensure they remain
proportionate, effective and aligned with safe service delivery.                                                                           
* The Finance Working Group will continue to provide enhanced scrutiny of the financial position,
savings delivery, recovery actions, transformation progress and emerging risks.                                                                
* The group will also support development of the 2027/28 budget and the next update of the Medium-
Term Financial Outlook.                                                                                                                                       
* Focus will be given to the delivery of savings linked to revised eligibility criteria, care package
reviews, operational efficiencies, transformation projects and areas of recurring overspend.                                                                                                                                
* The Eligibility Criteria Programme Board will provide strategic oversight, assurance and direction for
implementation of the revised Eligibility Policy for critical-only access to funded adult social work and
social care services. This will include monitoring of financial delivery, operational impact, risk,
governance, equality considerations, service user impact and any unintended consequences.                                   
* Financial monitoring arrangements will continue during 2026/27 to improve early identification of
emerging cost pressures, demand trends, savings delivery risks and service areas requiring escalation.
This will include continued focus on low-volume high-cost placements, commissioned services,
provider sustainability, supplementary staffing, care at home, delayed discharges and children’s
residential placements.                                                                                                                                
* The Chief Officer and CFO will continue to engage with Scottish Government, national networks and
partner organisations to highlight the scale of the financial challenge and the need for sustainable
investment in community-based health and social care services.                                                                          
* A further update to the Medium-Term Financial Outlook will be developed to inform 2027/28 budget
planning.
16 5 5 25 Very High Treat
SRR01
(cont)
* The Partnership undertook extensive community engagement, commencing in early December 2025, on the challenges
of delivering social care services within budget. £5.828m of savings will be met through the review of eligibility criteria and
three interlinked proposals developed to implement reductions to care packages:1) changing eligibility to support only
people at critical risk; 2)  introducing a Best Value Care Funding Framework; and 3) prioritising personal care.                                             
* The Medium-Term Financial Outlook is updated on a rolling basis and is used to identify future financial gaps, recurring
pressures and the implications of demographic change, inflation, pay awards, policy commitments, workforce pressures
and rising demand. This supports forward planning and informs budget development, transformation priorities and
discussions with funding partners.                                                                                                                                                     
* The Transformation Plan has been refreshed to ensure that remaining projects have clear objectives, defined benefits
and alignment with the Strategic Plan and financial sustainability requirements. Oversight is provided through the
Transformation Board, with updates reported to the IJB. Transformation activity is focused on redesigning services,
shifting support closer to home, improving outcomes, reducing reliance on high-cost provision and supporting longer-term
financial sustainability.                                                                                                                                                                        
* The IJB has a reserves policy and reports regularly on reserves as part of financial monitoring and annual accounts.
Unearmarked reserves remain below the recommended level, which limits the IJB’s ability to absorb in-year financial
shocks. This is recognised as a key element of the financial sustainability risk and is kept under review as part of financial
planning.                                                                                                                                                                                                   
* The IJB continues to engage with North Ayrshire Council, NHS Ayrshire and Arran, the Scottish Government, Chief
Officer networks, Chief Finance Officer networks and national IJB forums to highlight the local and national financial
sustainability challenges facing health and social care partnerships.
SRR02 Infrastructure - ICT System Integration and Property - lack of an integrated IT system to meet the needs of
NAHSCP leading to non-robust and inefficient information recording and sharing resulting in inefficient business
models, duplication of effort, inaccurate or lack of data on service demand and delivery and risk to service users,
patients and staff. 
Principal
Manager 
Transformation 
(usually updated
by Neil
McLaughlin)
* Access to systems can be requested to allow NHS-Partnership staff access to NAC systems, and NAC-Partnership staff
access of NHS systems.
* Work has progressed to reduce the number of MH ancillary recording systems and consolidate data on centralised
systems.                                                                            
* HSCP systems and performance team supporting work across the partnership and progressing developments and issues
with systems                                                                                                                                                                                                   
* NHSAAA are undertaking a review of all MS Access databases in use for removal to centralised systems. - local review
linked to MH reporting completed to plan removal                                                                                          
* Implementation of Trakcare functionality within Adult Community Mental Health Services to manage patient clinics across
all three Partnerships.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
* MH Digital Transformation board established                                                                                                                                                        
* MH digital business case being developed to address future planning needs.                                                                                                                                                                 
* Digital pilot for CYP neurodevelopment transformation with Strata Health.                                                                                                                                
12 4 3 12 High * Two groups have recently been established to better coordinate ICT issues/concerns/developments:
(i) HSCP Digital Leads with NAC, SAC, EAC and NHS IT and HSCP digital leads which is chaired by
NHS (ii) NAHSCP Digital Working Group which includes representatives from each Service.  A ToR
was recently approved at Transformation Board in February.  This group will have oversight of digital
projects on the Transformation Board.    
* Network access issues at NHS/NAC sites being explored and supported by NAC IT   
12 3 3 9 Moderate Tolerate
SRR05 Transformational Change Programme  - failure to deliver the transformational change required to meet current
and future demands and ensure our long term financial sustainability.
Principal
Manager 
Transformation 
(Stuart
MacMillan)
* Senior Manager leading on the delivery of the Transformation Plan.
* NAHSCP Transformation Board for oversight of programme development and delivery.                                                                                                
* Reporting regularly to NAHSCP Integration Joint Board.  
* Development of Workforce Plan, and Digital and Data Plan, to ensure alignment with transformed products and services.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
* Programme risk register in place, with high rated risks escalated to the Board.
* Alignment of service change/transformation plans to Strategic Plan priorities                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
* Raise awareness of Programme within the three parent organisations (including elected members and board members)
via established reporting arrangements.                                                                                                                                          
* Transformation Plan has been refreshed, updating project scopes and anticipated benefits
* A benefits management approach has been introduced and all projects will have benefit trackers assigned
* Transformation Board terms of reference has been approved                    
12 4 3 12 High * Regular meetings in place with planning managers and Finance colleagues to ensure coordinated
approach to change and  transformation                                                                                                                               
* A new transformation strategy is in development which will articulate the partnership's strategic
approach to delivering transformation
* Diarised meetings between Principal Manager (Transformation) and each Head of Service aimed at
better coordinating transformation activity at Service level
* Discussions taking place with Senior managers to understand areas of challenge and opportunities
for change underway.
12 3 3 9 Moderate Treat
SRR06 Governance -    IJB governance arrangements are not conducive to effective working and decision making,
Leading to a lack of confidence in the IJB and reputational damage.  Failure to comply with governance
requirements such as Freedom of Information, Complaints and other regulations laid down within the Public
Bodies (Scotland) Act.   This could lead to a breach of specific regulations resulting in enforcement action from
governing bodies, adverse public reaction and/or prosecution.  
Statutory Instrument to revise voting membership of IJBs to include lived experience, unpaid carer and third
sector representatives will come into effect in September 2026.    Revisions will be required to Integration
Schemes, Standing Orders.
Governance
Officer  (Karen
Andrews)
* Statutory governance arrangements defined by Integration Scheme are in place for representation at the IJB and sub-
committees and reviewed within prescribed requirements.
* Integration Scheme, Strategic Plan, Standing Orders and Code of Conduct in place. 
* Policies and procedures developed and in place for each function including Complaints, FOIs/Adverse Events for both
HSCP and IJB.                                                                                                                                                                                                       
* Operational Governance / Delivery groups in place to ensure appropriate action planning and monitoring including
Performance and Audit Committee, Clinical and Care Governance Group, Adverse Events Review Group, Health and
Safety Groups and the Staff Partnership Forum.        
* IJB receives 6 monthly updates on Clinical and Care Governance activity including details of adverse events; significant
case review; complaints.    This update includes details of outcomes and lessons learned. The Adverse Event Review
Group now includes a fortnightly update for all AERs across the North HSCP.                                                                                                                                                
*Approved a Risk Management Strategy, Strategic Risk Register and risk appetite statement.                                                                                                                           
*Health and Care Governance Framework in place                                                                                            
9 3 3 9 Moderate *Strengthened induction programme and governance training including code of conduct to be delivered
throughout 2026 following the changes to IJB voting rights.
* IJB Carer Representative was appointed following a successful recruitment campaign.  Additional
stakeholder appointments still to be confirmed. 
*Statutory Instrument to extend IJB Voting Rights to include lived experience, unpaid carer and third
sector representatives
* HSCP reviewing resourcing and capacity for demand to undertake SAERs.  Proposal to enhance
process with training and reviewing capacity across the three HSCPs.
*Ongoing Integration Scheme and Standing Orders review is underway to ensure fitness for purpose.
*Refresh of induction programme for new IJB members and refresher of code of conduct and standing
orders planned during 2026.
*Regular PAC/Internal Audit review of governance processes.
3 3 1 3 Low Treat
Gross Risk Residual Risk
177

Page 178

North Ayrshire Integration Joint Board
Strategic Risk Register
Risk Ref Description of Risk Risk Owner Mitigations/Control Measures Previous Severity Probability Score Rating Proposed New Control Measures Previous Severity Probability Score Rating Risk
Gross Risk Residual Risk
SRR07 Demography and Inequality Pressures - failure to adequately plan for and respond to changes in our
population profile and in the levels of poverty in North Ayrshire will result in more people experiencing higher
levels of physical and mental ill health, resulting in increasing demand on services, an inability of services to
provide adequate care and negative impact on health and wellbeing. 
Chief Officer 
(usually updated
by Seony Ross)
• A full review of demographics was carried out throughout 2025. The Strategic Needs Assessment was published in
August 2025 and reviews information regarding general health and wellbeing, mental health, hospital and community care,
children and young people, economy and inequality. This has supported the review of the Strategic Plan as well as other
internal service reviews and other pieces of work, and has been shared with partners to support their workstreams.
•The HSCP reviewed and refreshed its Strategic Plan ‘Caring Together’ for the remainder of the plan period, which will be
in place from 1st April 2026 to the 31st of March 2030. In addition to identifying Service Delivery Priorities which support
the health and wellbeing of our communities, the Plan identified 3 Strategic Priorities which are and intended to reduce the
pressures on the HSCP by anticipating future demand and aiming to improve outcomes at a population level.
• Demography increases are factored into budget planning to ensure the resource requirements are understood and
funding is identified to meet needs. The budget has also been considered in the development of the new Strategic Plan
priorities.
• The transformation programme is focused on reviewing services and ensuring transformation of services is focussed on
meeting the needs of service users, including ensuring appropriate support is in place for complex and intensive support
needs.
• A new set of Equality Outcomes was published in April 2025 which considered inequality and demographic data, and the
lived experience of equality groups within North Ayrshire. The new Equality Outcomes were published alongside a set of
actions to be achieved between 2025 and 2029 to support mainstreaming equality activity and equality of opportunity for
marginalised groups.
• Equality and Children’s Rights Impact Assessments are carried out for new policies, proposed projects and service
change proposals which are considered by IJB to inform decision making. These integrated assessments consider impacts
for protected characteristics, socio-economic disadvantage, island consideration and impacts on consumers of services.
• The HSCP has recently analysed all previous engagement carried out across the HSCP over the previous 3 years and
developed a new Participation and Engagement Strategy for 2026-2030. This strategy outlines how communities, carers,
and families will be able to share their views, and ensures the HSCP has the opportunity to hear people’s lived experience
when developing services This will allow people’s own experiences of inequalities to be considered in our review and
16 4 4 16 High • The Strategic Plan outlines 3 Strategic Outcomes which aim to address future service requirements
based on demographic changes and local inequalities and aim to better understand and assess how
we may influence improved health and wellbeing. The Strategic Priorities are: Supporting the
improvement of population health, Addressing the Changing needs of an ageing population, and
tackling the root causes of health inequality. During 2026, the HSCP will begin a programme of work
with Public Health Scotland Analysts to research anticipated future demographic changes, how
services are currently responding to these issues and where improvements can be made. The 3
workstreams will inform the HSCPs transformation programme and complement participation in the
CHES programme.
• The CHES Programme will continue with extensive engagement activity to ensure lived experience
influences the recommendations made through the programme.
• The HSCP will develop locality plans which will consider the individual needs and circumstances of
people living in smaller communities, and will outline how our services will meet the needs of those
specific communities
• the Strategic Planning group will continue to monitor the HSCPs Strategic plan and related strategies
and respond to any demographic changes that may impact strategy delivery.
12 3 4 12 High Treat
SRR07
(cont)
* A new Learning Disability learning plan was published in 2025, which comprises of service information and engagement
insights, and explores where there may be further need for development for this specific client group.
• A new Strategy for unpaid carers: Together we care 2026-2029 was agreed by IJB in December 2025. It advises carers of
their rights, sets out plans to identify carers, routes for assessment and support, and information about local and national
services. The aim is that all North Ayrshire carers are identified, supported and valued and are afforded an opportunity to
live, work, thrive and stay connected to their communities enjoying a life alongside caring, where they choose to continue
to care. Care needs are becoming increasingly complex in North Ayrshire due to demographic changes, and the strategy
will support the unpaid carers that provide care in the community.
• North Ayrshire is participating in the Collaboration for Health Equity in Scotland Programme which will consist of intensive
research and engagement in order to make recommendations for reducing health inequalities for North Ayrshire
Residents. In North Ayrshire, the programme will focus on 3 principles in 3 specific areas:
-	Give every child the best start in life, in the Fullarton, Castlepark south, Bourtreehill area of Irvine
-	Create fair employment and good work for all, in the Ardrossan central, Saltcoats central and Stevenston Hayock areas
of Three Towns
-	Strengthen the role and impact of ill health prevention, in the Garnock Valley.
•	In our Drug and Alcohol Services, we are implementing actions to reduce the number of local drug and
alcohol related harms and deaths. This includes implementing the national MAT (Medicated Assisted
Treatment) standards and increasing the number of ABIs (Alcohol Brief Interventions) delivered across
North Ayrshire.
* North Ayrshire is one of 3 areas in Scotland as part of the CHES programme (Collaboration for Health
Equity Scotland) which launched in February 2025 - this programme is a partnership between NAC and
the IJB and will involve all public sector partners to determine:
- What are the most impactful areas for intervention for Scotland to make meaningful progress in
closing the inequalities gap in healthy life expectancy?
- What action can be taken to enable national and local organisations to work more effectively together
to close the recognised implementation gap between policy intent and impact?
SRR08 Workforce - failure to recruit and retain and plan workforce requirements effectively leading to an insufficient
workforce (number of staff, key roles and competency levels), resulting in a reduction in capacity to safely and
effectively care for local people and a negative impact on service user and patient's needs being met                                                                                                 
Chief Officer 
(usually updated
by Seony Ross)
• In March 2025 the HSCP submitted a workforce template to the Scottish Government which outlined workforce
challenges for the HSCP including the agenda for change pay reform, demographic changes and increasingly complex
needs, financial pressures, and recruitment challenges. No further guidance has yet been issued by the Government
• To develop the refreshed strategic plan for 2026, service engagement was carried out which asked services for their
challenges and opportunities which included staffing and resource challenges for specific teams
• The learning and Development strategy for social work and social care 2023-2028 continues into its third year, continuing
to offer training and succession planning.
• HR and service leads will continue to meet quarterly to review, update and align workforce plans in line with evolving
service demands and strategic planning requirements. Workforce Planning meetings incorporate a structured review of
external factors using PESTLE to ensure workforce strategies remain responsive and proactive.
• The Care at Home service has an ongoing recruitment review in place as part of budget savings plan, with regular
establishment meetings taking place to review all vacancies and high-cost areas of spend to ensure all critical vacancies
are being filled where applicable.  This is done via regular recruitment events and advertising. The service has a robust
recruitment strategy which includes a retention plan which is monitored via stay/exit questionnaire completion by senior
members of the management team. 
• The iMatter staff experience survey continues, to ensure senior managers are able to get feedback from employees
about what is important to them in the workplace. 
• In Arran, there are ongoing high costs of agency to support Montrose House Care Home to meet staffing legislation
requirements for residents. A contract with the agency is in place to help reduce these costs and there is a rolling
recruitment programme for vacant posts and a variety of recruitment opportunities have been explored including a
recruitment campaign with assistance of an external agency.
• Roles have been diversified to support challenges, e.g. Psychiatry has expanded MDT responsibilities to enable
psychiatrists to focus on the most complex cases, and Health Care assistant roles have been developed in wards for long-
term conditions.
• Collaborative recruitment in A&A for areas including ICT, Primary Care Implementation plan, Mental Health and Clinical
Leadership
• Exit interviews with staff to understand reasons for leaving using this intelligence to inform plans to improve working
12 4 3 12 High • A new workforce plan for the HSCP which considers the above information, as well as projected
demographic challenges, will be developed in 2027.
• With the addition of a Workforce Data Analyst, a review of workforce information was undertaken and
a phased release of new efficiently produced information developed.  This information is being phased
into use starting with the extension of core absence information to include - absence reason, absence
cost, recruitment, vacancies - now as a core element included in the Partnership's quarterly
performance report to the IJB Performance and Audit Committee.
• A revised approach to jointly managing waiting lists has been implemented.  Adult Providers have
access to current waiting lists at all times and face to face meetings are also taking place to minimise
waiting times for services users as much as possible and maximise providers staffing resources.
• A review of provider forums is almost complete - the focus has been on consulting with providers to
ensure a clear understanding of what the key issues are that the HSCP could support providers with at
this time.
• The HSCP continues to review the structure on an iterative basis with opportunities progressed as
they arise to look at senior roles and to undertake gap analysis on roles and levels within the HSCP to
better deliver on team and partnership outcomes. Examples of this being the recent review of the
leadership structure in relation to finance and transformation and the review of disability services which
introduced Senior Practitioner roles to the team.  The review will continue on that basis, led by
opportunity and service need
• Increased focus on vacancy management and recruitment alongside service impact and for service
areas with workforce shortage proactively looking to skill mix and different roles to address recruitment
challenges - examples being SLT and OT.  
9 3 3 9 Moderate Treat
SRR09 Local Impact of Scottish Government Policies:  risk of further legislative, policy developments or change
which impacts on the IJBs ability to deliver on strategic objectives, examples include the NHS Agenda for
Change in the Reduced Working Week, the Promise, the Living Wage, Free Personal Care and other future
policy developments including the now amended National Care Service. The impact being the inability to deliver
on these alongside strategic plan commitments and objectives and the impact of funding for new policy and
legislative commitments.
Chief Officer * Horizon scanning for policy developments through partners and professional networks, including links with Scottish
Government policy teams.
* Regular liaison with Scottish Government and COSLA senior officers.
* Attendance and participation at the national Chief Officer network.
* Responses to consultations on potential implementation of new policy areas.
* Early local impact assessments for national policies, including operational and financial service impact.
* Financial modelling to respond to requests for information and support full funding.
* Fully brief IJB members and wider partners on policy implications for the IJB to gather support and awareness of any
implementation issues or concerns.
16 4 4 16 High * Promote and develop pan-Ayrshire approaches to impact assessment of policy implementation
* Reinforce the role of Elected Members and IJB members to influence Scottish Government decision
making through political routes.
12 4 3 12 High Treat
SRR12 Clinical and Care Governance: Failure to have an appropriate framework in place leading to an adverse impact
on the culture resulting in a reduction in the quality of the delivery of the highest quality of care and support is
understood.  
Chief Social
Work Officer
and Associate
Nursing Director 
*continuous review of arrangements for Clinical and Care Governance are essential for the delivery of statutory, policy and
professional requirements and the achievement of our quality ambitions.
*ongoing review of established structures and processes to assure Integration Joint Boards, Health Boards and Local
Authorities
*empowering clinical and care staff to contribute to the improvement of quality 
*making sure that there is a strong voice of the people and communities who use our services.
* ensure that professional leadership develops good governance for each of the following components: culture, systems,
practices, performance, vision and leadership.                                                                                                                                     
* delivery of the highest quality of care and support is understood to be the
responsibility of everyone working in the organisation - built upon partnership and
collaboration within teams, and between health and social care professionals and
managers.
* Health and community Care have developed a governance Board to ensure feedback to the overarching Clinical and
Care Governance arrangements.
9 3 3 9 Moderate * Continue to develop and monitor key performance indicators and report effectively through
governance framework.
* Ensuring we further develop clear and consistent reporting frameworks acknowledging the growing
risks posed to service delivery due to financial and resource constraints.
9 3 3 9 Moderate Tolerate
SRR13 Provider Failure (commissioned services) There is an ongoing risk of social care supplier failure due to staffing and
recruitment challenges and the financial viability of care providers.  Particularly across  community based support and also in
residential settings including care homes.  Supplier failure leads to risk to service users, potential for withdrawal of care and
disruption to care plans.
Senior
Managers  - 
Lorraine Dyet.
Louse Davidson,
Julie Barrett  
* Reviewed and monitored via CAHOG and CHOG, where intelligence and early warning signs are shared across
agencies, including the Care Inspectorate.
* Enhanced contract management is in place, supported by monitoring tools.
* Monthly or quarterly management meetings with companies are held where required.
* Formal support measures are in place, including quality of care monitoring.
16 4 4 16 High * Continue with current governance, mitigation and control measures.
* Ongoing engagement with current Community Support Providers.
* Where possible, scope opportunities for additional providers to support capacity and contingency
plans.
* Promote an open-book approach with providers in relation to their financial position.
16 4 4 16 High Treat
SRR14 Asylum Arrivals - there is a growing risk to health, primary care and social care sustainability, as the numbers of adult
asylum seekers dispersed by the Home Office grows, the number of unaccompanied children and young people  asylum
seekers and trafficked young people grows.
Head of Service -
Elizabeth Stewart
Senior Managers -
Louise Henry
* North Ayrshire Refugee taskforce led by NAC Housing, attended by Home Office and MEARs dispersal agents,
* Agreed targets with COSLA for Mears and resettlement schemes - new MOD scheme has not yet set targets.
* NHSAA Public Health continues to screen and treat TB and blood borne virus issues,
* HSCP Refugee Support Team continues to screen all new arrivals including UASC linking with Public Health, social work, and other
services as required
12 3 4 12 High *Continue governance approaches
* Finance team continues to map impact on children's houses from unaccompanied asylum seekers and trafficked
young people,
* NHSAA Public Health continues to screen and treat TB and blood borne virus issues,
*HSCP Refugee Support Team continues to screen all new arrivals including UASC linking with Public Health,
social work, and other services as required
* Impact statements provided to Home Office and MEARs about on-going stresses on primary care, HSCP Health
and Social Care in specific towns and villages as agreed targets likely to be exceeded,
12 3 4 12 High Treat
178

Page 179

North Ayrshire Integration Joint Board
Strategic Risk Register
Risk Ref Description of Risk Risk Owner Mitigations/Control Measures Previous Severity Probability Score Rating Proposed New Control Measures Previous Severity Probability Score Rating Risk
Gross Risk Residual Risk
SRR15 Risk of Harm - A lack of resources combined with an increase in both demand and complexity is leading to
increasing numbers of residents waiting for services, whether that be for referral, assessment or the provision of
care and support. Resources will be directed at those with the greatest need, reducing capacity for early
intervention and prevention supports. This results in a greater likelihood of residents experiencing harm as a
result. The gross risk increased from 16 to 20 which reflects the current financial position and the move to critical
eligibility criteria for access to social care services.
Operational
Heads of
Service and
CSWO
* Children, Families and Justice Services: waiting list guidance has been produced and cascaded across teams, setting out
arrangements for managing cases awaiting allocation, including escalation processes. A duty social work system is in place as the point
of contact for cases not yet allocated. Monthly waiting list reports are produced to support Head of Service oversight of unallocated
cases. Where appropriate, review meetings are convened to discuss cases where risk is escalating.                                             
* Community Care and Health: standard operating procedures are in place across Social Work and Service Delivery Teams for the
management of risk. A social work duty system is in operation. The Health and Community Care Unmet Need Oversight Group meets
weekly, supported by daily delayed discharge oversight, daily Care at Home waiting list review, weekly resource group meetings with
senior managers, and monthly multi-disciplinary meetings with Health and Community Care teams and partners to identify people
requiring support and escalation as early as possible.                                                                                                              
*  Mental Health: weekly resource group meetings are held to consider new care packages and revisions to existing care packages.
Waiting lists are reviewed regularly. Standard operating procedures are in place across Social Work and Service Delivery Teams for
the management of risk, supported by the social work duty system.                                                                                          
* Allied Health Professionals: referrals are prioritised at the point of referral, with higher-risk patients prioritised for support. Telephone
support is offered to others where appropriate, alongside review of criteria and access routes for specialist, targeted and universal
responses.
16 4 4 16 High * Ensure clear reporting of risks and trends in waiting lists through appropriate governance groups.                                                                                           
* Maintain reporting and escalation to Scottish Government through regular unmet need returns and
ongoing engagement and discussion regarding the level of resource required.                                                                   
* Review referral pathways and eligibility criteria to ensure available resources are directed to those
with the greatest need.                                                                                                                              *
Pursue opportunities across the wider system to support investment in early intervention supports,
enabling residents to receive support at an earlier point where possible.
16 4 4 16 High Tolerate
SRR16 Growth and expansion of specialist complex care developments - there has been a rapid increase across the
independent sector in North and South Ayrshire since 2020 which lack alignment with local commissioning plans. This results
in an exponential growth in un-forecasted referrals to community and inpatient Mental health and Learning disabilities services
leading to an impact on capacity and demand on MDT's and inpatient occupancy levels when placements breakdown.
The out of area demand lacks alignment with the principles enshrined in the Scottish Government 'Coming Home report',
resulting in significant delayed discharge and high costs associated with inpatient stay and Scottish Government guidance
regarding 'ordinary residence' and dual health board responsibility for NHS health care provision is exacerbating this position.
Jan Thomson and
Gillian Duffy
*  Engage with Housing and Planning Departments to be aware of new applications at an early planning stage.
*  Use provider forums to discuss emerging risks/concerns/developments and agree appropriate contingency plans.
*  Work with Scottish Government (HIS) to contribute and influence the national work on dynamic support registers to ensure these are
being utilised appropriately.
* collaborative working across Ayrshire HSCP’s to develop local complex care solutions
* Share information through existing governance groups including Care Home and Care at Home Oversight Groups
* Pro active escalation of our of area placement breakdown with placing authority to ensure consideration of social work intervention
from responsible area and engagement with care provider. 
* Seek early legal advice from NAC and NHS Legal teams on accountabilities and position for NA
25 5 5 25 Very High * Develop a collaborative framework of communication to influence registration applications to the Care
Inspectorate for specialist and highly specialist units.
* Review service models, including learning disability acute assessment.
* Continue to review and develop outreach support models as an alternative to admission.
* Agree and deliver recommendations of the complex care business case in collaboration with housing and future
Strategic Housing Investment Plans, where required for future years, to ensure we can meet the needs of our own
local population.
* Proactively work with incoming providers to develop referral pathways and ensure appropriate staffing and
support are in place, including GP local enhanced services.
* Escalate cross-boundary concerns to the Care Inspectorate, Scottish Government and Mental Welfare
Commission to seek resolution and support.
* Ensure that anyone placed in North Ayrshire by other authorities is on the placing authority’s Dynamic Support
Register. Where there is risk of placement breakdown, ensure they are identified as red and that fortnightly action
plan meetings are convened. Open and maintain dialogue with the allocated workers from the placing authority to
determine actions being taken by them to assist in reviewing and/or stabilising the situation.
* Where information is known about someone being at risk of placement breakdown and requests for admission
to an in-patient setting are made, the General Manager for Woodland View and bed manager should be made
aware at the earliest opportunity. Where the situation allows, a multi-disciplinary and cross-authority pre-admission
discussion should be convened at the earliest opportunity
15 3 5 15 High Treat
SRR17 
(NEW)
Children’s Services Placements - Critical shortage of appropriately matched local and national placements for babies,
infants, children and young people leads to reduced ability to provide suitable care away from home when required, resulting
in delayed or inappropriate placement decisions, increased use of higher-cost or out-of-area provision, reduced placement
stability and potential impact on safety, wellbeing and outcomes.
Elizabeth Stewart
and Scott Hunter
* Focus on Brighter Pathways programme of service transformation for care placements in North Ayrshire
* Fortnightly residential placements review meetings                                                                                                                                       
* Fortnightly Resourcing Coordination Meeting - reviewing foster care and residential requests                                                             
* Closer liaison with housing services via monthly Moving On Up Forum                                                                                                      
* Development of Boyle Street, Irvine, Supported Model of Accommodation as per Brighter Pathways work                                                                           
* Launch of new Fostering Scheme - Fostering Futures (1st April 2026) as per Brighter Pathways work                                                      
* Ongoing Review of Intensive Support Services (to prevent family breakdown and requirement of placement).
n/a 5 5 25 Very High The placement issue is being taken forward by SWS to COSLA and NSWA, concerns have been escalated
nationally by all areas with further discussions happening at a national level.
n/a 5 5 25 Very High Treat
179

Page 180

180

Page 181

Integration Joint Board  
20 August 2026
Subject : Annual Performance Report 2025-26
Purpose : This report is for:
• Approval
Recommendation : That the Integration Joint Board notes the key achievements
during 2025-26 and retrospectively approves the publication of
the Partnership’s Annual Performance Report. 
Direction Required to
Council, Health Board or
Both 
Direction to :- 
1. No Direction Required x
2. North Ayrshire Council 
3. NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
4. North Ayrshire Council and NHS Ayrshire & Arran 
Glossary of Terms 
HSCP Health and Social Care Partnership
IJB Integration Joint Board
PAC Performance and Audit Committee
PSMT Partnership Senior Management Team
APR Annual Performance Report 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 The North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership is required under the Public
Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014 to publish an Annual Performance Report
setting out progress in delivering integration functions, strategic priorities and national
health and wellbeing outcomes. 
The Annual Performance Report 2025-26 demonstrates continued progress across a
broad range of integrated health and social care services. It highlights achievements
in service quality, access, prevention, financial wellbeing, carer support, mental health
improvement and digital transformation. The report also recognises significant and
sustained pressures affecting the Partnership. 
The Performance and Audit Committee approved publication of the Annual
Performance Report to meet the statutory deadline of 31 July 2026. The Integration
Joint Board is now asked to note the achievements during 2025-26 and retrospectively
approve the publication of the report. 
Agenda Item 12
181

Page 182

2. BACKGROUND 
2.1 Section 42 of the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014 requires
Partnerships to publish an annual performance report setting out an assessment of
performance in planning and carrying out the integration functions for which they are
responsible. 
2.2 Guidance for Health and Social Care Integration Partnership Performance Reports
(published by the Scottish Government, March 2016) was followed to ensure the
content of the North Ayrshire HSCP performance report meets those requirements. 
2.3 The Annual Performance Report 2025-26 demonstrates the ongoing progress made
by the Partnership in delivering against its vision and strategic priorities, as well as the
Scottish Government’s national health and wellbeing outcomes, children’s and justice
service outcomes and a range of local measures. 
2.4 The report uses case studies throughout to demonstrate service performance
highlights balancing the quantitative with qualitative information. Notable highlights
include:
- High-quality care services: Care at Home services achieved predominantly
‘Very Good’ inspection ratings, with high user satisfaction and over 1,000
people supported, demonstrating strong service quality and workforce
capability. 
- Strong performance in alcohol and drug treatment access: NADARS
maintained high access performance, with at least 95.5% of alcohol referrals
and 97% of drug referrals seen within three weeks across all quarters, and
100% seen within six weeks. 
- Dads Rock support expanded across North Ayrshire: The Dads Support
Service, funded through the Whole Family Wellbeing Fund, expanded from
the Three Towns into Irvine and Kilwinning, supporting fathers with parenting,
confidence and wellbeing. In its first year it supported over 60 families,
delivered 180+ one-to-one sessions, 36 group sessions and five family
events.   
- Community-led and locality-based approaches are strengthening
participation: The report highlights continued community partnership activity
through Montrose House partnership with EcoSavvy, Cycling Without Age
Scotland continued to offer free trishaw and wheelchair-accessible rides on
Cumbrae and Arran CVS’ “Free for All” event, which brought together around
300 community members to connect with local groups, volunteering
opportunities, health information and community activities. 
182

Page 183

- Significant financial gains for residents through Money Smart and
welfare rights support: Money Smart delivered around £20 million in
financial gains for North Ayrshire residents in 2025-26, supporting 7,560
clients and helping reduce household debt by over £568,000. 
- Anam Cara Dementia Respite Unit supported carers and people living
with dementia: The unit provided over 600 nights of respite in Quarter 1,
offering safe, personalised support for people with dementia while helping
carers sustain their caring role. 
- Mental health system improvements: the Unscheduled Care Hub reduced
admissions, improved patient flow, and cut delays (e.g. 48% reduction in AWI
delays), showing measurable system performance gains. The report also
notes positive Mental Welfare Commission review visits to inpatient and
community services..   
- Digital and service transformation progress: The Partnership continued
the shift from analogue to digital telecare, with around 3,700 alarm users
supported and 92% already digital-ready, earning a Scottish Government
Silver Award, showing measurable improvement in safety and reliability. 
- Approval of refreshed Strategic Plan 2026-30: The IJB approved the
refreshed Strategic Plan 2026-30 in December 2025, setting a renewed vision
and strategic direction for health and social care in North Ayrshire. The plan
strengthens the Partnership’s focus on prevention, community-based support,
fair and equal access, sustainability, and reducing health and care
inequalities. 
The Annual Performance Report highlights continued progress across a wide range
of integrated services yet also identifies significant and sustained challenges. The
most pressing issues relate to delayed discharge, emergency admissions, financial
sustainability, workforce capacity and health inequalities. These pressures are
complex and system-wide, requiring continued transformation, strong partnership
working and targeted use of performance intelligence to support improvement and
inform future planning. 
3. PROPOSALS 
3.1 It is proposed that the IJB notes the achievements during 2025-26 and provides
retrospective approval for publication of the Annual Performance Report on the
Partnership’s website by the statutory deadline of 31 July 2026. 
3.2 Anticipated Outcomes 
With the publication of the Annual Performance Report the Partnership is informing
the people of North Ayrshire and wider stakeholders on the progress of health and
social care integration, specifically relating to:
183

Page 184

• Outcomes for local people.
• Locality health and social care needs.
• Service provision (including lead partnership responsibilities and commissioned
services).
• Transformational change.
• Budgetary and financial information. 
3.3 Measuring Impact 
With the publication of the Annual Performance Report 2025-26 the Partnership has
met its obligations under the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014. 
4. IMPLICATIONS 
4.1 Financial
None. 
4.2 Human Resources
There are no direct human resources implications arising from approval of the report. 
However, the Annual Performance Report highlights workforce capacity and service
sustainability as continuing pressures, and its findings will support ongoing workforce
planning, service redesign and improvement activity across the Partnership. 
4.3 Legal
Publication of the Annual Performance Report supports compliance with the reporting
requirements of the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014. There are no
further direct legal implications arising from the recommendation. 
4.4 Equality/Socio-Economic
The report provides important evidence on the Partnership’s contribution to reducing
inequalities and improving outcomes for people and communities across North
Ayrshire. 
4.5 Risk
None 
4.6 Community Wealth Building
While there are no direct community wealth building implications, the report describes
activity that contributes to community wellbeing and local resilience, including locality-
based partnership working, community-led initiatives, welfare rights support and
collaboration with third and independent sector partners. 
184

Page 185

4.7 Key Priorities
The Annual Performance Report supports delivery of the Partnership’s statutory
reporting duties and provides evidence of progress against strategic priorities,
including prevention, community-based support, fair access, sustainability, reducing
inequalities and improving outcomes for people and communities across North
Ayrshire. 
5. CONSULTATION 
Consultation has taken place with Partnership staff, stakeholders, the Partnership
Senior Management Team and the IJB Performance and Audit Committee as part of
the development and approval process for publication of the final report. 
Director: Caroline Cameron
Stuart MacMillan, Principle Manager, stuartmacmillan@north-ayrshire.gov.uk 
Appendices
North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership Annual Performance Report 2025-26
185

Page 186

PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership
Annual Performance Report
2025 to 2026 
186

Page 187

PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Reflections from the Director
Welcome to North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership’s Annual Performance Report for
2025 to 2026. This report reflects on a year in which our services, staff and partners have continued
to respond to significant and sustained pressures, while remaining focused on improving outcomes
for the people and communities of North Ayrshire. 
The context in which we are operating remains extremely challenging. Demand for health and social
care support continues to grow, with people presenting with increasingly complex needs. At the same
time, the Partnership continues to work within a constrained financial environment, alongside wider
workforce, demographic and system pressures being experienced across Scotland. In North
Ayrshire, these challenges are particularly acute given the impact of poverty, deprivation, poorer
healthy life expectancy and the needs of our island, remote and rural communities. 
Despite this, the report demonstrates the breadth of progress made across the Partnership during the
year. Our services have continued to deliver high-quality care and support across health and
community care, mental health and learning disability services, children, families and justice services,
and our lead partnership responsibilities across Ayrshire and Arran. The achievements highlighted
throughout this report reflect the professionalism, commitment and compassion of our staff and the
strength of our relationships with partners across the Council, NHS Ayrshire and Arran, the third and
independent sectors, communities, carers and people who use our services. 
This has also been a year of important strategic development. The Partnership has continued to
deliver against the ambitions of Caring Together, while also preparing for the next phase of our
strategic direction. The refreshed Strategic Plan for 2026 to 2030 sets out a renewed focus on
empowerment, fair and equal access, sustainability and reducing inequalities. This is supported by
our updated Strategic Needs Assessment, ongoing locality planning work, and our continued
involvement in the Collaboration for Health Equity in Scotland, which provides an important
opportunity to work with national and local partners to address the underlying causes of poor health
and unequal outcomes. 
Transformation has remained central to our work. During the year, we have continued to modernise
services, strengthen governance and improve how we use data, digital tools and evidence to support
decision-making. Our transformation programme has focused on service redesign, sustainability and
ensuring that people receive the right support, in the right place, at the right time. This includes work
to improve hospital discharge pathways, develop community-based models of support, modernise
telecare, strengthen early intervention, and support our workforce through new approaches to digital
practice and service improvement. 
The report also highlights areas where further improvement is required. Delayed discharge,
emergency admissions, financial sustainability, workforce pressures and inequalities remain
significant challenges. These issues are complex and cannot be addressed by the Partnership alone.
They require whole-system working, clear prioritisation and continued collaboration with communities
and partners. We will continue to use performance information, lived experience and service
intelligence to understand where change is most needed and to ensure that our resources are
targeted where they can have the greatest impact. 
187

Page 188

PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
There is much to be proud of. Positive inspection outcomes across key services, strong examples of
early intervention, increased digital readiness, improved support for unpaid carers, continued
investment in children and families, and innovative community-led approaches all demonstrate the
difference that integrated health and social care can make. These achievements show the value of
working together and the importance of keeping people, families and communities at the centre of our
planning and delivery. 
I want to take this opportunity to thank all staff across North Ayrshire Health and Social Care
Partnership for their dedication, resilience and care throughout another demanding year. I also want
to thank our partners, unpaid carers, volunteers, community organisations and people with lived
experience who continue to support, challenge and shape our work. Your contribution is central to
improving health and wellbeing across North Ayrshire. 
Looking ahead, we will continue to face difficult choices, but we will do so with a clear commitment to
our values, our communities and our shared ambition to support people in North Ayrshire to live
safe, healthy and active lives. By working together, focusing on prevention and early intervention,
tackling inequalities and transforming services for the future, we can continue to make meaningful
progress for the people we serve. 
188

Page 189

4 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Contents
North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership ............................................................................. 1
Annual Performance Report ................................................................................................................. 1
2025 to 2026 ........................................................................................................................................ 1
Reflections from the Director............................................................................................................. 2
Visions, Values and Priorities ............................................................................................................ 5
Local Priorities .................................................................................................................................. 6
Strategic Plan 2026-30 ..................................................................................................................... 7
Structure of this report ...................................................................................................................... 8
Provide Early and Effective Support ................................................................................................. 9
Tackle Inequalities .......................................................................................................................... 17
Enable Communities ....................................................................................................................... 24
Develop and Support Our Workforce .............................................................................................. 31
Improve Mental and Physical Health and Wellbeing ....................................................................... 37
National Health and Wellbeing Indicators ....................................................................................... 45
Performance in relation to the three Children’s Outcomes and three Justice Service Outcomes ... 48
Children’s Outcomes ................................................................................................................... 49
Justice Outcomes ........................................................................................................................ 56
Reporting on localities ..................................................................................................................... 63
Transformation Programme ............................................................................................................ 66
Reporting on lead partnership responsibility ................................................................................... 75
Mental Health Services ................................................................................................................ 76
Child Health Services .................................................................................................................. 81
Inspection of service ....................................................................................................................... 88
Financial performance and best value ............................................................................................ 93
Overall position ............................................................................................................................ 97
Appendix ....................................................................................................................................... 100 
189

Page 190

5 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Visions, Values and Priorities
North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership (NAHSCP/the Partnership) is working towards a
vision where:
“All people who live in North Ayrshire are able to have a safe,
healthy and active life.”
Our Partnership includes health and social care services within Health and Community Care
Services (H&CC), Mental Health and Learning Disability Services, and Children, Families and
Justice Services.
In this Annual Performance Report, we look back on the progress made during the reporting year,
highlight areas of strong performance, and reflect on areas where improvement continues to be
required.
This report aligns with the Partnership’s Caring Together Strategic Commissioning Plan 2022–2030.
Following a formal review in December 2024, the Strategic Plan was updated to reflect the
significantly changed context in which the Partnership is now operating, including demographic
change, increasing demand, financial pressures, and updated evidence on population health and
inequalities.
Over the period of this strategic plan, the Health and Social Care Partnership will seek to: 
We see these priorities as interlinked, and we expect that where we see success against one priority,
it’s effect will positively impact against others.
People who use our services and North Ayrshire residents will experience our Partnership values in
the way our staff and volunteers engage with you and how we behave. We will treat you with: 
190

Page 191

6 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Local Priorities
The Strategic Plan sets out the overarching priorities for the Health and Social Care Partnership
(HSCP) and how services will be planned and delivered to improve outcomes across North Ayrshire.
While these priorities apply at a whole-system level, it is recognised that communities across North
Ayrshire experience differing population needs, challenges and inequalities.
To ensure planning is responsive to local circumstances, the HSCP undertakes Locality Planning
across six defined geographical areas:
• Arran
• Garnock Valley
• Irvine
• Kilwinning
• North Coast and Cumbrae
• Three Towns
Locality Planning enables the HSCP to understand and respond to variation in population health,
wellbeing and access to services at a local level. It supports targeted action on health inequalities,
informed by data, lived experience and community engagement.
During the current reporting period, Locality Planning has continued to operate through a structured,
evidence-led approach that combines population data, service intelligence and engagement with
local communities and equalities groups. This approach supports the development of clear locality
priorities aligned to the Strategic Plan and wider Community Planning Partnership priorities.
Locality Plans will provide a clear statement of need, priorities and intended actions for each locality
and will support ongoing performance monitoring, accountability and improvement at a local level.  
191

Page 192

7 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Strategic Plan 2026-2030
Our new Strategic Plan 2026-30 was approved by the Integrated Joint Board in December 2025. The
new plan replaces the current priorities and outlines the strategic priorities for anticipating and
improving future health and care needs, and Service Delivery Priorities, reflecting the current
requirements for delivering services.
As such the new vision going into the next 10 years, is: 
“To empower people in North Ayrshire to live safe, healthy and active lives with fair and equal
access to sustainable health and care services”.
The newly agreed Strategic Priorities are: 
1. Supporting the Improvement of Population Health 
2. Addressing the Changing Needs of an Ageing Population 
3. Tackling the Root Causes of Health and Care Inequality 
These aim to address future service requirements based on demographic changes and local
inequalities and aim to better understand and assess how we may influence improved health and
wellbeing. Strategies will be aligned to these goals and decision making will consider these priorities
and impacts when implementing change
The Service Delivery Priorities are: 
1. Prevention 
2. Community Based Services 
3. Life Stages 
4. Whole Person Approach 
5. Accessibility and Communication 
6. Evidence and Performance
These reflect how services will be designed and delivered to address the health and care needs of
the population. All future service planning will be aligned to these principles.
All reporting within services and to the Integrated Joint Board and Performance and Audit Committee
will be structured to meet these new priorities from Quarter 1 2026-27. 
192

Page 193

8 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Structure of this report
We have measured and evaluated our performance in relation to:
• Partnership Strategic Objectives
• Scottish Government National Health and Well-being Outcomes 
• Children’s and Justice Services Outcomes 
• Local measures 
The North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership continues to have lead
partnership responsibilities across Ayrshire and Arran for Mental Health and Learning
Disability Services as well as Child Health Services (including immunisation and infant
feeding). We have reflected on some of the highlights and challenges of leading these
services across Ayrshire.
We will show that all our services (those provided by our Partnership staff and those
provided by other organisations on our behalf) are providing high quality care and
support to the people of North Ayrshire.
Finally, the partnership continues to face financial challenges in delivering and
improving services from within the available budget, during the year we have made
significant progress towards achieving financial balance and overall service
sustainability. We have detailed our financial position and reflected on how we
continue to provide assurance that we are delivering Best Value in North Ayrshire for
Health and Social Care services.
193

Page 194

9 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Provide Early and Effective Support
National Outcomes
1 People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing and live in
good health for longer.
2 People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are frail, are
able to live, as far as reasonably practicable, independently and at home or in a
homely setting in their community.
3 Health and social care services contribute to reducing health inequalities. 
194

Page 195

10 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
1.1 Due to an increase in the number of adverse events relating to medication administration a
review was conducted as part of the Pan Ayrshire Community Nursing Review (CNR).The
review focussed on medication prescription charts (Kardex). Findings revealed that staff in the
community were using multiple versions of Kardex at one time, including pre-printed sliding
scales and COVID-specific templates issued by GP practices.
A comparative review of prescribing practices across other health boards showed that
institutions such as Hospices and Greater Glasgow and Clyde health board were using a
palliative care booklet which more clearly separated PRN, as required, medications from the
continuous infusions, helping to reduce administration errors.
In response, a community nursing palliative prescribing Kardex was developed, based on the
Greater Glasgow and Clyde model, which aligned with local policies and guidelines. The Safer
Medicines Group reviewed the new Kardex and endorsed a test of change in North Ayrshire
which has been underway. Initial testing the one community Nurse Independent Prescriber has
yielded positive feedback, and next steps are to expand testing across community nursing in
Ayrshire.
1.2 The North Ayrshire Drug and Alcohol Service (NADARS) has continued to demonstrate
high levels of performance by meeting national and local standards and targets, such as
access to treatment waiting times, provision of alcohol brief interventions (ABIs), the roll-out of
Naloxone supplies and increasing patient choice regarding Opiate Substitution Therapy (OST)
medications.
Figures for those seen within 3 weeks for Alcohol were no lower than 95.5% during any
quarter, while those seen within 3 weeks for Drugs were no lower than 97% during any quarter
in 2025 to 2026. 100% of referrals for Alcohol and Drugs were seen within 6 weeks. 
195

Page 196

11 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION 
The team continues to identify new ways of working to provide a more agile and streamlined
service and further improve performance. This work has been evidenced by the delivery of
early intervention services in the delivery of Alcohol Brief Interventions (ABI) in both priority
(Primary Care, A&E and Antenatal) and wider settings. 
Indicator 2023-
2024
2024-
2025
2025-
2026
Target set by Scottish Government – Priority Settings 3,420 3,420 3,420
Total ABI delivery in Priority Settings (Ayrshire & Arran) 6,398 5,940 5,977 
Indicator 2023-
2024
2024-
2025
2025-
2026
Target set by Scottish Government in Wider Settings 855 855 855
Total ABI delivery in Wider Settings (Ayrshire & Arran) 1,216 1,325 1,544
1.3 The implementation of a new telephony system in Arran War Memorial Hospital represents a
successful example of service modernisation and operational improvement. Following staff
training and infrastructure upgrades, the new system went live in August 2025. 
Communications were issued to stakeholders to support the transition, and additional monitors
were procured to enhance usability. In the first six week from launch, the system handled
1,599 calls, with 43% routed directly to departments, freeing up reception staff to focus more
effectively on front door services. The team will now monitor the system and capture any
learning that can be shared with the wider Partnership, supporting continuous improvement
and future service design.
1.4 The Partnership’s Care at Home service, across the Three Towns, North Coast, and Arran
localities, was subject to a comprehensive, unannounced inspection by the Care Inspectorate
196

Page 197

12 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
in August 2025. This inspection involved engagement with over 180 individuals including
service users, family members, staff, and visiting professionals and resulted in a ‘Very Good’
rating in three out of four categories, with the remaining category rated as ‘Good’. Inspectors
highlighted the strength of relationships between staff and service
users, noting high levels of satisfaction and a culture of respect and
responsiveness. People using the service are actively encouraged
to provide feedback and even participate in staff recruitment,
reflecting a commitment to co-production and continuous improvement. 
Management oversight was recognised as a particular strength, with robust quality assurance
processes in place. Staff were described as supportive and engaged, contributing to a positive
working environment and consistent delivery of person-centred care. While support plans were
found to be well-structured and tailored to individual needs, the inspection did note that review
documentation requires updating, an area already being addressed. This inspection outcome
is a significant endorsement of the service’s quality and impact, reflecting the professionalism
and dedication of our teams and reinforces our commitment to delivering early, effective, and
compassionate support to residents across North Ayrshire.
1.5 The Working Together Occupational Therapy Service, delivered in partnership with East
and South HSCPs, has made a significant impact by embedding short-term, holistic support
within GP practices. With 100% positive feedback from service users and an estimated cost
avoidance of nearly £600,000, this model exemplifies the value of early intervention in both
physical and mental health contexts.
1.6 North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership has made significant progress in its
transition from analogue to digital telecare, ahead of the UK-wide telecoms switchover in
2027. The successful completion of the first digital alarm connection marked a key milestone
in this transformation, which now supports around 3,700 dispersed alarm users—92% of
whom are already equipped with digital-ready alarms. In recognition of this achievement, the
service was awarded the Silver Digital Telecare Implementation Award by the Scottish
Government. This reflects the technical capability of the Telecare team and the strength of
collaborative working across partners. The move to digital connectivity enhances safety,
reliability, and responsiveness for vulnerable individuals across the region, positioning the
service well for future advancements. 
1.7 Our Family Centred Wellbeing Service (FCWS) situated in
Meadowcroft, Irvine but available to all localities, has continued to
strengthen its early intervention offer through the further embedding of
the Building on Positive Relationships (BPR) parenting intervention. 
The team has benefited from weekly specialist input from SMcG,
Educational Psychologist, whose coaching and developmental guidance
have supported staff to deepen their confidence and skills in delivering
BPR with families experiencing emerging emotional and behavioural
challenges.
A key innovation was the introduction of BPR-A, a tailored adaptation of the core programme
designed to support parents in understanding and responding to childhood anxiety. 
The group explored how certain parental “accommodations”—well‑intentioned adjustments
intended to ease distress—can inadvertently reinforce anxious behaviours, and how
197

Page 198

13 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
alternative approaches can promote children’s resilience. Parent feedback on BPR-A was
highly positive, with participants particularly valuing the visual format of the sessions. The use
of video examples and visual strategies helped parents contextualise learning and link
theoretical concepts to everyday experiences with their children.
Building on this successful use of visual tools, two of our FCWS practitioners, BM and NG,
have led the development of a new ‘Understanding Anxiety’ video resource, co‑produced with
children and young people who access the service. With creative support from SMcG, the
team set out to design a resource that is relevant, relatable and grounded in the authentic
voices of young people. Six young people have played an active role in shaping the content,
contributing through a range of creative activities including drawing, digital illustration, sound
recording, graphic tablet design, and clay modelling. 
Their artwork and ideas form the foundation of the video’s visual storytelling, featuring
representations such as the brain and anxiety pathway, the iceberg analogy illustrating visible
and hidden aspects of emotional experiences, and a series of personalised coping strategies
that young people identified as useful when they feel anxious. 
By equipping parents with practical, psychologically informed tools at the earliest point of
difficulty, FCWS is helping families to better understand and manage anxiety before issues
escalate. The co‑produced video further enhances this preventative approach by offering
children and young people accessible, relatable ways to understand their own emotional
responses and develop confidence in using coping strategies. Together, these developments
reinforce FCWS’s commitment to early intervention, strengthening family resilience and
ensuring that children and young people receive the right support at the right time.
1.8 The Partnership’s Care at Home Service, across the Irvine,
Kilwinning, Garnock Valley and Community Alarm Service, was
subject to a comprehensive, unannounced inspection by the Care
Inspectorate in September 2025. Key messages highlighted high
user satisfaction and respectful, responsive care; active encouragement of feedback and
involvement in recruitment (co‑production); good support planning with continued focus on
timely reviews and strong, compassionate, and person-centred practice across a large and
complex service.
At the time of inspection, the service supported 1,023 people, with a further 4,500
individuals receiving support through the Community Alarm Service. Inspectors engaged with
119 staff and managers, undertook home visits, and reviewed a wide range of documentation
and processes, providing a robust assessment of service quality.
Feedback from people using the service and their families was overwhelmingly positive.
Inspectors observed carers who were highly compassionate, attentive and skilled, often going
“above and beyond” to ensure people felt comfortable, respected and valued. Families
described staff as “exceptional” and “wonderful,” emphasising the dignity and kindness shown
in day-to-day interactions.
The inspection identified effective early intervention and strong collaboration with health
professionals, with staff responding promptly to emerging health concerns. Workforce
development was a particular strength, supported by a structured 12-week induction,
mandatory 5-day training for new staff, ongoing specialist training and proactive approaches to
staff wellbeing. The formal grading as a result of the inspection is detailed below:
198

Page 199

14 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
• How well do we support people’s wellbeing? 5 (Very Good) 
• How good is our staff team? 5 (Very Good)
1.9 As part of the ongoing Community Nursing Review, community nursing teams have
collaborated with Tissue Viability, Pressure Ulcer Improvement, and Podiatry services to
evaluate and enhance the current pressure ulcer risk assessment process. Historically, the
Waterlow tool was used; however, it frequently yielded inaccurate scores and proved
challenging to apply consistently within community settings due to impractical review
timeframes.
In response, a community-adapted version of the hospital-based Pressure Ulcer Daily Risk
Assessment (PUDRA) has been developed, now referred to as the Community Pressure Ulcer
Risk Assessment (CPURA). This new tool is designed to support robust clinical decision-
making by facilitating comprehensive documentation, accurate grading, timely intervention,
and appropriate escalation.
The CPURA is currently undergoing pilot testing within North Ayrshire and the evaluation
focuses on effectiveness, clarity, user experience of the assessment form and appropriate
actions following pressure ulcer identification. Feedback from this pilot will inform future
refinements to ensure the CPURA supports safe, consistent, and effective pressure ulcer
management in community care settings.
1.10 Our Children and Families Health Team offers parents in North Ayrshire to source support
for potty and toilet training. Families in need of some advice can speak to their Named Health
Visitor or Family Nurse while more information is also available via the Ayrshire Bairns app.
Over the past century, the average age that children are being potty trained in the UK has
risen from between 12 and 18 months to an average of around three or even four years.
Where children are not potty trained before starting school, this can have an impact on their
health and wellbeing.
Studies have also shown that school staff in the UK are diverting 2.5 hours a day, on average,
away from teaching and towards supporting children who are not toilet trained, resulting in
pupils losing around a third of learning time each day.
1.11 Compass is free online tool offering support to young people with additional support needs –
and the adults in their lives – throughout the transition to adulthood.
With separate versions for young people, parents/carers
and professionals, this interactive digital platform
contains up-to-date information and advice, all in one
place, and is accessible whenever you need it.
Compass is tailored to the individual, so it’s always relevant and specific, saving time and
reducing stress. It helps young people explore what matters to them and allows them to share
their thoughts, as well as giving parents and carers an individual transitions timeline and
highlighting key actions at each stage.
Additionally, it can guide professionals through the statutory duties that apply to transitions and
supports a joined-up approach.
199

Page 200

15 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
1.12 Break the Silence provides support to people affected by childhood sexual trauma in North
and East Ayrshire. The charity has developed a range of online tools designed to support
individuals who have experienced childhood sexual abuse, as well as their families, partners,
and the professionals who care for them.
Developed with guidance from the charity’s client-led advisory group - as well as experts in the
field - these resources reflect the real experiences and needs of survivors.
Support while waiting for therapy: Recognising the challenges
faced while waiting for therapy, this set of online self-help tools
is designed specifically for survivors of childhood sexual
abuse. These tools offer a safe, accessible space to begin the
healing journey, with resources focused on grounding
techniques, managing trauma responses, and building emotional resilience.
Resources for families and partners: Family members and partners play a crucial role in a
survivor’s healing process. A dedicated self-help tool is now available to support those closest
to the survivor. This resource helps build understanding of the impact of sexual trauma, offers
guidance on providing informed and compassionate support, and highlights the importance of
self-care for loved ones.
Training for Perinatal and Postnatal Care Providers – Supporting Survivors: Pregnancy, Birth,
and Beyond: In collaboration with partners, Break the Silence has developed an online training
module for professionals supporting individuals through pregnancy, birth and beyond. This
training equips practitioners with the knowledge and confidence to provide trauma-informed
care to survivors of childhood sexual abuse. Participants will gain a deeper understanding of
the lasting effects of trauma, how to navigate sensitive situations, and how to promote safety
and healing in their practice.
It is hoped that these tools will increase awareness, reduce isolation, and help create a more
compassionate network of support for survivors and those around them.  
200

Page 201

16 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
National Indicators
Indicator NAHSCP Scotland
Adults able to look after their health very well or quite well 89% 91%
Adults supported at home who agreed that they are
supported to live as independently as possible 72% 74%
Adults supported at home who agreed that they had a say
in how their help, care or support was provided 56% 64%
Rate of Emergency Hospital Admissions for adults (Per
100,000 population) 14,594 11,470
Rate of emergency bed days for adults 147,915 108,988
Falls rate per 1,000 population aged 65+ 20 22
201

Page 202

17 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Tackle Inequalities
National Outcomes
3 People who use health and social care services have positive experiences of those
services, and have their dignity respected.
4 Health and social care services are centred on helping to maintain or improve the
quality of life of people who use those services.
5 Health and social care services contribute to reducing health inequalities.
6 People who provide unpaid care are supported to look after their own health and
wellbeing. Including to reduce any negative impact of their caring role on their own
health and wellbeing. 
202

Page 203

18 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
2.1 Following initial completion of modules and interviews, four Skills for Life applicants were
identified by the Parent Employment team as suitable candidates for a placement within the
Partnership’s Care at Home service. A further candidate was placed within the Partnership’s
Community Equipment Store. Placements commenced in May 2025 within the 3 Towns,
Kilwinning and Irvine localities. Candidates completed a full-service induction (5 days) and
were allocated Care at Home Assistant buddies to support their placement, whilst also
receiving ongoing support from Senior Carers and Care at Home Managers for each locality. 
Each Care at Home Manager submits a monthly report to the Parent Employment team, this
report tracks each candidates’ progress throughout their placement. Within 5 weeks of
placement one of the candidates felt confident enough to take the next step and apply for a
permanent position within the service and has now been successful in receiving an interview
date prior to completion of the programme. All candidates are offered an interview at end of
the six-month programme.
2.2 The Learning Disability Service, in partnership with the Scottish Commission for people with
Learning Disabilities, Scottish Care, and Glasgow School of Art, have successfully delivered
the first phase of the Digital Inclusion project they had been collaborating on. This phase has
resulted in the development of a variety of resources designed to support activity both at the
individual and organisational level regarding digital inclusion. The resources, and the process
behind them, were the subject of an exhibition at the Harbour Arts Centre during August. The
remaining months of 2025 involved implementation and where necessary refining of the
resources, enabled by the continuing presence on a part-time basis of the Care Connector. 
The Care Connector post is one with considerable potential to enhance the work of the
Learning Disability Service, and the HSCP more broadly, in the promotion and implementation
of care technology, and the role it can play in enhancing the independence of individuals.
Opportunities are being explored in collaboration with partners to identify funding routes to
allow for the maintenance of the post in North Ayrshire.
2.3 A group of service users from Trindlemoss Day Opportunities in Irvine has been working
hard to achieve the Gold ‘Wild Challenge Award’.
Dale Gilfillan, Sophie Burns, Russel Lee, David
Charles and Grace Gallagher have been busy
completing tasks in the ‘Experience Nature’ and
‘Help Nature’ categories, including building bat
and bird boxes, wildlife detecting, creating a pond
and mini-beast homes, taking part in a plant
safari, and much more.
The RSPB’s Wild Challenge is designed to
encourage people to explore the great outdoors,
discover local wildlife, appreciate nature and
actively care for it.
The group also previously achieved Bronze and
Silver awards.  
203

Page 204

19 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
2.4 Through the Improving the Cancer Journey (ICJ) partnership, targeted welfare rights
support has delivered over £760,000 in financial gains for people affected by cancer between
January and August 2025. This support has included substantial awards through Scottish
Adult Disability Payment, Attendance Allowance, and other benefits, helping to ease the
financial burden associated with illness and care needs.
In addition to financial relief, the service has provided practical assistance such as Blue
Badges, fuel vouchers, and Macmillan Grants, ensuring that individuals receive holistic
support during some of the most challenging periods of their lives. 
For example, one client supported under Special Rules successfully secured enhanced
disability payments, a Macmillan Grant, and updated Universal Credit entitlements. Another
individual received over £423 per month following a successful Work Capability Assessment,
alongside increased mobility support and a £200 Macmillan Grant. These interventions
exemplify the tangible impact of the ICJ partnership in addressing health-related inequalities
and improving quality of life.
2.5 North Stevenston Community Association is dedicated to addressing issues within its local
community, with a focus on tackling social isolation, debt, poverty, food insecurity and mental
health inequalities, as well as suicide prevention.
It aims to meet the needs of local groups and create opportunities for individuals to connect
and build trusted relationships through initiatives at Hayocks Community Hall, including the
Tap End community larder, the Hayocks Community Café, Money Matters sessions and
support groups.
The association also organises and fundraises for a range of free or subsidised community
events for both children and adults, as well as regular activities such as a Youth Café and
Youth Group, Over 50s Group, Toddlers Group, a knitting and crochet group.
2.6 Support for dads received a boost after the expansion of a successful venture between North
Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership and Scottish charity Dads Rock.
The Dads Support Service, led by Dads Worker RW, has been
instrumental in empowering fathers and strengthening families
throughout the Three Towns area.
Thanks to funding secured through the Scottish Government’s Whole
Family Wellbeing Fund, the service has recently welcomed an
additional Dads Worker, JS, with support now being rolled out to dads
in Irvine and Kilwinning.
The service works with dads from a wide range of backgrounds who have been referred by
their health visitor, family nurse, midwife or perinatal wellbeing team, providing one-to-one
support that impacts on the whole family and improves outcomes for children, whether that be
parenting advice, confidence building or support with general wellbeing.
In its first year, the service connected with over 60 families in the Three Towns area, with over
180 personalised support sessions, 36 group sessions and five family events taking place.
204

Page 205

20 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
This partnership between NAHSCP and Dads Rock, which was the first of its type in Scotland,
has earned recognition at local and national levels, with strong relationships forged with
services including health visiting, early years support and social work.
2.7 The Community Brokerage Network provides free information and advice on Self Directed
Support (SDS) for everyone in Ayrshire, regardless of their circumstances, age, and level of
ability.
A Community Broker is someone who helps people find their
way through the social care system, with detailed local
knowledge and strong connections that can help individuals
access the services, community opportunities and resources
that fit their unique needs and preferences.
The service is fully funded by the Scottish Government and is
free of charge to use. No formal assessment or social care
budget is required in order to access the service, which is open
to: 
• Those who are unsure if they qualify for social care and don’t know where to start.
• Those who have been told they don't qualify for formal support and need help to explore
other options.
• Those waiting for a needs assessment after contacting social work.
• Those who are struggling to get the right support with an allocated care package.
• Those who need help reassessing their support due to changing needs.
• Unpaid carers looking for support for themselves or a loved one.
2.8 North Ayrshire IJB agreed a new set of equality outcomes for NAHSCP for 2025 to 2029,
which can be found on our website. Equality outcomes are required to be developed by public
sector bodies at least every four years. 
The Equality Act 2010 identifies a set of protected characteristics for which people cannot be
discriminated against. These are age, disability, gender reassignment, marriage and civil
partnership, pregnancy and maternity, race, religion or belief, sex, and sexual orientation.
Public sector bodies have a duty to eliminate discrimination, advance equality of opportunity,
and promote understanding between those with protected characteristics and those without.
Engagement was carried out in North Ayrshire with groups of people with shared
characteristics, with national and local data and information helping to inform the new set of
equality outcomes.
Over the next four years, NAHSCP will aim to achieve the following:
• Improved access to community mental health support and information. 
• Increased participation in leisure and healthy activity.
205

Page 206

21 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
• Improved access to support for those in a caring role.
• Improved information and communication.
2.9 A fun day for North Ayrshire’s Ukrainian families was held at Eglinton Country Park.
The venue provided a welcoming space for
the families we support to take part in various
adventures, both indoors and outdoors. The
turnout was very good and included families
attending this type of community event for
the first time, allowing them to meet and
socialise with other Ukrainians living in North
Ayrshire. 
Indoors, the families enjoyed board games, a
Ukrainian-themed picture quiz, arts and
crafts, and activities including archery,
bowling, hoopla and more - kindly facilitated
by the Active Schools team. 
Outside, they took part in football and a treasure hunt, with the Family Wellbeing Team looking
after a small campfire where everyone had a chance to roast marshmallows and make
s’mores. One of the highlights of the day was a visit from our Police Liaison Officer - who
allowed the children and adults to sit in the police car, try on the uniform, put the siren on and
take photos. 
The feedback from the day was very positive, with one participant saying: “Thank you for such
a wonderful day - this is the first event we have attended with the Ukrainian community, and it
felt very special to bond with people.”
This was a great day that we hope created one more bridge for integration for displaced
people, who - during the ongoing war in their country - are as ever in need of a sense of
safety, stability and home. 
2.10 A thought-provoking play highlighting the risks involved in illegal substance use toured North
Ayrshire secondary schools in October.
S3 pupils watched a presentation of Mark Wheeler’s ‘I Love You Mum, I Promise I Won’t Die’
as part of Tie It Up Theatre's autumn schools tour. The play was developed in conjunction with
drug education charity the DSM Foundation, which was set up in January 2014.
The performance was followed by a drug
education workshop, which shared key facts
that will help pupils make informed decisions,
as well as offering important strategies to help
them put their decisions into practice in a
pressured situation. Teachers also received a
resource pack to assist them in further
exploring the issues and themes from the play
with pupils.
206

Page 207

22 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Feedback about the event was extremely positive, with one pupil commenting: “The play
makes you think about what you are doing and proves that you don’t know what you might be
taking.”
2.11 Money Smart was established May 2025 incorporating the former Money Matters and Welfare
Reform Advice teams. Based within Housing services, Criminal Justice, Children & Families,
Macmillan, Foodbanks, 9 GP surgeries and Education. The service provides a range of
support including delivery of specialist welfare rights advice, such as benefit checks, new
benefit applications, mandatory reconsiderations, and appeals representation. As well as debt
advice services, including budgeting support, financial capability guidance, and negotiation
with creditors. 
Our 2025 ambitions to deliver services through an Advice Line and a single point of contact
are now fully embedded. Client-centred outcomes surveys are routinely issued at case
closure, strengthening our understanding of impact and ensuring continual service
improvement. 
The team have achieved an incredible £20 million in financial gains for residents of North
Ayrshire in 2025 to 26. Through supporting 7,560 clients by increasing household income
through successful benefit claims and backdated awards, achieving an average £4,623 gain
per client. The service continues to have a positive impact on individuals by reducing
unmanaged or problem debt through structured repayment plans and debt solutions. In year
2025 to 2026 the total household debt reduction was £568,202.15. By relieving financial
concerns this helps to improve mental health and wellbeing and prevent crisis situations like
homelessness and fuel poverty and increases financial resilience and confidence in North
Ayrshire residents. 
Money Smart is critical to North Ayrshire’s preventative approach, delivering significant
financial gains for residents while reducing inequalities and demand on public services.
Continued focus will ensure the service is able to meet increasing demand to maintain high-
quality, specialist advice provision and continue to deliver strong outcomes for individuals and
families as well as the wider community.  
* Figures for 2025 to 2026 relate to the new Money Smart team. All previous years relate to
the Money Matters team only.
207

Page 208

23 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
National Indicators
Indicators NAHSCP Scotland
Carers who feel supported to continue in their caring role 27% 32%
Adults who are supported at home who agreed they felt
safe 74% 75%
Premature mortality rate (Under 75s age-standardised
death rates for all causes per 100,000 population
532
(2024)
426
(2024) 
208

Page 209

24 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Enable Communities
National Outcomes
3 People who use health and social care services have positive experiences of those
services, and have their dignity respected.
7 People who use health and social care services are safe from harm.  
209

Page 210

25 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
3.1 Anam Cara Dementia Respite Unit supports people living in North Ayrshire by providing
short stay care in a residential, homely environment. Staff deliver personalised care
addressing emotional, physical, and daily living
needs and offer activities tailored to each guest.
The unit accommodates 8 planned respite beds
and 1 emergency respite bed and is accessed by
service users throughout North Ayrshire. In
Quarter 1 of 2025 to 2026, over 600 nights of
respite were provided to North Ayrshire
residents.
Respite care benefits carers by protecting their
health, relationships and resilience, ensuring
their loved one with dementia is safe whilst also
having a positive enriching experience.
The value of this is described by family members in the comments below:
“Thank you so much for the incredible work you do. Knowing my dad was safe and happy this
last week has meant the world”
“From the bottom of my heart, thank you for the truly extraordinary care you give with such
compassion and kindness”
“Thank you so much for all the care you give to Dad, I’m so grateful words can’t say enough”
3.2 During 2025 to 2026, 210 compliments were received by the Health and Social Care
Partnership relating to the services provided and the professionalism demonstrated by
partnership staff. 
Compliments
“As a relative of a service user, I would like to highlight how impressed I am with the
willingness & compassion every person has shown , when they have arrived to help , as
everyone is aware these people only arrive when asked, so their helpfulness might go
unnoticed!”
“I just want to say how wonderful the district nurses are in North Ayrshire (particularly the
nurses who work in West Kilbride) - they have cared for me after my recent accident. I can't
thank them enough for the service they provided, showing their knowledge, attention to detail
and exceptional kindness to me.”
“After speaking to my GP I was unable to receive a diagnosis through NHS service. I was
directed to private services and an appointment was made with the Community Links
Practitioner in Barns Practice. She has been with me from the start making appointments,
filling out paperwork and navigating the system which has been quite distressing for me. She
has been so supportive and bent over backwards to help me, nothing has been a bother to her
and I wouldn't have been able to do this on my own so I am forever grateful. It brings comfort
to me knowing I have someone in my doctor surgery who will listen to me and help if she can.
She is a star.”
210

Page 211

26 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
“My Aunt had a care package in place for past few years, and she recently became palliative
and passed away. The carers she had were nothing short of amazing. The bond they had with
her was so evident ,and we know she thought the world of her girls. Their support to her and to
us in her last week was invaluable and we can’t thank them enough for all the love and
support shown to her and us.”
“I am writing this email, with a heart full of appreciation, for the outstanding support we
received from [name], during a very stressful time. [name], was absolutely amazing. She was
both professional and caring, yet understanding. Had it not been for [name], I'm not sure how
I'd have coped with the situation I was in. I brought my husband back home from a carehome,
where I truly felt they were not meeting his, physical, or emotional needs. We had a meeting
with the management and [name]. I tried my best for it to work, but sadly, it didn't succeed. At
no point , did [name] make me feel like a pain, or an overprotective wife.” 
“We're writing to let you know how grateful we are for the team of carers that our mum has.
They take wonderful care of our mum, often going above and beyond basic care duties. They
show a genuine affection in every interaction. We see this in the small things like combing my
mum's hair so gently to get it just how she likes it, to always being very aware of any change in
our mum's health so these can be addressed early. 
Just today, our mum took a 'funny turn' and the paramedics had to be called. [name] and
[name] were so calm in dealing with the situation, even taking time to make sure I was ok! We
all too often hear when things go wrong. However, we wanted to let you know that the team
that are in place for our mum are truly outstanding. Knowing our mum is so well cared for is a
great relief to the whole family, that makes such a difference.”
3.3 A total of 223 complaints were received during the year and were across all service areas, with
45 complaints being upheld.
Complaint Topic Number
Service provision/delivery 128
Staff behaviour (including alleged or perceived) 40
Other 12
Quality of care 12
Communication 9
Community OT 6
Blue Badge 5
Continuity of staff 3
Service Access 3
Missed/late appointment 2
Waiting times 2
System issues 1
211

Page 212

27 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION 
3.4 Gowanlea Day Service in Kilbirnie received a full upgrade
and refurbishment of its internal environment. Gowanlea is a
community-based service that supports older adults to
maintain independence, stay physically active, and enhance
their health and wellbeing through social interaction. The
much-needed improvements included new flooring, updated
furniture, and refreshed décor throughout. This service plays
a vital role in promoting the health and wellbeing of older
adults in the Garnock Valley locality and provides essential
support to carers. 
3.5 On Arran, Montrose House continues to play a vital role in fostering community connections
and promoting wellbeing through innovative local partnerships. One such initiative is the
collaboration with EcoSavvy Community, a local organisation dedicated to environmental
sustainability and zero waste living. Their café, now hosted at Montrose House on selected
dates, offers homemade soup, locally grown bread, home baking, and refreshments, alongside
a zero-waste shop section. Supported by the Council, the café also provides subsidised tinned
goods to help address food affordability. This partnership not only supports sustainable living
but also strengthens community ties by making healthy, seasonal produce more accessible.
Intergenerational work has also flourished at Montrose House, with Brodick Primary pupils
spending six months engaging with residents through activities such as baking, painting, and
gardening. The feedback from both children and residents has been overwhelmingly positive,
highlighting the mutual benefits of shared experiences across generations. Building on this
success, plans are now being developed to collaborate with Arran High School to refresh work
placement opportunities. This will support the skills group and promote closer working
between sectors on the island, whilst reinforcing pathways into health and social care careers
for young people.
3.6 Cycling Without Age Scotland is a charity aimed at getting people who are less able to pedal
themselves out on a biking-type experience. The charity’s specially adapted ‘trishaws’ are
piloted by trained volunteers, with the seat on the trishaw
enabling anyone with limited access to outdoor activity or
reduced mobility to enjoy the wind in their hair again.
In North Ayrshire, the charity operates free of charge rides on
Cumbrae, offering participants the chance to see the island in
the open air at a cycling pace – perfect for someone who
perhaps used to cycle but now can’t, or who wants to join the
family on a bike ride. It can also offer free rides in a
wheelchair transporter for those unable to transfer easily
from their wheelchair onto the trishaw. 
The service is available all year round and is open to the elderly and those with mobility
restrictions or in a wheelchair, whether they live on the island or are just visiting. 
212

Page 213

28 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
3.7 Arran Community and Voluntary Service (Arran CVS) hosted its third ‘Free for All’
community event in April, celebrating local services, community groups and public
engagement through a vibrant and inclusive gathering. The event provided a showcase of free
taster sessions, support services and activities available across Arran.
This year’s event, which was opened by Depute
Provost John Sweeney, held special significance,
as it marked the 60th anniversary of Arran CVS. 
The celebration offered residents the opportunity
to connect with a wide range of community
groups, explore volunteering opportunities and
learn more about the services available locally,
with activities on the day including sports
sessions, yoga/massage tasters and drumming
workshops. Health and wellbeing was a major
focus, with various health information stands,
general health checks and displays from local emergency services. There were also arts and
crafts activities, face painting and entertainment for children.
Amongst others, the Arran Library bus, Community Council, North Ayrshire Active Schools,
Heather Lodge, the National Trust and KA Leisure were all in attendance, providing lots of
help throughout the day. Attendees also enjoyed musical entertainment from the Arran Allsorts
Children’s Choir, the Arran Pipe Band, Taiko drummers, and the Arran Brass Band. 
A free buffet and refreshments were available to all, with a community food-sharing area -
stocked with donations from local groups and organisations - further demonstrating the spirit of
cooperation and mutual support.
Approximately 300 community members attended, making the day a huge success in raising
the profile of volunteering, gathering public feedback, and highlighting the vital contributions of
community groups to the wellbeing of Arran’s residents.
3.8 To celebrate Scottish Breastfeeding Week - as well as the first anniversary of Largs
Breastfeeding Support Group - an event was held in the creche room at Brooksby Medical
Centre in Largs on Monday 9 June. Staff members, mums and expectant mums were all
welcome to go along and join in. This weekly group provides support to mums in a welcoming
environment, with 60 per cent of the women attending the group saying that they would have
stopped breastfeeding without the additional support offered by the group.
This year also marks the 20th anniversary of the Breastfeeding etc. (Scotland Act). This made
it an offence to prevent a person in charge of a child from feeding milk to that child in public or
private premises, enabling mums to feel safe and empowered, as well as giving them the
confidence to feed their baby out with the home and challenge anyone who tries to prevent
this.
Support groups such as the Largs Breastfeeding Support Group help maintain increases in
breastfeeding rates experienced in North Ayrshire in recent years. 
213

Page 214

29 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
3.9 Self-Directed Support (SDS): Awaiting Updated Data For the reporting year 2025 to 2026,
the following information indicates how people have arranged and directed their support in
North Ayrshire.
Self-Directed Support offers four options. These are:
• Option 1 – Direct Payment.
• Option 2 – Individual Service Fund.
• Option 3 – Council Arranged Services.
• Option 4 – a mix of the above options. 
This continues to demonstrate that traditional support options are offered and accessed most
with 84.8% of people receiving Option 3, where little choice and control is exercised and
support is chosen, arranged and directed by the Health and Social Care Partnership.
3.10 On Wednesday 11 June, over 50 carers from all across North Ayrshire attended Carers
Gateway North Ayrshire’s annual conference to celebrate Carers Week 2025. 
The theme this year was ‘Equality in Caring’, with Provost Anthea Dickson referencing this and
the valuable work that unpaid carers provide. 
The newly formed Champions Board, a
forum that brings carers and professionals
together to design services for carers,
announced the launch of the Carers
Community Fund. This is available for
groups, charities and communities to apply
for up to £2,000 for activities, events or
projects that benefit unpaid Carers across
North Ayrshire. 
214

Page 215

30 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Carers also heard from Carers Trust Scotland, Ayrshire Independent Living Network, Social
Security Scotland, Home Energy Scotland and North Ayrshire Health and Social Care
Partnership about the work that they are doing to support unpaid carers. 
National Indicators
Indicators NAHSCP Scotland
Adults receiving any care or support who rated it as
excellent or good  70% 72%
People with positive experience of the care provided by
their GP practice 63% 71%
Proportion of care services graded ‘good’ (4) or better in
Care Inspectorate Inspections 88% 83%  
215

Page 216

31 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Develop and Support Our Workforce
National Outcomes
6 People who provide unpaid care are supported to look after their own health and
wellbeing. Including to reduce any negative impact of their caring role on their own
health and wellbeing.
8 People who work in health and social care services feel engaged with the work they
do and are supported to continuously improve the information, support, care and
treatment they provide.
9 Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of health and social
services. 
216

Page 217

32 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
4.1 Ward 1, Woodland View is a large 30 bedded adult rehabilitation and enablement ward, with
single ensuite rooms. Alongside the ward nursing staff there is a dedicated Multi-Disciplinary
Team, which includes Occupational Therapists and Physiotherapists, who support patients
through many health conditions to become more independent to carry out daily activities. The
ward had been experiencing a number of falls, including falls with harm. An audit found that all
the appropriate paperwork, including risk assessments and behaviour charts, were being
utilised to prevent falls.
It was recognised that patients were trying to mobilise as if they were still at home, getting up
unassisted for bathroom or personal care needs. Despite being introduced to the nurse call
system some patients did not understand how to use the nurse call or know when they should
use it. Staff had completed falls prevention training and were able to prevent many falls by
being vigilant with safety walk rounds and quick to respond to patient needs.
Led by Senior Charge Nurse SH, the ward staff
worked alongside Quality Improvement colleagues
to develop a laminated poster which was placed on
the bathroom door in every bedroom across from
where the patient’s seat was arranged. The poster
states "Call, don’t fall" with a picture of the nurse
call pendent, matching colour of the actual pendant
used by patients in the ward. Due to the fall
improvement work the number of falls has
continued to decrease, from 7 in April to only 2 in
July. A falls improvement board was placed in the
ward area to celebrate the improvement work.
4.2 In September 2025, six staff members from North Ayrshire Justice fieldwork teams and the
Pan Ayrshire Partnership Delivery Team attended the National Organisation for the
Treatment of Abuse (NOTA) Scotland Annual Conference at the Stirling Management
Centre.
This flagship event brought together practitioners, academics, and policy makers from across
Scotland to share research, practice developments, and innovative approaches to managing
harmful sexual behaviour and supporting victims.
This year’s theme centred on adult support and services, offering an engaging mix of keynote
presentations exploring the neurobiological basis of sexual offending and evidence-based
treatment approaches, alongside interactive workshops designed to deepen understanding of
risk assessment and intervention strategies. Expert panel discussions on leadership and multi-
agency collaboration in managing sexual harm also featured heavily on the day.
Our teams gained valuable insights into the role of trauma and neurobiology in harmful sexual
behaviour, alongside best practice in risk management and rehabilitation. Our staff were able
to take practical learning from the workshops that took place, allowing them to apply advanced
intervention strategies in real life cases upon their return to work. The training event also
served as a key facilitator in terms of strengthening partnership working across services to
enhance public protection.
217

Page 218

33 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Our workforce advises that attendance at the NOTA Scotland Annual conference has
enhanced their professional confidence, promoted innovative thinking and reinforced
collaborative approaches essential for public protection.
4.3 Douglas Grant Rehabilitation Ward is a specialist neurological rehabilitation unit providing
care for individuals with a broad spectrum of neurological conditions. Historically, the ward
primarily supported patients with long-term conditions such as Multiple Sclerosis. However, in
recent years, the patient profile has evolved significantly following the integration of a Major
Trauma Unit. This has led to an increase in referrals for individuals requiring rehabilitation
following acute neurological events, including traumatic brain injuries.
In response to this shift, the Senior Charge Nurse and
Deputy Charge Nurses introduced a structured
programme of professional development in 2024. This
included a series of study days held at the hospital’s
training centre, designed to enhance the knowledge
and skills of the nursing team. The programme
consisted of two identical sessions delivered one
month apart, ensuring all staff could participate
without compromising safe staffing levels on the ward.
The initiative was met with overwhelmingly positive feedback from staff, who reported
increased confidence and competence in managing complex neurological cases. Importantly,
this education programme has been recognised as having a direct and positive impact on the
quality of care delivered to patients, supporting safer, more informed clinical decision-making
and improved patient outcomes.
Building on this success, the Deputy Charge Nurses under the leadership of Senior Charge
Nurse SC, committed to making the study days an annual event each autumn. Staff were
actively involved in shaping the content of future sessions by identifying their own learning
needs. For the 2025 programme, feedback highlighted a strong interest in further education
around head trauma. In response, the team curated a focused agenda that included expert
contributions from Psychology and Allied Health Professional teams, as well as guest
speakers from Queen Elizabeth University Hospital and the charity Headway.
This collaborative and responsive approach to staff development continues to foster a culture
of learning and excellence within the ward, ensuring the team remains equipped to meet the
evolving needs of their patient population.
4.4 As part of the long-term work being undertaken within the Assessment Hub, a training
framework is being produced to create development pathways for all staff grades working
within the clinical environment.
To ensure the provision of training across services, unscheduled care have created a training
lead post, allowing experienced clinical staff to focus on continued development of and training
in BRITE risk management and formulation training. 
• Multidisciplinary team: PMHS includes a psychiatrist, mental health nurses, CBT Nurse.
• Therapist, and a psychologist, fostering collaborative practice.
218

Page 219

34 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
• Training and development: Staff are equipped to deliver evidence-based, person-
centred care, and participate in MDT meetings, including at the Mother and Baby Unit.
The service provides training and awareness sessions for professionals across health, social
care, and third-sector organisations. The service has adapted an e-learning module on infant
mental health accessible health and non-health colleagues. This builds capacity and
confidence in identifying and responding to infant mental health needs. Quarterly IMH steering
groups ensure partners influence service development and can identify how the team can best
support them.
In order to support staff wellbeing, improved attendance, and engagement with service
development activity, additional support has been sought for the nursing staff group via the
Senior Nurse to deliver reflective practice sessions.
4.5 Nine Health Care Support Workers successfully completed their studies via Ayrshire College
becoming Band 4 Assistant Practitioners and a graduation event was held in August 2025 to
celebrate this with certificates presented by the Associate Nurse Director (Mental Health). This
was an excellent example of learn as you earn with staff who had already undertaken Scotvec
Level III studies being supported to further develop their knowledge/skills and gain a promoted
post by being released a day a week to undertake these studies. 
4.6 A free, digital mental health and wellbeing resource is
available to all staff. The National Wellbeing Hub provides
access to high quality, evidence-informed online mental
health and wellbeing resources to support everyone
working in health and social care in Scotland.
On the hub you can find a range of resources including free apps, articles, videos, tip sheets,
podcasts and e-modules, designed to promote self-care and enhance individual and team
wellbeing, as well as signposting to a number of regional and national services available to
support staff members.
4.7 In October 2025, North Ayrshire Council introduced a new mandatory Prevent Awareness
training module through iLearn, reinforcing our commitment to ensuring that all staff
understand their responsibilities under the Prevent duty. 
The module provides a clear introduction to the statutory framework, outlines the key forms of
extremism and terrorism currently presenting the greatest threat to the UK, and supports staff
to develop confidence in recognising the indicators of radicalisation and pathways into
appropriate safeguarding processes. Roseanne Burns, Senior Manager in Justice Services
was instrumental in the development and roll out of this Module.
Engagement with the new training has been strong. By the end
of December 2025, over 600 staff members, council wide had
successfully completed the module, reflecting a high level of
organisational commitment to strengthening our collective
safeguarding responsibilities. This uptake also demonstrates the
value of clear messaging, coordinated communication across
services, and the accessibility of the online learning platform.
219

Page 220

35 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Interest in North Ayrshire’s module has grown across the region. Several West of Scotland
local authorities have expressed a desire to emulate our training approach, recognising the
clarity, accessibility and quality of the iLearn module and how it contributes to developing the
workforce. 
This positions North Ayrshire as a sector leader in Prevent learning design and delivery,
contributing positively to shared regional practice and supporting the wider objective of
ensuring consistent standards in safeguarding across local authority areas.
4.8 Congratulations to Care at Home Assistant Marita Higgins, who reached the final in the Care
and Compassion category at NHS A&A’s Ayrshire Achieves Awards 2025. Ayrshire Achieves
is about recognising exceptional staff and volunteers who provide health and care services in
Ayrshire and Arran. Awards are open to all members of staff employed by NHS Ayrshire &
Arran or one of the three Health and Social Care Partnerships, as well as volunteers.
Nominees - Care and Compassion Category
4.9 The Care at Home service and the Ayrshire Hospice undertook a Palliative and End of Life
Care Project which concluded in late 2025. The joint initiative included shared learning
opportunities, with placements in the Ayrshire Hospice and bespoke training for a group of
care staff receiving highly positive feedback. Staff described the work as both professionally
valuable and personally meaningful, gaining increased confidence, greater insight into holistic
care, and a strengthened sense of purpose. Families highlighted dignity, kindness, and
empathy as defining features of the support they received. The project shows strong alignment
with strategic objectives by improving early intervention, enhancing staff capability, and
supporting wellbeing at a particularly vulnerable stage of life.
4.10 Congratulations to Dads Worker Ryan Warren, who was shortlisted for
the ‘Unsung Hero – Reader’s Choice Award’ category at this year’s
Scotland’s Health Awards.
The awards, hosted by The Scotsman in partnership with NHS Scotland
and the Scottish Government, offer an opportunity to recognise and
celebrate the extraordinary individuals and teams who go above and
beyond to deliver compassionate, high-quality health and social care
across Scotland.
Ryan, who works for charity Dads Rock and sits within our Children and
Families Health team, was nominated for his work in providing support to
dads in North Ayrshire, helping them to be the best dads they can be
and supporting them to give their children the best possible start in life. 
220

Page 221

36 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
National Indicators
Indicators NAHSCP Scotland
Readmissions to hospital within 28 days of discharge
(rate per 1,000 discharges) 103 104
Percentage of adults with intensive needs receiving Care
at Home (all levels of CAH) 77% 65%
Number of days people aged 75+ spend in hospital when
they are ready to be discharged per 1,000 population 1,738 873
221

Page 222

37 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Improve Mental and Physical Health and Wellbeing
National Outcomes
1 People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing and live in
good health for longer.
5 Health and social care services contribute to reducing health inequalities.
9 Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of health and social
services.  
222

Page 223

38 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
5.1 A new specialist facility at West Road for
Neuro CAMHS (N-CAMHS) and Community
Eating Disorder Service (CEDS) opened this
year with the first patients seen in April 2025.
The Official Opening was 22 May 2025 with
the Leader of the Council and the Provost
carrying out these duties. 
The facility will result in an improved
environment to carry out physical
examinations and improve the wellbeing for
patients and staff in the facility. Previously
physical examinations were being carried out
in environments which were much less
suitable. The newly refurbished facility will enable a much safer and hygienic environment
which the workforce has been involved in designing. 
Open seven days per week, specialist CAMHS Neuro, ADHD, play Therapy and other Clinical
Interventions will be delivered from this re-fitted facility. Hosting flexible working space for staff
with five clinic rooms and two large meeting rooms, it is envisaged that the facility will become
a centre of excellence in the care and treatment of child and adolescent mental ill-health and
eating disorders.
5.2 The launch of the Improving the Cancer Journey (ICJ) service across Ayrshire & Arran
represents a major step forward in supporting individuals affected by cancer. Delivered in
partnership with NHS Ayrshire & Arran and Macmillan Cancer Support, the service provides
personalised, non-clinical support addressing emotional, financial, and practical needs. This
initiative reflects our commitment to holistic, compassionate care and has already begun to
make a meaningful difference in people’s lives. 
Support is available to anyone 16 years and over, living in Ayrshire and Arran that has been
affected by cancer and everyone who accesses the service will be offered a Holistic Needs
Assessment (HNA). As of September 2025, the service had set up 832 assessments across
Ayrshire, with 37% of these for North Ayrshire residents.
5.3 The Partnership’s Dementia Support Service received formal recognition in an inspection
report from the Care Inspectorate in July 2025 with upgraded ratings to ‘Very Good’ across all
key areas, marking a significant milestone in our commitment to delivering high-quality,
person-centred care. Previously rated as ‘Good’, the service has now achieved a ‘Very Good’
rating across all key areas—an outcome that reflects the dedication, professionalism, and
compassion of staff. Inspectors commended the respectful and skilled relationships between
staff and service users, noting that families consistently shared positive feedback about the
difference the service has made to their loved ones’ lives. 
The inspection also recognised the strength of quality assurance
systems, which include regular wellbeing calls, audits, supervisions
and reflective practice. These mechanisms have fostered a culture
of continuous improvement and accountability. Staffing arrangements were highlighted as a
particular strength, with flexible rota management, daily handovers, and regular team meetings
contributing to a stable and supportive working environment. Care planning was praised for
being detailed, personalised, and outcome-focused, ensuring that individual preferences and
223

Page 224

39 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
goals are central to the support provided. This outcome is not only a formal endorsement of
the service’s quality but also a reflection of the values that underpin the Partnership’s
approach to dementia care. It demonstrates an unwavering commitment to improving the
mental and physical wellbeing of individuals and families across North Ayrshire.
5.4 Peace of Mind is an innovative programme aimed at reducing
social exclusion and isolation as a result of a disability, impairment
or long-term health condition, with a particular emphasis on people
who do not receive statutory services but still need support.
With a focus on providing our users with fun experiences and
building new friendships whether that’s attending a local football
match, going to the gym, visiting different places or developing new
skills, we offer it all. 
The Peace of Mind programme aims to cultivate communities and nurture natural networks.
This means that we seek to support and assist disabled people, people with long-term illness
or other life limiting health conditions to think about what they would like to do and how this
would make them happier and better connected with their local community. Then we go about
helping you to make it happen.
5.5 Mental Health Unscheduled Care has moved under the inpatient management structure.
This move brings exciting opportunities for reviewing points of interaction between inpatient
and community care to ensure patients are receiving the most appropriate care to meet their
needs.
The team behind the Unscheduled Care Assessment Hub have been recognised for their
positive impact, being named among the finalists at this year’s Royal College of Nursing
(RCN) Scotland Nurse of the Year Awards in the Mental Health category. The service provides
24-hour access to mental health assessment and interventions and can accommodate up to
five patients within a therapeutic environment for up to 72 hours. 
Since being established in 2024, the service has successfully:
• Reduced the number of unscheduled admissions to acute adult inpatient mental health
beds. 
• Brought community and inpatient services closer together to help create a smoother
patient journey.
• Reduced the waiting time for planned adult acute admissions.
• Reduced the number of initial assessments being carried out in acute wards – releasing
resource for treatment. 
In addition, Unscheduled care staff have been invited to present at a Mental Health Distress
Collaboration event being held in the Royal Society of Edinburgh – this follows a Quality
Assurance Survey within Police Scotland which saw Ayrshire and Arran score highest in
usage and staff satisfaction in relation to community triage.  
224

Page 225

40 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
5.6 Case Study: Community Link Worker Service
The following case highlights the importance of person-centred care, showing that with
understanding and empathy we deliver practical solutions that uphold dignity and promote
wellbeing.
One individual, a neurodiverse adult experiencing significant mental health challenges, was
facing multiple barriers including homelessness, unemployment, and poor physical health. At
the time of contact, they were sleeping rough and had limited access to basic necessities,
including food and hygiene. Their appearance reflected the hardship they were enduring, and
they openly shared struggles with self-care.
A deeply important source of comfort and stability for this person was their pet dog, whom they
described as their “safety blanket.” The emotional bond was so strong that they expressed
thoughts of suicide if separated from their companion. Unfortunately, this created a barrier to
accessing temporary accommodation and support services, as many facilities were unable to
accommodate pets.
Despite these challenges, our community link workers responded with compassion and
creativity. They arranged emergency food support through the local foodbank and liaised with
Housing Services to advocate for a more flexible approach. Permission was secured for the
individual to attend a housing appointment with their dog, ensuring their emotional needs were
respected whilst giving them access to support around accommodation. A referral to social
work was also made to explore longer-term support options.
5.7 The Ayrshire Out of Hours Social Work Service has been operational for 14 years. During
2025 to 2026, despite some challenges relating to staff absences and an average of 18% staff
vacancies, the service continued to provide uninterrupted cover. During this period, the team
manged a total of 9,973 referrals, this included an increase of 518 referrals compared to 2024
to 2025. Referrals to North Ayrshire were 4,122 or 41.3% of all referrals across Ayrshire. 
Of the 4,122 referrals to North Ayrshire, 742 were requests for Child Protection Register checks.
Of these 706 were from the Police, with 24 from Social Work and 10 from Health. 
225

Page 226

41 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
There were 1,466 referrals in relation to Child Concerns/Child Welfare and 578 in relation to
Adult Concern/Welfare. There were 94 referrals in relation to Child Protection and 34 referrals
in relation to Adult Protection. There were 261 referrals relating to young people missing from
home, 87 relating to Care at Home, 140 in relation to Mental Health and 54 in relation to financial
destitution. 
Referrals to North Ayrshire have been consistently around 4,000 in five of the past six years
with a dip in numbers experienced in 2022 to 2023. 
5.8 Finding Your Feet is Scotland’s only charity dedicated exclusively to amputees. It provides a
comprehensive wellbeing program for amputees in North Ayrshire, focusing on social support,
mental resilience and physical health, with many staff and volunteers being amputees
themselves.
The charity collaborates with hospitals, physiotherapists and community organisations to
ensure amputees receive the best possible support, and services are available to both new
and long-term amputees, ensuring ongoing support at every stage of their journey. It can also
provide transport assistance to ensure accessibility
- particularly for amputees facing mobility
challenges or financial barriers.
Fortnightly Ampu-Teas sessions are held in Irvine,
offering a friendly and supportive space for
amputees to meet others in the community facing
similar experiences. 
In addition, weekly indoor bowls sessions are held
at the Galleon in Kilmarnock on Fridays from
12.30pm to 2.30pm.
5.9 As part of the North Operational Improvement Plan utilising NHS Renewal Funding, North
Ayrshire HSCP secured ring fenced funding from the Ayrshire and Arran allocation for
enhanced Mental Health Officer (MHO) capacity.
226

Page 227

42 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Hospital based MHO capacity was increased immediately on confirmation of ring-fenced
funding to expand critical MHO capacity within the hospital team. In addition to the recruitment
of posts to expand the North HSCP’s dedicated hospital-based MHO support for discharge
planning, other improvement activity has included the implementation of guardianship activity
trackers, anticipatory care planning protocols and enhanced collaboration with legal and
advocacy services to streamline processes.
The impact has been immediate and measurable, with reduced waits for hospital MHO
allocation and a reduction in Adults with Incapacity (AWI) delays by 48% throughout Quarter 3.
5.10 Staff and service users of the Dirrans
Centre took part in a sponsored walk for
the Ayrshire Hospice on Friday 18 July,
raising over £850 for the charity through
their Just Giving page and cash donations.
The centre runs twice-weekly Health Walks
for service users undergoing periods of
rehabilitation, with a walk of 1km to 3km on
Tuesdays, and a longer walk of 4km to 5km
on Fridays. These not only help to improve
physical and mental wellbeing but also offer
an important opportunity for social
connection. 
The group members expressed an interest in doing a sponsored walk again this year for the
Ayrshire Hospice, with the charity being close to the hearts of many. A total of 17 service users
took part in the event, joined by volunteers and rehab staff. 
5.11 A new way to access mental health support via text message launched as part of Suicide
Prevention Month. In partnership with Education, North Ayrshire Health and Social Care
Partnership and Shout, residents will be able to access in-the-moment mental health support
by texting ‘SUPPORTNA’ to 85258.
This text-based service offers tailored support to people of all ages in North Ayrshire whenever
they need it. 
The service can provide confidential support with:
• Anxiety and stress.
• Depression and sadness.
• Suicidal thoughts and self-harm.
• Panic attacks.
• Loneliness and isolation.
• Bullying and abuse.
227

Page 228

43 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Shout volunteers are on hand to help 24 hours a day, seven days a week, when things get
tough or if you are feeling overwhelmed or need support.
5.12 Delayed Discharge rates per 1,000 population have continued to increase in North Ayrshire
with the rate for 2025 to 2026 being 29.3 per 1,000 population compared to 13.2 per 1,000
population across Scotland. 
Across January to March 2026, North Ayrshire HSCP progressed the implementation of a new
acute based Discharge to Assess social work team, fully staffed and implemented by February
2026. The establishment of this dedicated team strengthens the Partnership’s contribution to
Discharge without Delay (DwD) by embedding earlier, proportionate decision making and
reinforcing a “home first” approach within discharge pathways. Supporting people to leave
hospital as soon as it is clinically and functionally appropriate and return home at the earliest
safe opportunity. This aligns with the national DwD focus on improving the patient journey
through early and effective planning and stronger, more seamless links between acute
services, hospital-based social care and community teams. 
16.2 17.0 16.3
26.1
29.3
12.2 12.1 13.0 13.3 13.2
0.0
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.0
25.0
30.0
35.0
2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25 2025-26
Delayed Discharge Bed Days (All Reasons)
Rate per 1,000 population 18+
North Ayrshire Scotland
228

Page 229

44 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
National Indicators
Indicators NAHSCP Scotland
Adults supported at home who agree that their services
and support had an impact on improving or maintaining
their quality of life
67% 72%
Proportion of last 6 months of life spent at home or in
community setting 88% 89%
MSG Indicators 
Indicators Value
Emergency admissions to acute hospitals* 18,232
Emergency admissions to acute hospitals (Rate per 1,000) 136.0
Admissions from emergency department 8,545
Admissions from emergency department (Rate per 1,000) 63.8
Percentage of people at emergency department who go onto ward stay (conversion
rate) 24.2%
Unscheduled ‘hospital bed days’ in acute hospital* 140,530
Unscheduled ‘hospital bed days’ in acute hospital (Rate per 1,000) 1,048.7
Unscheduled ‘hospital bed days’ in long stay mental health hospital* 24,760
Unscheduled ‘hospital bed days’ in long stay mental health hospital (Rate per 1,000) 184.8
Unscheduled ‘hospital bed days’ in geriatric long stay* 7,349
Unscheduled ‘hospital bed days’ in geriatric long stay (Rate per 1,000) 66.8
Emergency department attendances  35,323
Emergency department attendances (Rate per 1,000) 263.6
Percentage of people seen within 4hrs at emergency department 64.8%
MSG Indicators – Delayed Discharges
Indicators Value
Delayed discharges bed days (all reasons) 36,882
Delayed discharges bed days (all reasons) (rate per 1,000) 335.1
Delayed discharges bed days (code 9)  8,787
Delayed discharges bed days (code 9) (rate per 1,000) 79.8
Delayed discharges H&SC Reasons 27,951
Delayed discharges H&SC Reasons Rates 254.0  
* Calendar year 2025 used as a proxy for financial year 2025 to 2026 due to data
completeness, following advice from Public Health Scotland. 
229

Page 230

45 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
National Health and Wellbeing Indicators
The Scottish Government identified 23 (4 remain in development) indicators that were felt evidenced the 9 National Health and Wellbeing
Outcomes. Nine indicators come from the biennial Health and Care Experience Survey (see below) and the additional indicators (also
below), which evidence the operation of NAHSCP, come from the NHS Information Services Division (ISD) survey. This survey represents a
sample of the community and asks about the collective services received whether it be from Social Services, NHS, the collective HSCP,
Private or Voluntary organisations. The survey responses do not separate each organisation’s service provision. 
The information below represents the most up-to-date information with further updates accessible from – Public Health Scotland 
This information along with other HSCP information can be found via – the Audit Scotland - Integrated Authority Tool
Health and Social Care Experience Indicators 2017-
2019
2019-
2020
2021-
2022
2023-
2024
2025-
2026
Scottish
Average
%
Rank
against
Family
Group
Adults able to look after their health very well or quite well 91% 92% 89% 89% 89% 91% 5
Adults supported at home who agreed that they are
supported to live as independently as possible 84% 84% 81% 67% 72% 74% 6
Adults supported at home who agreed that they had a say
in how their help, care, or support was provided 70% 75% 73% 51% 56% 64% 7
Adults supported at home who agreed that their health and
social care services seemed to be well co-ordinated 74% 76% 64% 55% 64% 65% 4
Adults receiving any care or support who rated it as
excellent or good 78% 77% 76% 68% 70% 72% 5
People with positive experience of the care provided by
their GP practice 80% 73% 61% 60% 63% 71% 6
Adults supported at home who agree that their services
and support had an impact on improving or maintaining
their quality of life
82% 79% 78% 68% 67% 72% 6
230

Page 231

46 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Health and Social Care Experience Indicators 2017-
2019
2019-
2020
2021-
2022
2023-
2024
2025-
2026
Scottish
Average
%
Rank
against
Family
Group
Carers who feel supported to continue in their caring role 39% 31% 31% 32% 27% 32% 8
Adults supported at home who agreed they felt safe 80% 85% 83% 67% 74% 75% 5
To support service improvement, the Scottish Government has identified local authority / Partnership benchmarking families. These family
groups are made up of eight local authorities that share similar social, demographic and economic characteristics. Comparing our
performance information with our family group should provide a more meaningful comparison with similar areas and allow for greater
opportunities for shared learning and best practice. Rankings are on a scale of 1–8, where 1= best performing, 8=worst performing.
North Ayrshire is partnered in its family group with: East Ayrshire, Dundee, Western Isles, Glasgow, Inverclyde, North Lanarkshire, and West
Dunbartonshire.
Survey fieldwork was carried out between October and December in the financial year presented and respondents were asked about their
experiences over the previous 12 months. Please note results for indicators 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 and 9 for 2023/24 and 2025/26 are not comparable
to previous years due to changes in survey wording. Also results for 2019/20 and 2021/22 for indicators 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 and 9 are comparable to
each other, but not directly comparable to figures in previous years due to changes in survey wording and methodology.  
231

Page 232

47 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Indicators based on administrative data 2021-
2022*
2022-
2023*
2023-
2024*
2024-
2025*
2025-
2026*
Scottish
Average 
Rank
against
Family
Group
Premature mortality rate. (Under 75s age-standardised
death rates for all causes per 100,000 population). 568 527 507 509 532 426 6
Rate of Emergency Hospital Admissions for adults (per
100,000 population) 14,269 13,449 14,009 15,142 14,594 11,470 6
Rate of emergency bed days for adults. 155,206 151,553 142,222 155,896 147,915 108,988 7
Readmissions to hospital within 28 days of discharge. 113 100 101 106 103 104 5
Proportion of last 6 months of life spent at home or in
community setting. 89% 88% 88% 88% 88% 89% 6
Falls rate per 1,000 population aged 65+ 20 20 22 23 20 22 1
Proportion of care services graded ‘good’ (4) or better
in Care Inspectorate Inspections. 79% 78% 83% 87% 88% 83% 2
Percentage of adults with intensive needs receiving
Care at Home. (All levels of CAH) 77% 77% 78% 77% 77% 65% 1
Number of days people aged 75+ spend in hospital
when they are ready to be discharged per 1000
population)
805 1,038 1,087 1,266 1,738 873 7  
*Column contents are the most up to date data information received from Scottish Government statisticians.
As well as the National Health and Wellbeing indicators, we regularly report on local measures to help us to evidence performance against
the nine National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes and our Strategic Priorities. The list of local indicators can be found in Appendix 1. 
232

Page 233

48 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Performance in relation to the three Children’s Outcomes and
three Justice Service Outcomes 
233

Page 234

49 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Children’s Outcomes
Outcome 1: Our Children have the best start in life and are ready to succeed.
Outcome 2: Our young people are successful learners, confident individuals, effective
contributors, and responsible citizens.
Outcome 3: We have improved the life chances for children, young people and
families at risk.
1.1 To support children and young people affected by parental substance use, JC, Senior
Manager within our Children and Families service successfully applied to the Alcohol and
Drug Partnership (ADP) for funding to launch a social prescription initiative across all
Children and Families localities. The service was awarded £10,000, which was equitably
distributed amongst all locality teams.
This funding enables access to social prescriptions for children and young people who have
experienced the trauma and disruption associated with parental drug or alcohol use. These
experiences often limit opportunities for leisure, personal development, and quality family
time.
Social prescriptions offer vital reparative benefits, including
enhanced confidence and self-esteem, reduced stigma and
shame, the promotion of prosocial lifestyle choices, and the
discovery of individual strengths and talents. They also help
strengthen social connections and improve physical and mental health through regular
activity.
Collectively, these short and medium-term benefits contribute to long-term aspirations of
reducing trauma, tackling inequalities, and improving life outcomes and future opportunities
for affected children and young people.
1.2 Our Children and Adolescent Specialist Support Team (CASST) Modern Apprenticeship
(MA) scheme has proven to be a significant success. One young person successfully
completed their placement and has since secured permanent employment within North
Ayrshire Council’s care sector. The second apprentice is on track to complete their
programme and is aspiring to pursue further education in nursing.
Building on this success, we intend to submit a further funding application to CORRA to
continue the MA scheme moving forward. 
What makes this initiative particularly impactful is its focus on addressing inequalities
experienced by young people affected by parental substance use. A key eligibility criterion for
the scheme is that apprentices must have grown up in households impacted by a parent or
carer’s drug or alcohol use. Both MAs within the team are care-experienced from within North
Ayrshire—one through kinship care and the other through foster care.
This initiative not only supports individual development and employment opportunities but
also contributes to breaking intergenerational cycles of adversity. By turning lived experience
into resilience and purpose, the scheme empowers young people to build sustainable
234

Page 235

50 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
futures, while strengthening community wellbeing and reducing the long-term impact of
substance-related harm.
1.3 In 2025 to 2026 there were 185 Child Protection registrations and 130 De-registrations.
The greatest number of registrations were found in July, when there were 26 registrations
within the month. The lowest number of registrations occurred in May, when there were 8
registrations within the month. The median number of registrations per month across the year
was 15. 
1.4 Within the HSCP, we have sadly experienced adoption breakdowns that have had a
profound impact, leaving families devastated and staff feeling disheartened. These
experiences have underscored the critical importance of proactive, ongoing support to
prevent crisis and sustain successful placements.
In response, our Families for Children (FFC) Team has introduced Post-Approval Training,
designed to empower adopters beyond their initial approval at Adoption Panels in North
Ayrshire. 
Feedback from adoptive families highlighted a strong willingness to engage in further
learning, and the FFC team has responded with practical, home-based sessions delivered by
experienced practitioners. The aim is to build resilience within families and reduce the risk of
adoption disruptions, which can leave a legacy of trauma and poor wellbeing.
The training consists of:
• Theraplay – Two sessions to strengthen attachment and emotional connection,
reducing anxiety and promoting emotional security for both children and parents.
• Life Story Work – A session to support identity and understanding, helping children
process their experiences and build resilience.
235

Page 236

51 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
• Crisis Intervention and De-escalation Techniques – Practical strategies to manage
challenging situations confidently, reducing stress and preventing escalation that can
impact family wellbeing.
• Social Media Awareness – Guidance to help families navigate online safety and digital
boundaries, reducing risks that can cause emotional distress.
Adoption is a lifelong journey, and families often encounter unique challenges that require
support at different times. By introducing this enhanced training approach, we recognise that
accessing the right help at the right time can prevent crisis and adoption breakdown,
strengthen family relationships, and promote stability for children. Our Post-Adoption Support
Team is committed to supporting adoptive families every step of the way. 
This proactive approach reduces stress, builds resilience, and improves mental health by
creating a sense of security and belonging for both children and parents. Physical wellbeing
is supported through calmer home environments, improved routines, and reduced conflict,
which contribute to healthier family dynamics. 
Ultimately, this initiative empowers families, sustains successful placements, and ensures
children grow up loved, safe, and respected which fully aligns with The Promise.
1.5 P7 and S1 pupils from across North Ayrshire schools attended a young person’s
engagement event held by North Ayrshire Child Protection Committee at Greenwood
Academy in May.
Around 100 young people, along with staff from
their schools, came along to the event, which
was organised by the CPC’s Public Information
and Engagement Group.
The aim was for the CPC to learn more about
what young people know with regards to
accessing support on a range of child
protection issues, find out where there are gaps
in knowledge or sources of information, and discuss with young people the best ways to
share this information with them – and in what format – so they have all of the resources they
need to keep them safe and well. Information gathered on the day will help the CPC to shape
how child protection messaging is best delivered to young people in the future to ensure their
needs are met.
1.6 The North Ayrshire Children’s Services Plan Performance Update Report 2024 to 2025
outlines the work that has taken place to date around the priorities outlined in the North
Ayrshire Children’s Services Plan, which runs from 2023 to 2026.
This three-year plan set out how the Children’s Services Strategic Partnership will safeguard,
support and promote the wellbeing of all children in North Ayrshire, with a focus on the
following key areas:
• The rights of children and young people are promoted and protected.
• Ensuring early intervention to improve what happens next.
236

Page 237

52 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
• Making things fairer.
• Promoting good mental health and wellbeing.
• Inspiring children and young people to be active.
Some key highlights include that 97% of North Ayrshire education establishments are now
engaged in UNICEF’s Rights Respecting Schools accreditation process, which supports
schools to embed the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child into their practice to improve
wellbeing and help all children and young people to realise their potential. This number is
significantly higher than the Scottish average of 78%.
North Ayrshire secondary schools are also championing equality as they work to maintain
their LGBT Youth Scotland Charter of Education status, ensuring that LGBTQ+ pupils, staff
and parents can be safe, supported and included.
Extra-curricular provision has been delivered across all primary, secondary and ASN
establishments. Over 9,200 young people have attended a variety of sport and physical
activity sessions led by Active Schools, which focus on getting ‘More Kids, More Active, More
Often’.
In the past year, the Young Carers Fund has been accessed by 115 children and young
people, boosting physical and mental wellbeing, reducing social isolation and improving
attainment. Each school has now nominated a Young Carers Champion, and an information
pack was launched to give education staff an overall understanding of the duties and
approach in North Ayrshire to identifying, working with, and supporting young carers.
Welfare Rights Officers in schools have continued to provide support to families, with
financial gains for those using the service in the 2024 to 2025 school year reaching £818,000
- and over £1.8 million in total since the project began.
1.7 The Whole Family Wellbeing Fund (WFWF) aims to transform the way family support is
delivered by ensuring families can access seamless and holistic support that is wrapped
around their individual needs. In the reporting period of 2024 to 2025 a total of 831 children
and young people across North Ayrshire accessed WFWF funded services or programmes. 
237

Page 238

53 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
In terms of the geographical spread of the WFWF proposals, the majority are operating in the
Three Towns locality and on a North Ayrshire wide basis. Although Arran does not have any
specific services delivered on the island, Arran is covered by the North Ayrshire wide
services.
By the end of the five years funding, it is envisioned that:
• Parents/carers are more able to access employability and other support to improve their
finances.
• Services are more accessible – children, young people and their families know where to
go and receive help when needed.
• Better collective awareness of available support among children, young people, and
their families.
• Reduced ‘missing middle’ between universal and statutory services.
• Collaborative, multi-agency approach to the funding, commissioning, and delivery of
family support. 
• Cross-sectoral commitment to collaboration and innovation which empowers and
supports the workforce to provide family-centred holistic support.
1.8 Plans for new supported living accommodation for care experienced young people were
approved by members of North Ayrshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) on Thursday 13
November. The IJB supported these proposals, alongside receiving an update on a range of
work and actions being taken forward following a system-wide programme with all Corporate
Parents in North Ayrshire to improve outcomes for care experienced young people - the
Brighter Pathways programme. The programme focusses on a rights-based approach to
create a sustainable, responsive, and nurturing care system for our children and young
people.
Through engagement with care-experienced young people, NAHSCP
identified a gap in provision for those who do not require full
residential care but still need additional support - or are ready to step
down from residential care as they move into adulthood. The go-
ahead has been given to develop supported living accommodation
that will open in Spring 2026, which as well as equipping young
people with the skills, confidence and stability they need for a
successful future, will also free up capacity in its Children’s Houses.
Located in Irvine, the accommodation will offer a safe and supportive environment for young
people aged 16 to 21 years, bridging the gap between residential care and independent
living. The service will provide individual ensuite rooms, shared living spaces, and 24/7
dedicated staff support, with practical help around issues such as budgeting, cooking, and
tenancy management. Proactive in-reach support will also be available from a range of
services and agencies, including housing, employability, and Money Smart. 
238

Page 239

54 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
1.9 Foster Care Fortnight took place in May with a dedicated social media campaign on the
NAHSCP Facebook channel highlighting some of the myths and facts around foster caring
and signposting the public to our dedicated foster care website. 
Figures above reflect a decline in foster care provision due to a national shortage of carers,
often resulting in children being accommodated in expensive external placements, away from
their schools, friends and support networks. Currently, it is especially difficult to recruit full
time foster carers and given the high cost of living, most families require to have two
parents/carers, at work. In addition, the complexity of the young people is also a factor.
An enhanced package of support for foster carers was approved by members of North
Ayrshire Integration Joint Board (IJB) on Thursday 13 November. A new Fostering Scheme
has been approved, offering greater support for those providing foster care for NAHSCP, with
the aim of boosting the recruitment of new carers and retaining current carers. This was
developed after engaging and consulting with approved foster carers, whose feedback was
invaluable. 
As well as an increased weekly payment, the
new scheme will also see the introduction of a
retainer payment, providing financial stability for
carers who may be without a placement until a
suitable match is made; a loyalty payment for
new foster carers who join NAHSCP and remain
with the organisation, and an additional payment
for those who care for children with enhanced
needs.
We also now utilise Can Digital for all our fostering advertising, via social media, to raise our
digital profile and this has resulted in a rise in enquiries. 
1.10 On Wednesday 26 November 2025, North Ayrshire’s annual Joint Champions Board
Conference brought together 59 care experienced young people from nine secondary
schools across the authority. The event, held at Saltcoats Town Hall, aimed to unite all
239

Page 240

55 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
school-based Champions Boards for a full day of connection, learning, creativity, and
influence. 
The Joint Champions Board Conference 2025 was a powerful demonstration of young
people’s leadership, creativity, and influence. The day strengthened relationships, amplified
youth voice, and generated meaningful insights that will shape North Ayrshire’s corporate
parenting work in 2026 and beyond. 
Four workshops were delivered across the day and all feedback (digital, written, and verbal)
was collated into the “What Matters To Us” poster, summarising the six priorities care
experienced young people want their corporate parents to understand: 
Feeling Safe and Secure
• Trust and Relationships.
• Having a Voice and Being Listened To.
• Friendships and Social Connections.
• Opportunities and Aspirations.
• Understanding and Respect.  
240

Page 241

56 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Justice Outcomes
Outcome 1: Community Safety and Public Protection.
Outcome 2: The Reduction of re-offending.
Outcome 3: Social inclusion to support desistance from offending.
2.1 Collaborative efforts have continued between Justice Services and the Alcohol and Drug
Partnership to enhance access to recovery activities and support diversionary recovery
projects for individuals subject to Community Payback Orders. This partnership has led to the
creation of a Recovery Development Worker role within Justice Services, based at the New
Street office.
The Recovery Development Worker has been instrumental in embedding a public health
approach within community justice, offering tailored support to individuals experiencing
addiction. Their work promotes equality, encourages recovery, and empowers service users to
take control of their lives and recovery journeys.
Operating in line with core recovery principles—such as personal responsibility, education,
self-advocacy, and self-management—the Recovery Development Worker provides
opportunities for improved health and wellbeing through both individual and group
interventions. They also serve as a positive role model, inspiring hope and demonstrating that
recovery is achievable.
Referrals to the Recovery Development Worker have increased, encompassing individuals
subject to various court orders and requirements, including Community Payback Orders,
Supervision Requirements, Unpaid Work Requirements, and Alcohol and Drug Treatment
Requirements.
Support provided includes psychosocial interventions aimed at helping service users develop
long-term coping strategies. This work covers areas such as alcohol and drug awareness,
problem-solving, and consequential thinking.
Additionally, the Recovery Development Worker facilitates access to local recovery groups,
including Alcoholics Anonymous, Cocaine Anonymous, the Justice and MINDS Recovery
Group, NADARS Recovery Groups, and Café Solace. They also actively participate in the
Community Recovery Forum and the Recovery Workers Forum.
2.2 Diversion from Prosecution (Diversion) has been available since 1997, within this past year
we have experienced a further increase across Ayrshire in assessment referrals from the
Procurator Fiscal. Referrals have increased at a significant rate from 2018. Although this
disposal is early intervention and low-level offending, the presenting need of service users is
extremely high, thus resulting in more staff time being allocated and closer partnership working
with other agencies to provide identified services. 
The number of assessment reports submitted are relatively lower than the number requested
due to limited resources, which has resulted in waiting lists within each local authority area. 
241

Page 242

57 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
In comparison with last year, 2025 to 2026 notes a decrease in the number of Diversion cases
imposed. This is due to delays from the time that the offence was committed until the
individual is referred to and assessed by the Diversion team. In this time many positive
changes could have taken place and individuals are actively seeking and engaging with
services to address any issues which they may have, thus reducing their risk of further
offending. In these instances, no interventions are required due to positive reasons. 
2.3 During the last year, the Rosemount service has run six eight-week blocks of the Building on
Positive Relationships (BPR) parenting programme across North Ayrshire. This programme
supports parents and carers who are finding family life stressful or struggling with their
relationship with their children. Many of these families face extra challenges such as
neurodevelopmental needs, trauma, or complex social issues.
BPR is based on Non-Violent Resistance (NVR). It helps parents be more present and
connected with their children, reduce conflict and stop situations from escalating alongside
building trust and positive routines with their children.
Parents who took part said they felt more confident in their parenting role, better able to stay
calm and avoid power struggles, and importantly they felt less isolated, thanks to meeting
other parents, sharing experiences and making links with other parents from their local
community. 
They learned practical techniques like self-regulation, de-escalation, and using planned
announcements - ways to keep boundaries firm while showing care and commitment. Many
families reported improvements, including better school attendance, fewer crises, and a
calmer home life.
The programme also focused on self-care and resilience, encouraging parents to look after
their own wellbeing and use support networks that they identified throughout the duration of
the programme.
By giving families access to this parenting programme, BPR helps prevent crisis, improves
outcomes for children and helps to reduce isolation and strengthens community connections -
helping parents support each other and share experiences. This approach tackles inequalities
by making sure families have the tools and confidence they need to thrive.
242

Page 243

58 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
2.4 Case Study: MAPPA
Amongst other local authorities in Scotland, our MAPPA team continue to be recognised as an
example of best practice. Based at Irvine Police Station, the team not only manage local
arrangements but also host MAPPA on behalf of the entire South West Scotland region. This
includes North, East, and South Ayrshire, as well as Dumfries and Galloway, ensuring a
consistent and collaborative approach to public protection.
Recently, the Fife MAPPA Coordinator and administrative staff visited the team to learn more
about our processes, video resources, and innovative MAPPA Dashboard. This dashboard
has become a cornerstone of our approach, providing a real-time, data-driven management
tool that captures key statistical information with clarity and transparency. It supports
evidence-based decision-making, enables live monitoring of cases, and ensures performance
data is readily available for strategic oversight and reporting. 
The MAPPA Coordinator for North Strathclyde also visited, as did Lanarkshire, reflecting
growing interest in our systems and methods. These visits highlighted the strength of our
processes and the increasing recognition of how we deliver effective multi-agency risk
management.
In addition, the MAPPA team developed a short video resource explaining what MAPPA is and
how it operates, designed for internal training purposes. No other MAPPA region in Scotland
had produced such a resource, underlining how advanced and forward-thinking our approach
is as a South West Scotland entity. This video helps staff understand the framework,
processes, and responsibilities, ensuring consistency and confidence in practice.
The dashboard and video resource demonstrate our commitment to continuous improvement
and innovation. By making data and training accessible, we have strengthened multi-agency
collaboration, improved risk management, and reinforced confidence in public protection.
In July 2025, Community Justice Ayrshire held a training event at Fullerton ConneXions in
Irvine on the subject of “What is MAPPA?”. Our MAPPA Strategic Oversight Group Chair
opened the event and introduced AW, MAPPA Coordinator, who delivered the input. The
event was attended by 77 members of staff from a variety of agencies. Feedback received
suggested the input was well received, and this is an event that is likely to be repeated due to
high demand.
2.5 Under the Community Justice (Scotland) Act 2016, local authorities are required to report
annually to Community Justice Scotland (CJS) on the operation of Community Payback
Orders (CPOs). 
These statutory reports promote transparency, strengthen accountability, and provide an
important measure of how unpaid work and supervision requirements support rehabilitation
and contribute to safer communities. They also allow us to highlight the wider community
benefits delivered through CPO activity, including improvements to local environments,
support for community organisations, and the development of skills and confidence among
individuals subject to orders.
CJS collates all local authority returns and produces a national summary report which is then
laid before the Scottish Parliament, ensuring clear oversight of how CPOs are being used
243

Page 244

59 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
across Scotland. North Ayrshire submitted its 2024 to 2025 CPO annual return at the end of
October 2025.
This work directly supports our strategic priority in terms of Enabling Communities, as CPOs
provide a meaningful mechanism for individuals to make positive contributions to the places in
which they live. Unpaid work projects enhance local facilities, support community groups, and
improve shared spaces, CPOs help strengthen community resilience and foster stronger
connections between people and their neighbourhoods. At the same time, the support and
supervision components of CPOs help people develop new skills, build confidence, and
reduce harmful behaviours—benefits that ripple back into communities and contribute to
longer‑term safety and wellbeing.
2.6 There was a marked decrease in Drug Treatment and Testing Order (DTTO) Assessment
and Impositions in 2025 to 2026. There had been a slight decline in the previous year 2024 to
2025. There have been some staffing pressures in the past year which are being resolved.
With increased staffing, the team will have more capacity to have a presence within fieldwork
teams to advocate for more DTTO screenings/referrals. 
Of the 44 assessments completed in 2025 to 2026, 36 new DTTO’s were imposed across
Ayrshire. This incorporates Orders from both Kilmarnock and Ayr Sheriff Courts. DTTO is an
intense Order which involves monthly Court reviews, twice weekly contact for the first month
and weekly oral drug screens. There are three distinct roles within the team delivering the
service and interventions. The Supervising Officer oversees the Order, monitors compliance
and compiles the assessment and review reports. The Additions Worker delivers the
therapeutic interventions and is primarily responsible for administering the oral drug screens.
There are then Recovery Development Workers who provide practical supports, assistance
with welfare needs and also build links and connections within the recovery community to help
build the persons own recovery capital.
A Recovery Care Plan is created with each individual. There are ten domains, including
substance use, relationships and offending, which are scored from 1 to 10. These plans are
updated at three monthly intervals and allows areas for support/intervention to be identified
and progress to be monitored. 
2.7 A comprehensive review of the Multi‑Agency Risk Assessment Conference (MARAC)
arrangements in North Ayrshire was undertaken by the Senior Manager and Local Authority
lead during summer and early autumn 2025, with the final report completed in November
244

Page 245

60 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
2025. The review examined current practice, governance structures, partner engagement and
the overall effectiveness of MARAC in responding to high‑risk domestic abuse. The resulting
report sets out a series of recommendations aimed at strengthening consistency, improving
information‑sharing, and ensuring that safety planning is robust, timely and responsive to the
complex needs of victims and their families. 
These recommendations have now been shared with both the Violence Against Women
Partnership and the MARAC Governance Group for consideration and implementation.
This work directly supports the strategic priority to Improve Mental and Physical Health and
Wellbeing, recognising that domestic abuse has profound and enduring impacts on survivors’
emotional, psychological and physical health. By enhancing the MARAC process, North
Ayrshire is working to ensure that individuals experiencing the highest levels of risk receive
coordinated, trauma‑informed and holistic support. Strengthening MARAC practice also
contributes to earlier identification of harm, clearer pathways to recovery, and improved
access to health, wellbeing and specialist services. Ultimately, the review aims to ensure that
our multi‑agency response promotes safety, reduces re‑traumatisation, and supports survivors
and their families to rebuild stability and wellbeing.
2.8 The latest Government statistics on Community Payback Orders (CPOs) 2024 to 2025 show
that figures for North Ayrshire were identical (478) to that of the year before and occupied
median positioning of the Ayrshires in this regard. The population per 10,000 was the lowest of
the Ayrshires at 52.2. In comparison, East Ayrshire had 509 CPOs and was 60.8 per 10,000
population while South Ayrshire had 429 CPOs and was 57.3 per 10,000 population. The
Scottish average was 42.2 per 10,000 population. 2025 to 2026 has seen a significant
increase in CPOs exceeding 500 impositions.
There has been a reduction in the number of Criminal Justice Social Work Reports (CJSW)
since 2020 to 2021 largely thought to be due to the result of COVID-19. 2025 to 2026 sees the
highest number of report submissions since this downward turn, albeit not yet at pre-covid
numbers. The latest Government statistics on CJSWs for 2024 to 2025 reveal North Ayrshire
to have submitted the highest number of reports of the Ayrshires however continue to be the
lowest of the Ayrshires at 77.2 per 10,000 population. In comparison, East Ayrshire sits at 79.2
and South Ayrshire sits at 77.6. The Scottish average is 75.9 per 10,000 population.
Our Justice Services continue to have a positive impact on the local community through the
Community Payback Order (CPO) unpaid work scheme. For thirteen years we have
continuously over-achieved against targets for CPO level 1 and level 2. 2025 to 2026 saw 82
out of 85 level 1 CPO’s completing within timescales and 136 out of 138 level 2 CPO’s
completing within timescales. The targets set for unpaid work are pan-Ayrshire targets.
245

Page 246

61 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION 
2.9 Case Study: Unpaid Work Income Regeneration Programme
Unpaid Work provides individuals subject to community justice disposals with the opportunity
to make meaningful reparation, develop new skills, and contribute positively to their local area.
The income generated reflects the commitment, effort, and productivity of those undertaking
unpaid work, supported by Officers and Supervisors who ensure that work activities are
purposeful, safe, and community-facing.
The Unpaid Work Income Generation Programme continues to demonstrate the positive
contribution that unpaid work can make to local communities across North Ayrshire. Between
April 2025 and March 2026, income generated through supervised unpaid work activity
allowed a total donation of £2,285.46 to be made, split evenly between two local charities:
Café Solace and Andy’s Man Shed in Dreghorn. Each organisation received £1,142.73,
supporting their ongoing work within the community.  
246

Page 247

62 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
The donations were warmly received by both charities, who highlighted the importance of this
funding in supporting local wellbeing and mental health initiatives. Due to the sensitive nature
of mental health support within Andy’s Man Shed, the organisation was unable to have a
representative participate in a photograph. Café Solace were able to take part in a group
photograph, with Supervisor Peter Donohue pictured alongside staff and volunteers, as seen
below.
This programme not only delivers tangible financial benefits to third-sector partners but also
reinforces the rehabilitative purpose of unpaid work, supporting individuals to build
responsibility, confidence, and a stronger connection to their community, while delivering
visible social value across North Ayrshire. 
247

Page 248

63 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Reporting on localities
North Ayrshire is home to approximately 134,010 people, all living in its
many towns, villages, and islands. These places are home to many different
communities, each with their own characteristics and needs.
We recognise that a one – size all approach to services delivery is not
appropriate. A blanket service may be of 
great benefit to one community and of little 
value to another. 
That is why we are now designing local 
services based on local need, identifying
the health and social care priorities 
in communities and developing 
services that help people access 
the right services at the right time.
248

Page 249

64 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Locality Planning
Locality Planning remains the local mechanism for strategic planning through which local priorities
are developed for smaller geographical areas across North Ayrshire. During 2025 to 2026, work to
develop HSCP locality plans was paused to allow focus on the development of the refreshed
Strategic Plan 2026–2030, and in response to ongoing capacity and resource pressures associated
with maintaining the Locality Planning Review Groups.
The Integration Joint Board approved revised Locality Planning Arrangements which align HSCP
locality planning with existing Community Planning Partnership (CPP) Locality Partnership structures.
This revised approach is intended to streamline governance, reduce duplication, and strengthen joint
ownership of place-based priorities, while ensuring the HSCP continues to meet its statutory locality
planning duties.
Under the revised model:
• HSCP locality planning activity will be integrated within CPP Locality Partnership meetings,
removing the need for separate HSCP locality planning forums, with the exception of Arran,
where established integrated arrangements will continue.
• HSCP Locality Leads (Heads of Service) will attend two CPP Locality Partnership meetings
per year, with written HSCP locality planning updates provided for remaining meetings to
support ongoing visibility and accountability without additional meeting attendance.
• Locality Plans will continue to be developed by the Strategic Planning and Equalities Team,
drawing on locality data, engagement activity, service input and feedback from CPP Locality
Partnerships, with oversight through the Strategic Planning Group.
This revised approach supports a more sustainable locality planning model, strengthens alignment
between health and social care priorities and wider community planning outcomes, and maintains
statutory locality leadership and assurance within HSCP governance.
Progress 2025 to 2026
During 2025 to 2026, locality planning activity focused on consolidating existing evidence and
completing key engagement activity to inform future locality plan development, while preparing for the
implementation of the revised Locality Planning Arrangements.
Between March and May 2025, targeted engagement was undertaken with children and young
people across all six localities in North Ayrshire as part of the Locality Planning biannual engagement
cycle. This engagement was designed to ensure that younger people’s views and experiences were
captured as part of the locality evidence base and to support alignment with the Children’s Services
Plan and wider strategic planning.
Engagement activity included:
• Facilitated sessions with youth groups across each locality.
• An online survey promoted through a range of internal and external networks; and
• a joint Health and Social Care Conversation Café with the Youth Cabinet.
249

Page 250

65 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
The purpose of this engagement was to understand the issues that matter most to young people in
their local areas, explore where they seek support, identify barriers to accessing health and social
care services, and gather suggestions for service improvement. Findings from this work have been
collated at locality level and form part of the wider evidence base that will inform the development of
HSCP Locality Plans.
Alongside this engagement activity, the Strategic Planning and Equalities Team continued to
maintain and consolidate existing locality evidence gathered between April 2023 and April 2025,
including data profiles, service mapping and previous engagement findings. This ensured that,
despite pauses to formal locality planning structures due to capacity pressures, a comprehensive and
up-to-date evidence base has been retained to support future locality planning activity.
In 2026, the Integration Joint Board approved revised Locality Planning Arrangements, aligning
HSCP locality planning with Community Planning Partnership Locality Partnership structures. This
provides a clear governance framework and implementation approach for the next phase of locality
plan development, with delivery scheduled to commence from June 2026. 
250

Page 251

66 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Transformation Programme
North Ayrshire HSCP’s Transformation Team support 
Partnership teams to identify, develop and deliver
system wide change to local services and
improve outcomes for the people of North
Ayrshire
251

Page 252

67 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Transformation 2025 to 2026
The North Ayrshire HSCP Transformation Plan 2024 to 2027 continues to be an
important programme of change across the Partnership, designed to improve service quality and
support long-term sustainability. The plan was approved by the Integration Joint Board in March 2024
and has remained under regular review through the Transformation Board. 
During 2025 to 2026, the Health and Social Care Partnership (HSCP) undertook a refresh of its
Transformation Plan to strengthen delivery, improve financial sustainability and respond to external
audit recommendations. This followed feedback from Audit Scotland and the Council’s Best Value
Review, which highlighted the need for clearer alignment between transformation activity,
financial planning and demonstrable benefits. 
A comprehensive internal review was completed to ensure the Transformation Plan is focused,
deliverable and aligned with strategic priorities. As a result: 
• The programme has been streamlined, reducing the number of projects and removing activity
better classified as business as usual. 
• Governance arrangements have been refreshed and strengthened, including updated Terms
of Reference for the Transformation Board. 
• A key development has been the introduction of a formal Benefits Realisation Framework to
improve transparency and accountability. 
• All projects with approved business cases now include benefits trackers, covering financial
(cashable), quantitative and qualitative outcomes. 
To date, the Partnership’s Transformation Plan has delivered savings of £2.1 million against
a profiled target of £2.3 million. 
In order to support Services as they look to redesign, reshape or transform how they work, Planning
Managers undertook training in Service Design by the Scottish Service Design Academy. The
training provided learning on new tools and techniques to support Service Design, which is now an
important element of the Partnership’s transformation approach. 
252

Page 253

68 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Children, Families and Justice 
During 2025 to 2026, transformation activity within Children, Families and Justice has focused on
progressing key service redesign proposals and strengthening the overall approach to delivery and
sustainability. 
A key achievement has been the development and implementation of Brighter Pathways, a strategic
approach with a focus on redesigning services to better meet the needs of children,
young people and families. This has included development of the strategic proposal and
consideration through governance processes to support approval and implementation. 
A number of projects were progressed over this period, delivering a wide range of service
improvements: 
• Brighter Pathways – Strategic Vision and Programme Development – a wide-
ranging strategic overview of Children’s Services which provides a clearer overall framework
for redesign activity. The strategic priorities established through the Brighter
Pathways programme will continue to provide a clear framework for ongoing service
improvement and transformation. These priorities underpin a coherent and consistent
approach to enhancing outcomes, ensuring that developments remain aligned with agreed
objectives and organisational ambitions. 
• Internal Residential Capacity and Placement Oversight – work was undertaken
to strengthen oversight of placements, including the establishment of the Placement
Assurance Forum and the progression of a supported accommodation service (Boyle Street).
Focus was on improving planning, reducing pressure on internal capacity, and supporting
more stable transitions. 
• Fostering and Care Capacity – review of foster carer recruitment, including identifying more
targeted approaches linked to demand. This supports the wider aim of increasing family-based
care and reducing reliance on residential placements. A new platform has been introduced to
increase engagement with potential foster carers, while raising the online profile of fostering
overall. A new fostering scheme was also introduced to encourage new foster
carer applications and help retention of current foster carers. 
• Intensive Support Review – the first phase of this work was completed, whereby the
rationale for reviewing intensive support services was developed. This work recognised
the increasing complexity of need and the requirement for more coordinated approaches
across the system. 
• Moving On / Throughcare and Housing Transitions – the introduction of the
Moving On Forum, bringing together Children’s Services, Housing and Throughcare to support
earlier planning and more coordinated transitions for young people moving into adulthood. 
• Justice / Court Review Work - Kilmarnock Sheriff Court review, including analysis of
resource requirements and development of recommendations, with formal project
closure. This resulted in a reduction of costs and a realignment of responsibility in a pan
Ayrshire context. 
253

Page 254

69 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Looking ahead, these strategic aims will also play a central role in shaping future service design. This
includes supporting the development of responsive, person-centred models of care that are
sustainable, evidence-informed, and adaptable to changing population needs. Continued focus will
be placed on integrating learning from current delivery, engaging stakeholders, and leveraging
innovation to design services that improve accessibility, efficiency, and overall quality. 
254

Page 255

70 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Health and Community Care 
During 2025 to 2026, transformation work has delivered a wide range of improvements across Health
and Community Care, with a focus on performance, access and sustainability. 
A number of projects were completed, delivering tangible improvements in service performance and
access: 
• Aids and Adaptations Review reduced waiting times and simplified processes, with stronger
joint working and more consistent decision making. 
• Arran Single Point of Contact improved public access and reduced pressure on front door
services through a consistent telephony model. 
• Care Packages (Complex Care Service Review) reviewed the model for delivering complex
care, supporting more sustainable and cost-effective provision while maintaining quality and
continuity of support. 
• Community Rehabilitation Review defined a more integrated model to improve pathway
clarity and service effectiveness, with longer-term recommendations identified. 
• Delayed Discharge and Winter Planning established a single improvement plan and
embedded performance monitoring, strengthening system resilience and oversight. 
• Discharge Performance Planning increased assessment capacity, improved tracking and
strengthened governance arrangements. 
• eICT Service Review clarified roles, standardised pathways and supported a more
sustainable, integrated rehabilitation model. 
• Podiatry Service Review delivered a significant reduction in waiting times and improved
access through clearer triage and referral processes. 
Alongside this, a substantial programme of work is underway to redesign services, manage
increasing demand and improve sustainability. This work is expected to deliver the following
benefits: 
• Analogue to Digital Telecare Switchover is delivering a transition to a fully digital service,
ensuring safe and reliable alarm provision while establishing a more resilient platform for
future technology-enabled care. 
• Care Package Reviews are streamlining Care at Home rotas, assessing levels
of provision and introducing more consistent, better planned services to maximise available
resources. 
• Community Wards programme is developing options to ensure beds are used for their
intended rehabilitation purpose, improve patient flow and support delivery within available
resources. 
• Dementia Support and Respite is redesigning pathways to improve access, integration and
support for people and carers. 
255

Page 256

71 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
• Fleet Transformation is considering options to ensure the
fleet remains efficient, sustainable and better aligned to frontline service delivery. 
• Montrose House Transformation is reviewing the allocation process, reintroducing outreach
provision and reviewing use of the building to ensure capacity is used effectively and services
are aligned to need. 
• Palliative and End of Life Care Strategy is establishing a pan-Ayrshire, whole-system
model, bringing partners together to deliver more consistent, coordinated and person-centred
care, supporting earlier planning and greater individual choice. 
• Post Diagnostic Support review is developing a more consistent and sustainable service
model, better integrated with wider mental health pathways. 
• Speech and Language Service Review is redesigning pathways and service delivery to
reduce waiting times, improve access and ensure resources are used more effectively
in response to increasing demand and complexity. 
• TEC First (Castleview Hub) is introducing a technology-enabled care model to support
people to remain safely at home, improve staff efficiency and reduce reliance on traditional
care provision, with the hub acting as a central space to demonstrate solutions, support
learning and enable wider adoption of technology. 
• Telecare Transformation is reviewing the service to better manage demand, improve
response and support more effective use of technology. 
Across the programme, there has been a consistent emphasis on strengthening
data, governance and performance monitoring to support robust, evidence-based decision making.
This is enabling Health and Community Care services to respond to rising demand and ongoing
resource pressures, while supporting new ways of working and innovation to deliver sustainable
services aligned to national and local priorities. 
256

Page 257

72 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Mental Health and Learning Disabilities
Learning Disabilities
Assessment and Treatment Services, Pan Ayrshire  
A Programme Board was set up to oversee a review of current provision of Inpatient Assessment and
Treatment for Learning Disabilities. For a number of years, the Service has experienced significant
challenges associated primarily with staffing and delayed discharges. These factors affect
the Service’s ability to consistently ensure the provision of effective assessment, implementation of
therapeutic interventions and delivery of appropriate care. 
The review explored a number of alternative delivery options and feasibility of implementing such
options in the current financial climate as well as taking account of workforce availability in both NHS
and Third sector services.  
An Options Appraisal process was subsequently initiated, with a view to identifying a preferred route
for future development. This involved extensive engagement with staff, clients and families who were
later invited to take part in the scoring exercise. This part of the programme is now concluded with a
view to initiating a new programme of work to take the recommendations forward. 
Other pieces of work concluding this year include; 
• The HSCP worked with Local Authority Housing colleagues to find solutions for people
with complex care needs. Members of the Learning Disability Service have been involved in
work related to the national programme for implementation of the recommendations of the
Coming Home Report. The work related to the assessment and treatment services in
particular, has contributed to national learning in this area. 
• Trindlemoss House, staffing model changing from primarily a medical focused delivery to a
social care model. Some aspects of the training etc are still to be completed. The new service
model has received very positive reviews from the Care Inspectorate following a recent visit
and has been delivering positive outcomes for the residents. 
• The first phase of work has been concluded in bringing together two teams to provide an all-
age disability service. This includes bringing the Children with Disabilities service under the
management of the learning disabilities service and the addition of a senior practitioner role to
support team managers and provide development opportunities for staff. 
• The next phase of this work will focus on eligibility and assessment of need. This work will
utilise new tools, such as Magic Notes, to bring efficiencies in the assessment process and
provide consistency across the teams. 
257

Page 258

73 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Mental Health
Over the period from April 2025 to the end of March 2026, Mental Health services continued to
improve access, strengthen community-based support, make better use of resources and build more
sustainable ways of delivering care. The main outcomes from this work have been a stronger
response for people in crisis, clearer options for future service redesign, improved digital
infrastructure and reporting, and progress in aligning local services with national expectations. 
• A more appropriate response for people experiencing mental health crisis has
been established through the Adult Mental Health Assessment Hub at Woodland View, a
short-stay assessment service for adults who may otherwise have been admitted directly to an
inpatient ward. During the year the Hub became operational at full capacity, and early
evidence indicated that around 75% of people admitted were supported back to the community
without onward admission to inpatient psychiatry. This has improved patient flow and helped
reduce pressure on hospital services. 
• Access to treatment and the consistency of care for people affected by alcohol and drug use
has continued to improve through implementation of the Medication Assisted
Treatment (MAT) Standards. During the year this included further work to embed the
standards within local service delivery, strengthen referral pathways and improve performance
monitoring, helping to support a more timely and person-centred response across Mental
Health and related services. 
• Work on the Early Intervention in Psychosis service is laying the groundwork for earlier
specialist support for people experiencing a first episode of psychosis, with the intended
outcome of quicker access to assessment and treatment and improved long-term outcomes.
With short-term funding provided by the Scottish Government, the service launched in
September 2025. 
• Recording and reporting arrangements have improved through the programme of digital
transformation in Mental Health, which is replacing older systems and improving how
information is stored, shared and used. During the year this included implementing TrakCare
across additional services, closing legacy databases and progressing a wider digital strategy.
The result has been more consistent recording and a stronger basis for service planning,
performance monitoring and decision making. 
• Savings were delivered through the Adult Community Wellbeing project, which reviewed
how lower-level wellbeing and recovery support could be provided in future for adults with
mental health needs. During the year the project achieved savings through the reduction of
some commissioned services and a vacancy that was never filled. It also set out a possible
future model for how wellbeing, peer support and recovery services could be organised on a
more integrated and sustainable basis should resources allow. 
• A stronger evidence base for future redesign has been developed through the Adult
Community Mental Health Service review, which is examining how community mental
health services are organised and delivered. Although the main review was paused for part of
the year while decisions were taken on wellbeing services, preparatory work continued. This
included engagement with staff and service users, further data analysis and work on the
development of a performance dashboard to provide better oversight of activity, demand and
outcomes and to support future service planning. 
258

Page 259

74 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
• Clearer options for the future of the Community Eating Disorders Service (CEDS) have
been developed through work on a business case setting out how a safe and effective local
service could be sustained for people living with an eating disorder in North Ayrshire. The
business case outlines a range of options and the level of investment required under each,
providing a basis for future decision making on how best to deliver this support. 
• Clearer options for a future neurodevelopmental service for children and young people have
been developed through completion of work on a business case, setting out how a diagnostic
and support service could be delivered more safely and effectively. The work included
development and appraisal of options covering pathways and referrals, service model,
workforce, digital solutions and the level of investment required, providing a basis for future
decision making across Ayrshire. 
• Administrative time has been reduced and the quality of recording improved through
the Magic Notes trial in social work, which tested digital note-writing technology to support
staff in recording assessments and casework. The trial involved Mental Health and Learning
Disabilities teams and began in March 2026, with the final evaluation completed shortly
afterwards. The pilot and evaluation showed benefits including faster completion of write-ups,
improved consistency of recording, better quality interactions with service users and a positive
impact on practitioner wellbeing. The final evaluation supported wider rollout across social
work services as a practical way to improve capacity, quality and workforce sustainability. 
Taken together, this work shows a service area that is actively redesigning how support is delivered,
managing difficult financial choices while still progressing innovation, and building stronger
community, digital and performance foundations for the future. 
259

Page 260

75 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Reporting on lead partnership responsibility
North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership has lead
responsibility for: Mental health services (including psychology, CAMHS,
learning disability assessment and treatment) Child health services
(including child immunisation and infant feeding)
East Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership has lead responsibility
for primary care and urgent care services. Primary care refers to the four
independent contractors who provide the first point of contact for the
Ayrshire and Arran population. These contractors are General Practitioners
(GPs), Community Pharmacists, Optometrists, and General Dental
Practitioners. 
South Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership is the lead
partnership for the Integrated Continence Service, Community Equipment
Store, and the Family Nurse Partnership (FNP). This lead responsibility
relates to the delivery of continence care and education across Ayrshire,
provision of equipment to people living in the community and supporting
first-time mothers aged 19 and under through an intensive preventative
home visiting programme delivered by FNP.  
260

Page 261

76 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION 
Mental Health Services
1.1 The Emergency Services Mental Health Pathway (ESMHP) continues to receive positive
feedback from all partners related to service access, response and outcome with continued
evidence of reduction in avoidable mental health presentations to the area Emergency
Departments and significantly reducing the time from referral to contact with specialty. 
During the first year of full operation, the Assessment Hub has reduced incidence of
unscheduled or crisis admissions to the three acute inpatient psychiatric wards. Currently,
76% of patients admitted to the Assessment Hub are supported back to the community without
the requirement for acute ward admission. 
Pre-conception advice: Women at high risk of severe mental illness are supported even before
pregnancy.
• Rapid response: Initial routine assessments are conducted within 15 working days
whilst urgent assessments can be provided within 24-48 hours, care plans are tailored
to individual needs.
• Continuity of care: Support is maintained throughout pregnancy, postnatal period, and
during any hospital admissions to MBU and Woodland View.
Mini Minds Matter intervenes during pregnancy and up to the third birthday, focusing on early
relationships and emotional wellbeing. The team offers professionals consultations and advice
lines to ensure timely support and maximum impact from a small team.
The pan-Ayrshire Early Intervention Psychosis Service launched on 1st September 2025 and
is now at full staffing complement. This new service has been developed to provide timely,
specialist assessment and intervention for individuals aged 16-35 who are experiencing a first
episode of psychosis, offering support for up to two years. Delivered as a test of change and
supported by Healthcare Improvement Scotland, the service aims to improve outcomes by
promoting early recognition, recovery-focused care and evidence-based practice in line with
national clinical guidelines. The service takes a multidisciplinary approach, with a strong
emphasis on joint working and collaborative formulation to ensure care is tailored to each
individual needs. 
Psychology input is an integral part of the service, offering specialist assessment, formulation
and therapy. In addition, low-intensity psychosocial support is provided to help individuals
develop coping strategies, build resilience and work toward their recovery goals. A key feature
of the service is its assertive outreach approach, providing tailored support not only to
individuals, but also to their families. By intervening early, the service seeks to reduce relapse,
prevent hospital admissions, and help people remain connected with relationships, education
and employment during a crucial stage in life.
Ongoing review of the service provided by North Ayrshire Mental Health Practitioners (MHP),
incorporating relevant stakeholder feedback, has supported the restructure of the daily
template utilised by MHP staff. This in turn has promoted the sustainability of the service and
significantly improved sickness absence rates have been observed since the implementation
of the new template. Revised data collection relating to the activity of this service will inform
further development, support early identification of mental health problems and referral or
signposting to most appropriate treatment where appropriate.
261

Page 262

77 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
1.2 The Pan-Ayrshire Early Intervention Psychosis Service was launched on 1st September
2025 and is now operating at full staffing capacity, compromising one Consultant Clinical
Psychologist, one Team Leader and two Keyworkers. The service has been developed to
provide timely, specialist assessment and intervention for individuals aged 14-35 years
experiencing a first episode of psychosis, with support offered for up to two years.
Delivered as a test of change and supported by Healthcare Improvement Scotland, the service
aims to improve outcomes through the early recognition of psychosis, recovery-focused care
and evidence-based practice in line with national clinical guidelines. The service adopts a
multidisciplinary approach, with a strong emphasis on joint working and collaborative
formulation to ensure care is tailored to individual needs. A key feature of the service is its
assertive outreach model, which provides tailored support not only for individuals but also to
their families.
Psychology input is an integral component of the service, providing specialist assessment,
formulation and therapeutic interventions. In addition, low intensity psychological interventions
are offered to assist individuals in developing coping strategies, building resilience and
progressing towards their personal recovery goals. All staff members are now trained in
delivering Psychosocial Interventions for Psychosis and are undergoing training in Behavioural
Family Therapy.
1.3 Throughout 2025, the North Ayrshire Learning Disability Service participated in a Scottish
Government funded project, led by the Scottish Commission for People with Learning
Disabilities in partnership with Scottish Care. The work was focused around exploring new
approaches to enhancing digital inclusion for people with learning disabilities, but with a view
to generating resources/learning which could also benefit others. A broad range of
stakeholders were involved in shaping the work, including Third Sector representatives. 
Key to the delivery of the work was a new role termed a Care Connector, one of a family of
tech-related roles developed by Scottish Care in partnership with the Glasgow School of Art
(GSA). The early work of the Care Connector, in mapping existing digital inclusion activity
across North Ayrshire, informed subsequent activity by a group of interns from the School of
Innovation and Technology at GSA, supported by a Design Consultant from Opencast.
Together, this design team collaborated with the Care Connector, people with learning
disabilities, and others, in the development of a suite of resources. 
Central to this was the development of a game (‘Let’s
Link’), which could be used to structure conversations
with people with learning disabilities around digital
and tech use. Accompanying this were 3 resources
aimed at the level of organisations, describing an
overarching framework for digital inclusion,
international case studies, and a best practice guide.
All of these resources were promoted via a launch
event and exhibition held at the Harbour Arts Centre,
as well as being showcased at Scottish Care’s Care
Home conference (November 2025) and Digifest
(December 2025). Learning regarding the early
implementation of the Let’s Link game continues to
be gathered from North Ayrshire and elsewhere, with
a view to informing further iteration.
262

Page 263

78 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
1.4 In 2025 to 2026, 100% of all accepted referrals to the Intensive Community Psychiatric
Nurse team from non-mental health refers received contact with 4 hours. This is an increase
of 13% from figures in 2021 to 2022 and an increase of 6% on figures for the previous year.
The target of 95% has been met in three of the previous five years. There were 1,749 referrals
in 2025 to 2026 and all received contact within 4 hours. 
1.5 Launched in 2025, our Adult Mental Health Services Engagement and Participation
Framework sets out how we will build and maintain vital connections. This will help to create
opportunities for people to influence decisions, share their experiences, and be active partners
in the ongoing development of mental health services across Ayrshire.
North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership has lead responsibility for mental health
services across Ayrshire. We are committed to working in partnership with people who have
lived experience of mental health challenges, and those who support them, to improve the
services we provide.
Engagement means building meaningful relationships with service users, families, carers and
supporters. By listening and learning together, we aim to shape services that reflect the real
needs and strengths of our communities.
Within adult mental health services, we take a human rights-based approach to engagement,
respecting each person’s dignity, voice and choices.
Engagement can take many forms, offering flexible ways for people to share their views,
experiences and ideas. Some of the ways we connect with individuals and communities
include:
• Surveys and feedback cards – quick ways to share your thoughts.
• 1:1 interviews – personal conversations to hear your story.
• Listening events (Conversation Cafés) – informal spaces to talk and be heard.
• Workshops – collaborative sessions to explore ideas and solutions.
• Lived Experience Forums – regular group discussions, in person or online.
263

Page 264

79 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
• Communication networks – stay connected through mailing lists and updates.
• Newsletters – sharing news, opportunities, and ways to get involved.
• Mental Health and Wellbeing Connects – public events, market stalls, workshops and
guest speakers.
• Lived Experience Panels – topic-specific groups that help shape services.
1.6 CAMHS or Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services, exists to support young people and
their families who are finding it hard to cope with everyday life due to difficult feelings,
emotional wellbeing, or behavioural problems. CAMHS assess and treat children and young
people (usually up to age 18) who are experiencing moderate to severe mental health
difficulties.
The CAMHS service has a referral to treatment target of 90% seen within 18 weeks and as
can be seen below 100% of young people seen by the service in 2025 to 2026 were seen
within the 18-week target. Over 1,000 young people (1,044) were seen within the 18-week
target. The service has met its target in four of the previous five years with the only exception
being 2022 to 2023. 
1.7 Congratulations to the nursing team at Woodland View’s Ward 7A, who were shortlisted for
the Learning Disability Nursing Award at this year’s Royal College of Nursing (RCN) Scotland
Nurse of the Year event.
This category aims to recognise those who have succeeded in raising standards of care for
their patients and clients and have made an outstanding contribution to the care of service
users.
Although unsuccessful at the ceremony, the Ward 7A team were described as demonstrating
‘exceptional flexibility, creativity, and person-centred care’.
1.8 In 2025 to 2026, Psychological Therapies referral to treatment, seen within 18 weeks figure
was 91%. This is an increase of 4% from figures in 2023 to 2024 and an increase of 1% on
264

Page 265

80 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
figures for the previous year. The target of 90% has been met in two of the previous five years.
There were 4,075 referrals in 2025 to 2026 and 3,696 (91%) were actioned within 4 hours. 
1.9 The team behind the NHS Ayrshire & Arran Mental Health Unscheduled Care Assessment
Hub have been recognised for their positive impact, being named among the finalists at this
year’s Royal College of Nursing (RCN) Scotland Nurse of the Year Awards in the Mental
Health category.
The nurse-led hub was established in September 2024 following a pilot and is the first of its
kind in Scotland. Based at Woodland View in Irvine, it hosts a patient-focused therapeutic
space to support the delivery of compassionate care to patients with acute mental illness. The
Mental Health Unscheduled Care service provides 24-hour access to mental health
assessment and interventions and can accommodate up to five patients within a therapeutic
environment for up to 72 hours.
Since being established 18 months ago, the
service has successfully:
• Reduced the number of unscheduled
admissions to acute adult inpatient
mental health beds.
• Brought community and inpatient
services closer together to help create
a smoother patient journey.
• Reduced the waiting time for planned
adult acute admissions, and
• Reduced the number of initial assessments being carried out in acute wards – releasing
resource for treatment.
265

Page 266

81 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION 
Child Health Services
2.1 Our Children and Families Health Team (CFHT) is a multi-disciplinary service providing early
and preventative support to children and their families—from the ante-natal stage through to
the transition into adult services or leaving education.
The team comprises a range of specialist services, each with a distinct remit, function, and
target population. These include Health Visiting, School Nursing, Children’s Immunisations*,
Perinatal Wellbeing Team, Infant Feeding* and Early Years Support Team.
*Some services are delivered across Ayrshire.
The Senior Manager, supported by her service managers, has worked hard to develop a five-
year Workforce Plan covering 2025-2030. The plan outlines our vision for the CFHT workforce
and how we will continue to deliver high-quality support to children and families, aligned with
strategic, operational, and financial priorities. It provides a detailed overview of the current
workforce, assesses present and future service demands, and identifies future workforce
requirements.
Through this plan the service aims to:
• Recruit individuals who embody the values and behaviours of NHS Ayrshire and Arran.
• Anticipate and plan for future skill requirements.
• Build a resilient, adaptable, and versatile workforce.
• Enhance staff development and upskilling opportunities.
• Implement robust talent management and succession planning.
The plan is aligned with the five pillars of Scotland’s National Workforce Strategy for Health
and Social Care:
• Plan.
• Attract.
• Train.
• Employ.
• Nurture.
2.2 The Health Visiting service in North Ayrshire continues to fully implement the national
Universal Health Visiting Pathway, with all children under 5 and their families offered a
minimum of 11 visits from the ante-natal period through to the child starting school.
Developmental assessments are undertaken at 13-15 months; 27-30 months and 4-5 years.
Since 2020, the percentage of children with one or more developmental concern at these
assessments has increased as shown in the table below:
266

Page 267

82 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION 
Over the last ten years, the Children and Families Health Team (CFHT) has continued to
enhance its approach to early years through the introduction of different roles to support early
and preventative help.
The early years part of CFHT consists of:
• Health Visitors.
• Health Visiting Support Workers.
• Family Nurtures.
• Perinatal Mental Health Nurses.
• Community Infant Feeding Nurse (pan-Ayrshire).
• Community Infant Feeding Support Nurse (North Ayrshire only).
The service has also been working in partnership with national charity Dads Rock and have
commissioned, through North Ayrshire’s Whole Family Wellbeing Fund, two dads’ workers to
support dads of children under 5 to promote confidence and improved interaction and
attachment.
As well as all children under 5 in North Ayrshire being supported by the health visiting team as
part of the Universal Health Visiting Pathway (UVHP), during 2025 to 2026, 841 children and
families were supported by the various roles described above, evidencing our approach to
early help and support where concerns are identified.
The Collaboration for Health Equity in Scotland (CHES) programme – a partnership between
North Ayrshire, Public Health Scotland and the Institute of Health Equity (IHE) seeks to look at
our approach to early years support with the aim of improving outcomes for children, including
data around developmental concerns.
267

Page 268

83 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
2.3 Breastfeeding remains a priority for Scotland and, correspondingly, for local partners involved
in the promotion of breastfeeding within community and hospital settings. The benefits of
breastfeeding on the short and long-term health of mothers and babies has been well
documented. It promotes optimum nutrition, growth and development for babies, as well as
providing comfort and protection from infections. As such, breastfeeding is actively promoted
and supported in a wide range of settings across North Ayrshire and Arran.
The health visiting and infant feeding team in North Ayrshire, along with counterparts in South
and East continue to work towards maintaining UNICEF Baby Friendly Gold standards
following re-accreditation in 2024. This remains a significant and prestigious achievement, with
only a small number of areas re-accredited to this standard.
Published data for 2024 to 2025 has shown that despite slight decreases in two of the
indicators, improvements from 2022 to 2023 have been maintained in the most recent year
from an NHS Ayrshire and Arran perspective:
Indicator 2022 to 2023 2023 to 2024 2024 to 2025
% breastfeeding at initiation 54.6% 57.6% 55.9%
% exclusive breastfeeding at first HV
contact (10-14 days)
27.4% 30.5% 30.2%
% exclusive breastfeeding at 6–8-week
HV assessment
22.8% 25.6% 25.9%
Similarly, the published data for 2024 to 2025 has shown the following changes in
breastfeeding indicators from a North Ayrshire perspective:
Indicator 2022 to 2023 2023 to 2024 2024 to 2025
% breastfeeding at initiation 53.0% 59.6% 56.0%
% exclusive breastfeeding at first HV
contact (10-14 days)
23.2% 30.5% 29.0%
% exclusive breastfeeding at 6–8-week
HV assessment
20.3% 25.0% 25.5%
Data has also shown that the number of babies receiving any breastmilk (mixed feeding with
breastmilk and infant formula) in North Ayrshire has increased: 
Indicator 2022 to 2023 2023 to 2024 2024 to 2025
% overall breastfeeding at first HV contact
(10-14 days)
41.0% 44.9% 46.0%
% overall breastfeeding at 6–8-week HV
assessment
31.7% 35.2% 38.7%
In two years, we have seen an increase in overall breastfeeding of 5% at the first health
visiting contact and 7% at the 6–8-week health visitor assessment.
2.4 Child healthy weight is a public health priority. Over the last three decades, obesity levels in
children and, indeed, the wider population have increased, with inequalities observed across
our communities. Maintaining a healthy weight throughout childhood is associated with many
health benefits both in the short-term and the medium term. 
268

Page 269

84 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Child healthy weight is monitored throughout the universal Health Visiting pathway but also
when a child moves into Primary 1. The most recent data for 2024 to 2025 was released in
December 2025. For North Ayrshire:
• 70.9% of P1 children were of a healthy weight.
• 13.6% of P1 children were at risk of overweight.
• 15.1% of P1 children were at risk of obesity. 
2.5 Dads Rock North Ayrshire was showcased on BBC’s The One Show in June 2025,
highlighting the charity’s inspiring work in supporting fathers and families across Scotland.
The feature explored how Dads Rock empowers dads to build confidence, strengthen bonds
with their children, and access essential support services.
In North Ayrshire, Dads Rock works in partnership with the North Ayrshire Health and Social
Care Partnership, with funding from the Scottish Government’s Whole Family Wellbeing Fund.
Through this collaboration, a dedicated Dads Rock worker is embedded within the Children
and Family Health Team, providing tailored one-to-one support to fathers in communities
including Irvine, Kilwinning, Saltcoats, Stevenston, and Ardrossan. The initiative works closely
with health visitors, midwives, and social workers to ensure fathers are equipped to give their
children the best possible start in life.
The One Show segment celebrated this innovative approach and the wider mission of Dads
Rock to promote fatherhood as a positive and supported experience. 
The programme featured RW, Dads Rock worker in North Ayrshire, alongside MW, a local
Health Visitor, and a North Ayrshire father who shared his personal experience of the support
he received.
2.6 In July 2025, our Children’s health team in conjunction with NHS Ayrshire and Arran and
colleagues in Education, launched a targeted campaign to help families support their young
children with toilet training.
269

Page 270

85 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
This initiative was driven by a growing concern that over the past century, the average age for
potty training in the UK has shifted significantly - from around 12–18 months to approximately
three to four years. While every child develops at their own pace, delayed toilet training can
have implications for health, wellbeing, and school readiness. Later potty training can mean
that bladder and bowel conditions go undetected, potentially leading to long-term issues that
require specialist treatment. Additionally, not being toilet trained can reduce children’s
independence, making them feel different from their peers and impacting their social
confidence, which may lead to social isolation.
When children start school without being toilet trained, it often places additional strain on
educational settings. Studies indicate that school staff in the UK spend an average of 2.5
hours per day assisting children who are not toilet trained. This diverts time away from
teaching and results in pupils losing up to one-third of their learning time each day. Beyond the
educational impact, this can affect children’s confidence, independence, and social
development.
To address these challenges, a comprehensive communications strategy was introduced. The
campaign aimed to raise awareness among parents about the importance of early toilet
training and its impact on learning. It provided clear signposting to support services,
encouraging families to speak with their named Health Visitor, consult their GP, or access
resources via the Ayrshire Bairns App. In addition, the campaign offered practical guidance
and a range of informative links for parents seeking further advice.
This proactive approach reflects a commitment to improving outcomes for children and
reducing pressures on schools. By equipping families with knowledge and support, the
campaign seeks to foster positive habits early, ensuring children are ready for the transition to
school and able to thrive in the classroom.
2.7 North Ayrshire continues to play an active and influential role in the Collaboration for Health
Equity in Scotland (CHES), with our Children, Families and Health Team Senior Manager
continuing to co‑chair the Good Start (Principle 1) Workstream. 
This workstream focuses on ensuring that all children—particularly those living in
socio‑economically disadvantaged circumstances—experience the best start in life,
recognising the profound impact early childhood conditions have on long‑term outcomes.
In late 2025, the programme delivered a well‑attended professional stakeholder workshop
centred on identified Irvine communities. The session facilitated detailed asset‑mapping,
considering the strengths, existing community resources, and informal supports available to
families, alongside the persistent challenges faced by households with young children. 
Themes emerging from the workshop included inequalities in access to high‑quality early
years provision, affordability and availability of childcare, transport barriers, and varying levels
of confidence among parents in navigating support systems. This local intelligence will directly
inform the next phase of the workstream.
The CHES work has also strengthened relationships with Public Health Scotland, particularly
through discussions with Dr ES, and with the Scottish Government around the use,
interpretation, and implications of developmental concern data. This data provides crucial
insight into the early developmental disparities experienced by children in deprived
communities and offers opportunities for more targeted intervention and resource allocation.
270

Page 271

86 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
2.8 Immunisation Uptake in North Ayrshire has been historically lower than in South and East
Ayrshire, closely correlated with deprivation levels. With targeted interventions and data
capture our aspiration is to continue our upward trajectory for Immunisation Uptake in both
HPV, Teenage Booster and Meningococcal ACWY across A&A and in particular North
Ayrshire to lessen the gap in uptake across Local Authorities.
All Secondary age pupils are called for Teenage Boosters (Td/IPV – Tetanus, Diphtheria and
Polio) and HPV (Human Papillomavirus). All Schools are visited between January and April
each year to complete the Td/IPV, Meningococcal ACWY and HPV. There is an additional
offer at absentee dates in August- September each year for those who missed the first
session.
In Ayrshire and Arran all S1 pupils are eligible for HPV vaccine and are offered this from S1
every year until the course is complete. This is a one dose schedule for most pupils unless
Immunocompromised.
S3 pupils are eligible for Td/IPV and Meningococcal ACWY and are offered this from S3 every
year until the course is complete. This is a one dose schedule for both vaccines.
MMR (Measles, Mumps and Rubella) are offered to all Secondary pupils without a complete
course of 2 doses of MMR. These pupils will not have had their Primary immunisation of MMR
at 12 months and 3 years 4 months.
All Primary and Secondary pupils are offered the Annual Flu Vaccine which is mainly the LAIV
(Live attenuated Influenza vaccine) unless clinically not appropriate where the Inactive vaccine
would be offered.
HPV Immunisation in 2024 to 2025 showed 75.2% of those in S1 were immunised in Ayrshire
and Arran, compared to a Scottish uptake of 72.6%. HPV uptake in Ayrshire & Arran has seen
a rise of 8% overall and 10.1% in North Ayrshire.
HPV immunisation uptake at S1 by the end of the school year 2022 - 2025, by local
authority of residence, NHS Ayrshire and Arran and Scotland 
Source: PHS – HPV immunisation 2024 to 2025 - Statistics Scotland – 25 November 2025
271

Page 272

87 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
In 2024 to 2025, 67.5% of S3 pupils received a Td/IPV booster and MenACWY vaccines. This
compares to a national uptake of 70.1% for both programmes. North Ayrshire has seen a rise
of 0.7% and Ayrshire & Arran as a whole an increase of 2.5%.
Td/IPV and MenACWY immunisation uptake by S3/S4 by the end of the school year 2022
to 2025, by local authority of residence, NHS Ayrshire and Arran and Scotland. 
Source: PHS – Teenage Td/IPV and MenACWY 2024 to 2025 immunisation - Statistics
Scotland – 25 November 2025  
272

Page 273

88 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Inspection of service
The Partnership works closely with independent care providers to ensure
that the care and support provided is being delivered in line with peoples’
outcomes, offers best value, meets regulatory requirements, and keeps
people healthy and well.
Care services provided by Partnership teams also undergo external
inspections and are subject to rigorous review and inspection. Working
together, we ensure that all required standards of quality and safety are
met. 
273

Page 274

89 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Independent Care Providers who provide care services on our behalf 
Where we commission care and support from independent and 3rd sector Providers services based within the North Ayrshire
area, we monitor these services via the Contract Management Framework. The Framework focusses on ensuring a joint
approach to evaluating the quality of care and where appropriate provides an approach to supporting Providers to progress
improvements. We use a range of methods to monitor performance, including:
• Formal Contract Management meetings on a 6 monthly basis and an Annual Joint Evaluation of Contract to ensure that
services are safe, effective and most of all, that they meet people’s needs.
• Review of compliments, complaints and feedback from staff, carers and people who use services. 
• Information that we collect, before visits, from the provider or from our records. 
• Local and national information, for example, Care Inspectorate reports. 
• Visits to providers, including observing care and support and looking at records and documents. 
The information below represents how those services which are registered with Care Inspectorate and are based in North
Ayrshire are currently performing.
Registered Services – Minimum Grades across all themes
Care Service Subtype 2
Weak
3
Adequate
4
Good
5
Very Good
6
Excellent
Grand
Total
Care Home Service Older People 0 3 6 2 0 11
Care Home Service Children & Young
People 0 1 3 7 0 11
Care Home Service Alcohol & Drug
Misuse 0 0 0 1 0 1
Care Home Service Learning Disabilities 0 1 2 0 0 3
274

Page 275

90 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Care Service Subtype 2
Weak
3
Adequate
4
Good
5
Very Good
6
Excellent
Grand
Total
Care Home Service Mental Health
Problems 0 0 1 0 0 1
Care Home Service Respite Care & Short
Breaks 0 0 0 1 0 1
Child Minding Not applicable 0 5 5 11 0 21
Day Care of Children Not applicable 1 2 11 2 0 16
Fostering Service Not applicable 0 1 0 0 0 1
Housing Support Service Not applicable 0 1 7 3 0 11
Support Service Care at Home 0 2 8 5 0 15
Grand Total Not applicable 1 16 43 32 0 92 
275

Page 276

91 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Inspection of Local Services 
Throughout 2025 to 2026, a total of ten inspections took place by the Care Inspectorate, all ten
were unannounced. 
• Health & Community Care - 5 inspections.
• Children & Families & Justice Services - 4 inspections.
• Adult Services - 1 inspection.
The Care Inspectorate use a six-point scale to grade inspections:
1 Unsatisfactory Major weaknesses – urgent remedial action required
2 Weak Important weaknesses – priority action required
3 Adequate Strengths just outweigh weaknesses
4 Good Important strengths, with some areas for improvement
5 Very Good Major strengths
6 Excellent Outstanding or sector leading
Gradings for inspections can be found below. Inspection reports can be found on the Care
Inspectorate website - Inspection Reports.
276

Page 277

92 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Inspection Date Service/Unit Wellbeing Leadership Staffing Environment Care &
Support
03 - July – 2025 Dementia Support
Services 5 5 5 5 5
15 - August – 2025 Three Towns, North
Coast & Arran 5 5 5 0 4
26 - August – 2025 Canmore Children’s
House 4 0 0 0 0
24 - September – 2025 Irvine, Garnock Valley &
Community Alarm 5 0 5 0 0
03 - November – 2025 Abbeycroft Children’s
House 4 0 0 0 0
09 - December – 2025 The Meadows 4 4 0 0 5
09 - January – 2026 Anam Cara 5 0 5 5 5
15 - January – 2026 Achnamara 3 0 0 0 0
17 - March – 2026 Montrose House 4 4 4 4 4
23 - March – 2026 Trindlemoss House 5 5 5 4 5 
277

Page 278

93 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Financial performance and best value
Financial information is part of our performance management framework
with regular reporting of financial performance to the IJB. 
This section summarises the main elements of our financial performance for
2025 to 2026.
278

Page 279

94 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Partnership Revenue Expenditure 2025 to 2026
Strong financial planning and management is essential to ensure limited resources are
targeted to maximise contribution to our objectives. Delivering services in the same way is not
financially sustainable. The refreshed Strategic Plan 2026 to 2030 reflects the significantly
changed context in which the Partnership is operating, including increasing financial
pressures, demographic change and rising demand for services. The financial plan therefore
focuses on prioritisation, service redesign and investment decisions that support the Strategic
Plan’s vision and priorities while maintaining financial sustainability and delivering best value.
The ability to plan across the totality of resources within the health and care system to meet
the needs of local people is one of the hallmarks of integrated care. Medium-term financial
planning supports delivery of the Strategic Plan 2026 to 2030 by aligning resources to
strategic and service delivery priorities, enabling planned shifts in investment towards
prevention, early intervention and community-based support where this improves outcomes
and sustainability, and ensuring that the Transformation Plan and other enabling plans are
affordable and deliverable within anticipated resources.
This approach is supported by the Medium-Term Financial Outlook (MTFO) and ongoing
financial governance arrangements, which help identify emerging pressures and risks early,
track delivery of savings and transformation activity, and ensure that investment decisions
remain aligned to the Strategic Plan 2026 to 2030.
The IJB set a balanced budget for 2025 to 2026 on 20 March 2025. This did not require any
draw on reserves but did include approval of £4.019 million of savings to achieve financial
balance.
Financial information forms part of the performance management framework, with regular
reporting to the IJB. This includes an integrated approach to financial monitoring, covering
progress with savings delivery, key financial risks, recovery actions and any variations or
changes to the delegated budget. Significant financial challenges emerged during the year,
with the main pressures arising from children’s residential placements, supplementary staffing
in wards and Unplanned Activities (UnPACs) within the mental health lead partnership.
At month 3, an overspend was projected in the budget monitoring reports. The Integration
Scheme requires the preparation of a recovery plan where an overspend is forecast, in order
to bring overall service delivery back into line with available resources.
Following finalisation of the 2024 to 2025 outturn position, the IJB agreed initial recovery
actions at its June meeting. Further financial recovery actions were then developed and
approved by the IJB during 2025 to 2026. These actions were in addition to those approved in
2024 to 2025.
Recovery actions implemented during 2025 to 2026 included:
• Recruitment delay (“recruitment drag”): vacancy-scrutiny-approved vacancies were
held for four weeks before advertising to create additional payroll turnover, except for
clinical or registered service vacancies, or where cover costs would otherwise be
incurred.
279

Page 280

95 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
• High-cost care package group: the remit was expanded to include care packages for
children with a disability and all UnPACs placement requests.
• Oversight group for looked after and accommodated children in residential care:
the group meets fortnightly to actively review all placements.
• SBAR reporting: senior managers in the main overspend areas were required to
prepare SBAR reports for the Partnership Senior Management Team (PSMT), setting
out current and planned actions to reduce overspends.
• One-to-one budget holder meetings: the Director and Chief Finance Officer
introduced a rolling programme of meetings with budget holders to identify opportunities
for cost reduction, service change and spend-to-save proposals to support 2026 to
2027 budget development and additional in-year reductions.
• Care home placements: a move was made to one admission for every two discharges,
as approved by PSMT on 20 November 2025, and care placements at CARG were
approved on the basis of risk and need rather than current care setting, except where
risk was too great.
• Care at home: a recruitment freeze was applied to reduce the overspend position
gradually, with an acknowledged impact on wait times and service performance.
• Approval of care packages: all care packages out with in-house care at home and
older people placements agreed via CARG were considered for approval by the high-
cost care package group.
• Additional actions at month 9: these included improving sickness absence through
the Promoting Attendance Policy, pursuing cross-charge for persons admitted from out
of area following failed placements in Ayrshire and Arran, and continuing
implementation of the Flexible Intervention Guideline to minimise the duration of 1:1 or
higher levels of support.
Since the initial recovery plan was agreed in June 2025, costs have reduced by £3.498 million.
Although the full benefit was not reflected in the in-year bottom-line outturn, these actions
helped mitigate a further deterioration arising from £1.006 million of additional in-year financial
pressures. This represents a net recovery benefit of £2.492 million.
To support greater scrutiny of the financial position and delivery of the financial recovery plan,
the IJB agreed in June 2024 to establish a Finance Working Group (FWG), chaired by the IJB
Vice Chair. The Director and Heads of Service are members of the group. The FWG meets
regularly to provide enhanced oversight of the financial position and transformation
programme, as well as detailed budget planning for future financial years.
The table below summarises financial performance for 2024 to 2025 and 2025 to 2026. It
presents the budget outturn on a managed basis, including the full allocation for North HSCP
lead partnership services, and then adjusts for the net effect of lead partnership allocations
across North, South and East Ayrshire and for new earmarked balances.
The table includes the financial performance of services managed by the IJB during the year
and therefore excludes the hospital Set Aside Budget of £41.833 million, which was allocated
280

Page 281

96 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
to the IJB at the end of the period. The set aside budget is included within the financial
statements.
2024-25
Budget
£000
2024-25
Actual
£000
Variance
(Fav) /
Adv
£000
Service 2025-26
Budget
£000
2025-26
Actual
£000
Variance
(Fav) /
Adv
£000
92,549 98,181 5,632 Health and Community
Care 101,333 102,239 906
108,721 107,823 (898) Mental Health 119,856 119,590 (266)
43,717 44,294 577 Children, Families and
Justice 41,437 41,790 353
53,575 53,662 87 Primary Care 52,996 53,035 39
10,748 10,749 1 Allied Health
Professionals 11,480 11,480 0
13,970 10,186 (3,784) Management and
Support Costs 13,995 10,814 (3,181)
1,635 1,725 90 Chief Social Work Officer 1,910 1,763 (147)
1,710 1,773 63 Financial Inclusion 1,160 1,221 61
4 4 0 National Commissioned
Service 0 0 0
326,629 328,397 1,768 Total expenditure 344,167 341,932 (2,235)
(326,629) (326,629) 0 Total income (344,167) (344,167) 0
0 1,768 1,768 Outturn on a managed
basis 0 Blank Blank
0 (556) (556) Lead Partnership
Allocations 0 (266) (266)
0 1,212 1,212 Outturn on an IJB basis 0 (2,501) (2,501)
0 2,381 2,381 New Earmarking 0 1,805 1,805
0 3,593 3,593 Outturn position prior
to additional funding
contributions
0 (696) (696)
3,593 0 (3,593) Additional funding
contributions 0 0 0
3,593 3,593 0 Final outturn position 0 (696) (696)
The main areas of variance during 2025 to 2026 are noted below:
Health and Community Care – overspend of £0.906 million mainly relates to overspends in
care home placements, integrated Island Services, specialist rehabilitation wards and Wards 1
and 2, partly offset by underspends in care at home, Telecare, adaptations, physical disability
services and Unscheduled Care.
Mental Health – underspend of £0.266 million which relates to underspends in community
mental health, Hospital Based Complex Continuing Care, Enhanced Mental Health Outcome
Framework, Action 15 and mental health pharmacy, partly offset by overspends in learning
disabilities, Adult Inpatients, UNPACS, Learning Disability Services within the Lead
Partnership, elderly inpatients and psychiatry. Vacancy savings across the Lead Partnership
also contributed to the favourable position.
281

Page 282

97 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Children, Families and Justice – overspend of £0.353 million which is mainly related to
overspends in care experienced children and young people, including children’s residential
placements, residential respite, employee costs and Section 29 payments. These were
partially offset by an underspend in looked after and accommodated children, grant funding in
relation to Unaccompanied Asylum-Seeking Children, and the Whole Family Wellbeing Fund
which is earmarked for use in 2026 to 2027.
Management and Support Costs – underspend of £3.181 million mainly relates to slippage
in transition funding, additional funding received in-year, over-achievement of payroll turnover
across social care and health services, and other centrally held budget variances, partly offset
by contractual inflation and NHS savings shortfall held centrally.
Overall position
It is essential that the IJB operates within its delegated budget and commissions services from
the Council and NHS Ayrshire and Arran on that basis. For 2025 to 2026, the year-end
position is an overall underspend of £2.501 million on an IJB basis, reducing to £0.696 million
after the creation of new earmarked reserves of £1.805 million. This is a significantly improved
position compared with the in-year overspend projections and reflects the impact of recovery
actions, strengthened financial controls and non-recurring benefits realised during the year.
However, underlying recurring pressures remain across a number of service areas, and
without sustained service redesign, delivery of approved savings and ongoing cost control,
there remains a risk that future years will again require reliance on one-off measures or
support from partner organisations.
Medium Term Financial Outlook
The Medium-Term Financial Outlook (MTFO) is a key part of the strategic planning process. It
helps ensure that the IJB’s strategic ambitions are considered alongside the financial
resources likely to be available in what remains a very challenging public sector financial
context.
The MTFO provides an indication of the IJB’s possible financial position over future years,
identifies the key challenges likely to be faced, and helps the IJB understand the medium-term
impact of current and future decisions on financial sustainability.
It is also used to identify pressure points and inform the decisions required to ensure the
Partnership remains financially sustainable.
There are a range of factors which influence the financial planning of the IJB. These are
considered through the MTFO and include the following:
• Demographic changes.
• Local priorities.
• Workforce challenges.
• The UK and Scottish Economy.
• Policy and Legislation.
282

Page 283

98 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
• Cost and demand pressures.
• Available funding.
As in previous years, a Medium-Term Financial Outlook has been prepared to identify the
potential financial position over the period 2026 to 2027 to 2028 to 2029. This was presented
to the December 2025 IJB.
Reporting on Localities
The Partnership has arrangements to consult and involve localities via their Locality Forums.
The IJB has established six Locality Planning Forums, reflecting the previously agreed local
planning areas. These provide Board Members with the opportunity to be involved in
considering the priorities for each area and outline the role for each Community Planning
Partner in meeting these priorities in conjunction with the local communities. This spend has
been split into localities by initially allocating spend which could be directly identified to a
locality, and the remainder which was not locality specific was allocated on a population basis.
73.8% (68.1% in 2024 to 2025) of spend was allocated based on population, which means at
this stage the spend per locality can only be used as a guide and will not fully reflect actual
locality usage of services. The population information used can be seen in the following table
and was taken from the 2024 mid-year population statistics (sourced from National Records of
Scotland). 
Allocation Method %
Total allocated on population basis 73.8%
By Locality 26.2%
Total 100%
Age Group Irvine Kilwinning Three
Towns
Garnock
Valley
North
Coast Arran Total
% of
spend
allocated
Children
aged 0 to
15 
31.4% 13.0% 24.5% 14.5% 13.9% 2.6% 100% 12.3%
Adults
aged 16 to
64
30.0% 12.1% 24.1% 15.3% 15.5% 3.1% 100% 26.5%
Older
People
aged 65+
25.6% 10.1% 21.4% 13.6% 24.3% 5.0% 100% 17.0%
Share of
total
population
29.2% 11.8% 23.5% 14.8% 17.3% 3.5% 100% 17.9%
283

Page 284

99 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
This resulted in the following spend per locality - 
Expenditure Irvine
£000’s
Kilwinning
£000’s
Three
Towns
£000’s
Garnock
Valley
£000’s
North
Coast
£000’s
Arran
£000’s
Total
£000’s
2025-26
Expenditure 104,641 36,527 78,203 49,426 57,438 15,697 341,932
% share of
spend 30.6% 10.7% 22.9% 14.4% 16.8% 4.6% 100%
% of total
population 29.2% 11.7% 23.5% 14.6% 17.5% 3.5% 100%  
284

Page 285

100 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Appendix  
285

Page 286

101 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Local Indicators – 2025 to 2026
These local indicators are those related to our strategic plan outcomes for 2022 to 2030
Performance Indicator 2025 to
2026 Target Status
Number of service users referred to employability
service 109 36 
Employability mentors - No of service users being
supported into employment, training, education. 68 28 
Number of PRI sessions which have taken place 1 8 
Support 4 formerly cared for young people to move
into independent living each year. 25 4 
Support 45 children and young people into kinship
care placements each year. 42 45 
Recruit 6 new foster carers each year. 1 6 
People attending the emergency department will be
seen within 4 hours from arrival at hospital (Arran) 98.1% 95% 
Increase the number of Naloxone Kits distributed per
annum (387 per year) 846 387 
Deliver 4,275 ABIs each year (pan Ayrshire) 7,597 4,275 
CAMHS – Seen within 18 weeks (RTT) 100% 90% 
Psychological Therapies – Seen within 18 weeks
(RTT) 90.7% 90% 
Reduce out of hours admissions for people aged 65
and over (MH) 20 32 
No under 18 should be admitted onto the Adult
Intensive Psychiatric Care Unit (Ward 8) 1 0 
All accepted referrals to the Intensive CPN team
from non-mental health referrers will receive contact
within 4 hours
99.9% 90% 
People subject to level 1 Community Payback Order
(CPO) Unpaid Work completed within three months 96.5% 57% 
Individuals subject to level 2 Community Payback
Order (CPO) Unpaid Work completed within six
months
98.6% 67% 
286

Page 287

102 
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
MSG Indicators
Performance Indicator 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25 2025-26 Target Status
Emergency admissions to acute hospitals 1,562 1,645 1,528 1,619 1,836 
Emergency admissions to acute hospitals (rate per 1000) 11.70 12.30 11.40 12.08 13.6 
Admissions from emergency department 699 820 732 798 1,173 
Admissions from emergency department (rate per 1000) 5.24 6.13 5.46 5.95 8.7 
% people at emergency department who go onto ward stay
(conversion rate) 26.70% 27.60% 24.50% 25.25% 33 
Unscheduled ‘hospital bed days’ in acute hospital 11,689 13,209 12,487 6,837 12,320 
Unscheduled ‘hospital bed days’ in acute hospital (rate per
1000) 87.56 98.78 93.18 51.02 91 
Unscheduled ‘hospital bed days’ in long stay mental health
hospital 2,117 2,191 2,167 2,109 6,782 
Unscheduled ‘hospital bed days’ in long stay mental health
hospital (rate per 1000) 15.86 16.38 16.17 15.74 50.1 
Unscheduled ‘hospital bed days’ in geriatric long stay 715 702 670 190 1,772 
Unscheduled ‘hospital bed days’ in geriatric long stay (rate per
1000) 6.55 6.42 6.09 1.73 13 
Emergency department attendances 2,620 2,972 2,988 3,160 3,292 
Emergency department attendances (rate per 1000) 19.63 22.23 22.30 23.58 24.4 
% people seen within 4 hrs at emergency department 65.50% 59.80% 64.19% 66.20% 95% 
Delayed Discharges bed days (all reasons) 1,852 1,785 2,876 3,229 1,515 
Delayed Discharges bed days (all reasons) (rate per 1000) 16.96 16.30 26.13 29.34 13.9 
Delayed Discharges bed days (code 9) 893 548 864 858 770 
Delayed Discharges bed days (Code 9) (rate per 1000) 8.18 5.00 7.85 7.80 7 
287

Page 288

103
PUBLIC INFORMATION
PUBLIC INFORMATION
Where to find more information
If you would like more information on IJB strategies, plans and policies and
our performance and spending, please refer to the following websites.
• North Ayrshire Health and Social Care Partnership
• North Ayrshire & Arran - About Us
• North Ayrshire - Strategies, Plans and Publications
• North Ayrshire Council - Performance and spending
Additional financial information for Ayrshire wide services can be found in:
• East Ayrshire HSCP – Strategic Plan 2024-2027
• South Ayrshire HSCP – Strategic Plan 2021-2031
288

Page 289

1 of 8 
Paper 25
NHS Ayrshire & Arran
Meeting:  Ayrshire & Arran NHS Board
Meeting date: Monday 8 June 2026
Title: Whistleblowing Report – Quarter 4, January to March 2026
Responsible Director:  Jennifer Wilson, Executive Nurse Director 
Report Author: Shona McCulloch, Head of Corporate Governance 
1. Purpose 
This is presented to Committee for: 
• Discussion 
This paper relates to: 
• Government policy/directive 
This aligns to the following NHSScotland quality ambition(s): 
• Safe
• Effective
• Person Centred 
This supports the following Corporate Objectives: 
• Better Workplace – Creating a great place for us to work
• Better Care – Improving your experience of care 
A strong delivery of the National Whistleblowing Standards supports NHS Ayrshire &
Arran’s Better Care and Better Workplace objectives by enabling staff to safely raise
concerns that highlight risks, drive learning, and improve the quality and safety of
care. A clear, fair and supportive whistleblowing process also strengthens trust,
psychological safety and organisational culture, helping to create a better workplace
for all staff. 
2. Report summary 
2.1 Situation
Board members are presented with this report for review and discussion of
organisational activity in relation to Whistleblowing concerns raised in 2025/26 Quarter
4 (1 January – 31 March 2026).   
Agenda Item 13
289

Page 290

2 of 8
2.2 Background 
The National Whistleblowing Standards and Once for Scotland Whistleblowing policy
(the Standards) were introduced on 1 April 2021.  The Standards set out how the
Independent National Whistleblowing Officer (INWO) expects all NHS Boards to
manage, record and report whistleblowing concerns.  It is a requirement of the
Standards that whistleblowing data is reported quarterly to the NHS Board.   
The Standards also require that Boards publish an annual report setting out
performance in handling whistleblowing concerns.  The annual report will report
performance against the requirements of the Standards, Key Performance Indicators
(KPIs), the issues that have been raised and the actions that have been or will be
taken to improve services as a result of concerns. This report will summarise and build
on the quarterly reports produced by the Board 
In NHS Ayrshire & Arran, the agreed governance route for reporting on whistleblowing
is to the Staff Governance Committee and then to the NHS Board.  The NHS Board
report will be shared with Integration Joint Boards following the NHS Board meeting. 
2.3 Assessment
2.3.1 Quarter 4 whistleblowing activity 
Seven concerns were received during Quarter 4 (Q4). Following initial assessment,
none met the criteria for progression under the Whistleblowing Standards. 
Four concerns were submitted anonymously, which limited the ability to assess the
matters raised or seek further information, and therefore they could not be progressed
through the formal whistleblowing process. The remaining concerns comprised
enquiries from individuals seeking advice on how to raise a concern, rather than
substantive whistleblowing allegations.  Table 1 provides detail of concerns received
in Q. 
Overall, this reflects continued awareness and engagement with the Speak Up
process during the period but does not indicate an increase in actionable
whistleblowing concerns in Q4. 
From a patient safety perspective, initial assessment identified no immediate risks
in six of the concerns received. One concern raised issues with potential
implications for patient safety; in line with established governance arrangements,
these matters were escalated to the relevant Area Director for appropriate action
and follow-up. 
Concerns
received
Theme Division Service Comment/Action
Anon • Staff conduct ACUTE
UHA 
Support
Services 
Concern related to staff
conduct and was passed to
HR colleagues for
appropriate action.
Anon • Personal
Experience/
Grievance
NA HSCP School
Nurse
Service
Concern received by a
Speak Up Advocate (SUA),
Individual seeking advice on
how to raise concerns
290

Page 291

3 of 8
Concerns
received
Theme Division Service Comment/Action
anonymously about
personal experience at
work. Appropriate
guidance/information was
provided to enable them to
progress concerns. 
Anon • Unsafe staffing
levels 
• Lack of consistent
management
presence and
support 
• High levels of
violence and
aggression 
• Breaches of staff
wellbeing and
health and safety
obligations.
NA HSCP Woodland
View 
Concern received to Speak
Up Mailbox Confidential
Contact (CC).  Concerns
related to staff safety,
wellbeing, leadership, and
the day-to-day running of a
ward.  Concerns emailed to
Caroline Cameron, Director
NAHSCP, for appropriate
action and investigation.  
Anon • Patient Safety
• Patient Care
ACUTE  UHC Concern received by
Confidential Contact (CC). 
Concerns related to patient
safety and patient care.
Concerns emailed to Vicki
Campbell, Acute Director,
for appropriate action and
investigation.          
Named • Information
request
NA HSCP Primary and
Community
Services  
Request received for
information on raising a
Whistleblowing concern. 
Information was provided,
including the Staff Guide to
Raising Whistleblowing
Concerns and details of the
Staff Wellbeing Service.
Anon • Staff Conduct ACUTE UHC Concern received by Chief
Nurse – Acute.  Service
completed a Business-as-
usual investigation.  Service
took appropriate steps, no
further action required under
Whistleblowing process.  
Named • Bullying and
Harassment
• Grievance matters
• Patient care 
• Patient safety
NA HSCP  Primary and
Community
Services  
Concern received via RCN
Steward/Health and Safety
Representative.  The issues
raised relate to events from
2023/24.  Whistleblowing
concerns must be raised
within six months of the
individual becoming aware of
the issue.  
Table 1 
291

Page 292

4 of 8
2.3.2 Ongoing cases 
There are four investigations in progress, carried forward from previous quarters. 
Table 2 provides an update on these cases. 
These investigations are complex in nature and have required extensions to the
standard 20‑day response timeframe.  All extensions have been agreed with the
Complainants and Commissioning Directors. Engagement with Complainants has
continued throughout, and regular updates have been provided for each case. 
Case Division Status Theme Update
Q4
2024/25
NAHSCP
CMHT
Stage 2 
Open –
Investigation
complete.   
Draft report
awaiting final
approval/review
Concerns under
review: 
Patient‑care issues
Poor practice
Unsafe working
conditions
Potential abuse of
authority 
The investigation is complete,
and the draft report has been
received. 
The draft report, improvement
plan and outcome letter are with
the Commissioning Director for
review and final sign‑off. 
A meeting with the Lead
Investigator will be offered to
the complainant to provide
feedback on the methodology,
findings, and identified actions.
Regular updates continue to be
provided to the complainant.
Q2
2025/26 
NAHSCP
CAMHS
Stage 2 
Open –
Investigation
ongoing
Concerns under
review: 
Workplace culture 
Patient-care issues
Poor practice
Unsafe working
conditions
Abusing authority 
There has been a change to the
investigation team, with one of
the investigators stepping back
from the process. The
remaining investigator has
confirmed they are content to
continue. The complainant has
been informed of this change. 
Good progress continues to be
made on this case, with
meeting taking place with key
individuals and evidence
provided being reviewed.  The
investigation continues to be
supported by HR throughout.
Regular updates are being
provided to the complainant.  
Q2
2025/26 
NAHSCP
Woodland
View,
ACH
Stage 2
Open –
Investigation
ongoing
Concerns under
review: 
Patient-safety
issues
Patient-care issues
Poor practice
Unsafe working
conditions 
The Lead Investigator (LI),
supported by HR, has
completed the investigation.
The draft report has been
shared with the Whistleblowing
Team for formatting, after which
it will be provided to the
Commissioning Director. 
Regular progress updates
continue to be issued to the
complainant.
292

Page 293

5 of 8
Case Division Status Theme Update
Q3
2025/26
NAHSCP
District
Nursing 
Stage 2
Open –
Investigation
ongoing
Concerns under
review: 
Service culture,
Leadership
behaviour, 
Clinical practice,
Confidentiality, and 
staff wellbeing 
Comparative data has been
gathered to support the
investigation, including
information on 1:1s, MAST,
absence, complaints, and other
relevant indicators. 
The Lead Investigator, with HR
support, also undertook a staff
engagement session in
February.
Report is being currently being
drafted.
Regular progress updates are
being provided to the
complainant.           
Table 2 
2.3.3 Improvement plans 
One Improvement Plan remained open at the end of Quarter 4, linked to a case raised
in 2024/25. The plan was initiated on 22 July 2025.   This plan has now been
completed with all updates against actions recorded and completed.  The
Commissioning Director has approved the plan as complete.  This will be shared with
the Complainant and the improvements reviewed in order to identify shared learning
opportunities. 
2.3.4 Training update 
Monthly data is provided to monitor completion of the Turas Whistleblowing
eLearning modules.  Table 3 shows the position for Q4 2025/26.   
Programme Nos Completed Increase  Total No
of Staff
% staff
completed  31/12/2025 31/03/2026
An overview (Staff) 5459 5577 118 11951 46.6%
For Line Managers 377 385 8 997  88.2%
For Senior Managers 492 495 3
Table 3 
The data shows a limited increase over the quarter.  Table 4 shows numbers “in
progress” for each programme and there will be focus in our communications to
remind and encourage those who have started the programmes to complete them. 
In progress at 31/12/2025
Whistleblowing: 
An overview
Whistleblowing: 
For senior managers
Whistleblowing: 
For Line managers
375 171 113
Table 4 
The Turas Whistleblowing e-learning modules has three levels of training programme: 
• For staff who need an overview of the Standards – 1 hour.  All new staff to
the organisation are encouraged to complete this.
293

Page 294

6 of 8
• Staff who are line managers or work in a similar role, who are likely to
receive concerns from colleagues in their day-to-day work – around 2 hours. 
This is required mandatory training for all line managers.
• Senior managers who are involved with receiving concerns and those
members of staff who are involved in investigating, responding to, and
reporting on whistleblowing concerns to the Board – 3 hours.  
This is required mandatory training for senior managers and those involved
with investigations. 
The learning programmes are available on Turas Learn https://learn.nes.nhs.scot/40284 
2.3.5 INWO 
A clear indicator of the satisfaction of those who raise concerns can be derived from
the number of concerns that are escalated to the Independent National
Whistleblowing Officer (INWO).  At this current time, there have been no referrals to
the INWO. 
2.3.6 Quality
Procedures for raising concerns should provide good-quality outcomes through a
thorough but proportionate investigation.  The approach to handling whistleblowing
concerns ensures that learning and improvement is progressed for upheld
whistleblowing concerns and are shared across all relevant services.  This supports
the long-term sustainability of safe, effective services. 
2.3.7 Workforce 
The Standards support our ambition for an open and honest organisational culture
where staff have the confidence to speak up and all voices are heard.  This is focused
through our organisational Values of ‘Caring, Safe and Respectful’ and promoting a
culture of psychological safety.   By identifying issues early and embedding
organisational learning, whistleblowing supports a resilient workforce. 
2.3.8 Financial
There is no financial impact. 
2.3.9 Risk assessment/management
If staff do not have confidence in the fairness of the procedures through which their
concerns are raised, or do not feel assured that concerns raised will be acted upon,
there is a risk that they will not raise valid concerns about quality, safety or
malpractice. The opportunity to investigate and address these concerns will have
been lost, with potentially adverse impact on quality, safety and effectiveness of
services.   
There is also a wider risk to organisational integrity and reputation if staff do not
believe they will be listened to and do not feel senior leaders in NHS Ayrshire & Arran
are fulfilling the organisation’s Values of ‘Caring, Safe and Respectful’ and promoting
a culture of psychological safety.   
2.3.10 Equality and diversity, including health inequalities
Accessible reporting routes, including anonymous options, and a completed Equality
Impact Assessment help ensure fair, inclusive access to whistleblowing for all staff.
294

Page 295

7 of 8
A local Equality Impact Assessment (EQIA) is published on our public facing web. 
This assesses the impact of the Whistleblowing Standards on staff and those who
provide services on behalf of the NHS with protected characteristics.   
2.3.11 Best Value 
This paper support Best Value across the following themes.   
• Vision and Leadership
The whistleblowing process supports a values-led culture by encouraging staff to
speak up and providing senior leadership oversight. This reinforces NHSAA’s
commitment to openness, psychological safety and continuous improvement. 
• Governance and Accountability
Clear reporting routes, compliance with National Whistleblowing Standards and
regular Board reporting provide assurance that concerns are handled transparently
and risks to safety, quality and integrity are effectively managed. 
• Performance Management
Whistleblowing data, KPIs and case outcomes are used to identify themes, monitor
effectiveness and ensure learning from concerns is shared whilst taking into account
confidentiality of those raising concerns. 
• Use of Resources
A proportionate, risk-based approach ensures investigative effort is focused where
most needed, while training supports staff and managers to respond appropriately,
reducing escalation or encouraging concerns to be directed through other appropriate
routes. 
• Effective Partnerships
Effective handling of concerns relies on collaboration across services and our
partners, supported by alignment with national standards. 
2.3.12 Other impacts
There are no other relevant impacts. 
2.3.13 Communication, involvement, engagement and consultation 
There is no requirement for formal engagement with external stakeholders in relation
to the formulation of this paper. There has been wide communication of the Standards
across the organisation. 
2.3.14 Route to the meeting
This has been previously considered by the following groups as part of its
development. The groups have either supported the content, or their feedback has
informed the development of the content presented in this report. 
• Whistleblowing Oversight Group on 20 April 2026 
• Staff Governance Committee on 7 May 2026 
2.4 Recommendation
For discussion: Board members are asked to discuss the performance for Quarter 4
(January – 31 March 2026).
295

Page 296

8 of 8
Appendix 1: 
Please note:  KPI 10 – the authorised extensions relate to cases opened in earlier 2025/26
quarters. This reflects legacy case timelines rather than delays arising within the current
reporting period.
296